You do not have permission to edit this page, for the following reason:

You are not allowed to execute the action you have requested.


You can view and copy the source of this page.

x
 
1
2
3
==Acknowledgements==
4
5
I would like to thank to all the people that in one way or other have helped me to complete my PhD.
6
7
First of all, I would like to express my gratitude to my supervisor Prof. Xavier Oliver for his support and availability from the beginning and for his inexhaustible energy devoted to achieving the results of this dissertation. Today, I can say that if I feel the profession of scientist as my own is undoubtedly because of him.
8
9
I really appreciate the confidence and patience of my co-advisor Juan Carlos Cante. I would like to thank all the fruitful scientific and personal discussions. I admire his ability to understand.
10
11
I would like also to express my gratitude to Alfredo Huespe. Not only for his availability and patience but also for his way on dealing with research. The enthusiasm with which you face new topics, at your age, is my role model.
12
13
My sincere thanks also go to Sebastián Giusti, who contributed to achieve the results of this dissertation. On top of a colleague, I get from this experience a friend.
14
15
I would like to sincerely thank Prof. Samuel Amstutz for his kind treatment in my stay in Avignon. All our discussions undoubtedly contributed to increasing my confidence and expertise in the topic. I personally believe that our collaboration will bring significant contribution in the topic in the near future.
16
17
I would like to thank the Spanish Ministry of Economy and Competitiveness for the FPI fellowship I has granted during my PhD. The research leading to these results has received also funding from the European Research Council under the European Unions Seventh Framework Programme (FP/2007-2013) / ERC Grant Agreement n. 320815 (ERC Advanced Grant Project Advanced tools for computational design of engineering materials COMP-DES-MAT).
18
19
I would like to express my gratitude to the Universitat Politècnica de Catalunya (UPC-BarcelonaTech), in which I could develop all my PhD studies. I would also thank CIMNE, where I feel at home. In addition, I would like to thanks ESEIAAT (UPC-BarcelonaTech) for giving me the opportunity of exploring my teaching vocation. It has been one of the most rewarding experiences.
20
21
My heartfelt gratitude to Chiara for all the conversations and for his readiness to help. My sincerely thank to Anna for how well she has behaved with me from the first moment. To my officemates throughout these years: Stefano, Lucia, Manuel, Vicent, Emmanuel and Marcelo for creating such an enjoyable environment inside and outside the office. To Joan, Ernesto and Arnau for all the conversations we daily enjoyed at lunch time. To Fermín and Ester for all our coffee conversations, for sharing all our PhD lamentations and hardships and for making this period a wonderful experience. You guys are awesome!
22
23
I would like to sincerely thank Celia, for her support throughout these years. It has been an incredible period, I will always bring you inside me.
24
25
I would like to give an special thank to my father, for his small gestures that show an enormous love. To my mother and Luis and the way they raised me, stood by me, and opened me to the world. To my sisters, Claudia, Julia and Marta for being there on my side and for the emotional support you provided to me.
26
27
28
=Abstract=
29
30
The present dissertation aims at addressing multiscale topology optimization problems. For this purpose, the concept of topology derivative in conjunction with the computational homogenization method is considered.
31
32
In this study, the topological derivative algorithm, which is non standard in topology optimization, and the optimality conditions are first introduced in order to a provide a better insight. Then, a precise treatment of the interface elements is proposed to reduce the numerical instabilities and the time-consuming computations that appear when using the topological derivative algorithm. The resulting strategy is examined and compared with current methodologies collected in the literature by means of some numerical tests of different nature.
33
34
Then, a closed formula of the anisotropic topological derivative is obtained by solving analytically the exterior elastic problem. To this aim, complex variable theory and symbolic computation are considered. The resulting expression is validated through some numerical tests. In addition, different anisotropic topology optimization problems are solved to show the macroscopic topological implications of considering anisotropic materials.
35
36
Finally, the two-scale topology optimization problem is tackled. As a first approach, an structural stiffness increase is achieved by considering the microscopic topologies as design variables of the problem. An alternate direction algorithm is proposed to address the high non-linearity of the problem. In addition, to mitigate the unaffordable time-consuming computations, a reduction technique is presented by means of pre-computing the optimal microscopic topologies in a computational material catalogue. As an extension of the first approach, besides designing the microscopic topologies, the macroscopic topology is also considered as design variables, leading to even more optimal solutions. In addition, the proposed algorithms are modified in order to obtain manufacturable optimal designs. Two-scale topology optimization examples display the potential of the proposed methodology
37
38
=Resum=
39
40
Aquest treball té com a objectiu abordar els problemes d'optimització de topologia de múltiples escales. Amb aquesta finalitat, es consideren els conceptes de derivada topologica juntament amb el mètode d'homogeneïtzació computacional.
41
42
En aquest estudi, es presenten primer les condicions d'optimalitat i l'algorisme d'optimització utilitzant la derivada topològica. A continuació, es proposa un tractament més precís dels elements de la interfície per reduir les inestabilitats numèriques i els elevats costos computacionals que apareixen quan s'utilitza l'algorisme de la derivada topològica. L'estratègia resultant s'examina i es compara amb les metodologies actuals, que es poden trobar sovint recollides a la literatura, mitjançant alguns assaigs numèriques.
43
44
A més, s'obté una fórmula tancada de la derivada topològica anisotròpica quan es resol analíticament el problema exterior d'elasticitat. Per aconseguir-ho, es considera la teoria de variable complexa i la computació simbòlica. L'expressió resultant es valida a través d'algunes proves numèriques. A més, es resolen diferents problemes d'optimització topològica anisotròpica per mostrar les implicacions de la topològia macroscòpica a considerar materials anisòtrops.
45
46
Finalment, s'aborda els problemes d'optimització topològica en dues escales. Com a primera estratègia, es consideren les topologies microestructurals com a variables de disseny del problema per obtenir un augment de la rigidesa de l'estructura. Es proposa un algoritme de direcció alternada per fer front a l'alta no linealitat del problema. A més, per mitigar els elevats càlculs computacionals, es presenta una tècnica de reducció per mitjà d'un precalcul de les topologies microestructural òptimes, que posteriorment són recollides en un catàleg de materials. Com a una extensió de la primera estratègia, a més del disseny de les topologies microestructurals, també es considera la topologia macroscòpica com una variable de disseny, obtenint així solucions encara més òptimes. A més, els algoritmes proposats es modifiquen per tal d'obtenir dissenys que puguin ser posteriorment fabricats. Alguns exemples numèrics d'optimització topològica en dues escales mostren el potencial de la metodologia proposada.
47
48
=1 Introduction=
49
50
==1.1 Motivation==
51
52
Topology optimization is an emerging field that aims to automate the design process of any structural domain. It seeks to propose optimal topological designs by means of the most leading computational tools. Certainly, topology optimization attempts to complement the design engineer work rather than replace it. On the one hand, due to the knowledge intensively developed in the last years, it can provide designs that offer equal, or even greater, performances. On the other hand, it presents optimal topologies that are often far from being intuitive. It contributes to expanding our creative design capabilities taking us to places often inaccessible to our mind. Admittedly, the possibility of designing complex topologies may seem to be unrealistic to manufacture. However, owing to the recent additive manufacturing techniques, they can be nowadays afforded in a reasonable time and cost.
53
54
As an exercise to exhibit the topological optimization scope, one could pose the following question: ''from a full-domain object, under certain loads and boundary conditions, which would be the best removing material strategy without undermining the structural response capacity?'' Topology optimization deals with giving the response to this question. In this sense, topology optimization problem can be properly addressed following the motivation quote of work <span id='citeF-1'></span>[[#cite-1|[1]]]:
55
56
''“The art of structure is where to put the holes”''
57
58
Robert Le Ricolais, 1894-1977 
59
60
Undoubtedly, material reduction is of particular interest in automotive and aeronautical industry. In the former, a decrease on the final structural mass results in a significant economic saving. In the latter, even more evidently, a decrease on the structural mass entails a considerable reduction on the fuel consumption. In order to present an order of magnitude of the economic saving impact, reference [Ipad] asserts that
61
62
''American Airlines expected to save <math>$ </math> million a year replacing <math>16kg</math> flight bags by 0.7 kg iPads.'' 
63
64
In other words, a <math display="inline">\sim{0.02}%</math> of Airbus-A320 structural weight reduction leads to a <math display="inline">$ </math> million saving per year. In addition, from the environment point of view, the fuel consumption reduction entails a considerable decrease on the <math display="inline">CO_{2}</math> emission impact.
65
66
Certainly, apart from designing the topology, weight reduction can be achieved by means of other techniques. The use of composite materials stands for a first example. These kind of materials, usually modeled by multiscale techniques, provide a reduced weight by appropriately arrange the microstructure with a stiff but heavy material (fibers) and a lighter but softer material (matrix). At this point, in terms of arrangement of fiber-matrix, ''is it possible to propose novel optimal configurations?'' Or even more stimulating, ''is it possible to devise optimal micro-structures by properly putting holes on the stiff material?'' It naturally leads us to wonder if, on top of designing the macroscopic topology, when the microscopic topology in each macroscopic point is also designed (by means of computational multiscale and topology optimization techniques), an outstanding impact on the mass reduction is achieved.
67
68
==1.2 Goals==
69
70
The aim of this study is to address multi-scale topology optimization problems. Under this perspective, through the computational homogenization and topological derivative techniques, the main goal consists in developing the necessary numerical tools to achieve a reduction of the cost function by designing the microscopic and/or macroscopic topologies.
71
72
Regarding the optimization problem, at the very onset, a robust and efficient strategy must be established for solving the topology optimization problem when considering the topological derivative. The strategy must intend, on the one side, to mitigate the spurious local minima that appear in the line-search method, and on the other side, to reduce the time-consuming re-meshing techniques.
73
74
Apart from the algorithm, computing the closed form of the anisotropic topological derivative yields crucial in this study to achieve the desired results. Since the homogenization of the constitutive tensor of a microscopic topology confers, in general, macroscopic anisotropic response, the current isotropic topological derivative must be extended to anisotropic materials. It stands as one of the main objective of the study. In addition, it is intended to examine the difference between the optimal macroscopic topologies in terms of using either isotropic or anisotropic materials.
75
76
As a final goal, this study aims at proposing algorithms and appropiate numerical strategies to significantly decrease the cost function when designing microscopic topologies. Similarly, it is intended to obtain reductions in the cost function not only by designing microscopic topologies but also by designing both simultaneous macroscopic and microscopic topologies. This objective will also result in efficient strategies to tackle the unaffordable multiscale topology optimization problem. In addition, since this study has a practical purpose, developing optimal manufacturable multiscale topologies is the last goal.
77
78
==1.3 Outline==
79
80
This dissertation is organized as follows:
81
82
==Chapter [[#2 Background and review of the state of the art|2]]==
83
84
The state of the art of the multiscale method is first described. In addition, the background of the computational homogenization method is presented by the variational multiscale framework including the Hill-Mandel principle, the boundary conditions and the homogenization of the constitutive tensor. Then, in a similar fashion, a brief revision of the topological optimization state of the art is described. The non-existence of solutions and numerical instabilities is addressed. In addition, a concise summary of the different methodologies to tackle topology optimization problems is presented, including the SIMP, shape optimization and topology optimization methods. The latter is devoted in more detail since it represents a core element of this study.
85
86
==Chapter [[#3 Topological derivative and topology optimization|3]] ==
87
88
This chapter is devoted to present the necessary numerical tools to address topological optimization problems when using topological derivative. First, an intuitive and mathematical description of the topological derivative concept is introduced. Then, the topological derivative for the two most relevant shape functions are examined. The optimality conditions in general and tailored to the use of a level-set function, are further explained. In addition, the Slerp algorithm, in the case of equality and inequality constraints, is pointed out. On top of that, a novel numerical technique to treat with the interface in these problems is then proposed and compared with the ones collected in the literature. Some numerical examples account for the proposed interface numerical technique.
89
90
==Chapter [[#4 Topological derivative extension to anisotropic elastic materials |4]] ==
91
92
This chapter embraces a full analytical computation of the closed anisotropic topological derivative expression. First, the formulation of the problem is posed and the topological derivative is stated. A summary of the necessary steps to solve analytically the crucial isotropic and anisotropic exterior problems is presented. Full details are collected in Appendices [[#7 Analytical solution of the isotropic exterior problem|7]] and [[#8 Analytical solution of the anisotropic exterior problem|8]]. In addition, the remainders are estimated and the topological derivative is numerically validated. Finally, a wide number of numerical tests are computed for homogeneous and heterogeneous anisotropic materials.
93
94
==Chapter [[#5 Two-scale topology optimization|5]] ==
95
96
This chapter concerns multi-scale topology optimization problems. First, the stiffness of the structure is intended to be increased by means of designing the microstructure in each macroscopic point. For this purpose, adequate algorithms and reduction techniques are proposed and validated by some numerical examples. Likewise, a similar approach is proposed to fulfill manufacturability requirements and additional numerical examples are computed. On top of that, a two-scale topology optimization problems is then addressed. An extension of the material design strategies are proposed to achieve the desired results. Some numerical results exhibits the capability of the presented strategies.
97
98
==Chapter [[#6 Conclusions|6]] ==
99
100
The conclusions of the study are collected in this last chapter. The achievements are first pointed out. Then, the chapter is focused in drawing the final conclusions and outlining the future work lines.
101
102
Note that, although a motivation section is devoted in this chapter, an specific motivation section is included at the beginning of each chapter so that each chapter lends itself to become self-contained. Likewise, a conclusion section, related to the specific content of each chapter, is presented.
103
104
==1.4 Research dissemination==
105
106
The work developed in this research gives rise to the following scientific publications:
107
108
'''A Ferrer, J Oliver JC Cante, and JA Hernández'''. Two-scale topology optimization: an efficient integrated structural optimization and material design approach. Draft, 2016.
109
110
'''SM Giusti, A Ferrer and J Oliver''. Topological sensitivity analysis in heterogeneous anisotropic elasticity problem. Theoretical and computational aspects. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering, 2016. [http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0045782516303577 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.cma.2016.08.004]
111
112
'''A Ferrer, J Oliver JC Cante, and O Lloberas'''. Vademecum-based approach to multi-scale topological material design. Advanced Modeling and Simulation in Engineering Sciences, 2016. [http://link.springer.com/article/10.1186/s40323-016-0078-4 doi:10.1186/s40323-016-0078-4]
113
114
Additionally, the work has been presented in the following conferences and workshops:
115
116
'''JC Cante, A Ferrer, J Oliver'''. Numerical tools for Multi-scale material design and structural topology optimization. In ECCOMAS VII European Congress on Computational Methods in Applied Sciences and Engineering, Creta, 2016.
117
118
'''A Ferrer, J Oliver, JC Cante'''. Multi-scale topological design: a Vademecum-based approach. In New Challenges in Computational Mechanics (A Conference Celebration the 70th Birthday of Pierre Ladevèze), Paris, 2016.
119
120
'''J Oliver, JC Cante, A Ferrer'''. Computational design of engineering materials: An integrated multi-scale approach to structural topological optimization. In XIII International Conference on Computational Plasticity. Fundamentals and Applications. COMPLAS 2015, Barcelona 2015.
121
122
'''A Ferrer, JC Cante, J Oliver'''. An efficient tool for multi-scale material design and structural topology optimization. In XIII International Conference on Computational Plasticity. Fundamentals and Applications. COMPLAS 2015, Barcelona, 2015.
123
124
'''A Ferrer, JC Cante, J Oliver'''. On Multi-scale structural topology optimization and material design. In CMN-2016: Congress on numerical methods in Engineering, Lisbon, 2015.
125
126
'''A Ferrer, JC Cante, J Oliver'''. Towards real time analysis in multi-scale computational design of engineering materials. In CSMA-SEMNI Numerical techniques for computation speedup, Biarritz, 2015.
127
128
'''A Ferrer, J Oliver, A Huespe, JA Hernandez, JC Cante'''. On macrostructure and microstructure optimization techniques in multiscale computational material design. In 11th World Congress on Computational Mechanics, Barcelona 2014.
129
130
'''A Huespe, J Oliver, A Ferrer, A Huespe, JA Hernandez, JC Cante'''. Hierarchical multiscale optimization of microstructure arrangement and macroscopic topology in computational material design. In XII International Conference on Computational Plasticity. Fundamentals and Applications. COMPLAS 2013, Barcelona, 2013.
131
132
Finally, the work of this dissemination has been complemented by the developments achieved in the following research stay:
133
134
'''Université dAvignon''', 4-month doctoral research stay. Worked under the supervision of Prof. Samuel Amstutz in the Laboratoire de Mathématiques dAvignon, Avignon, France. May-September 2016.
135
136
137
=2 Background and review of the state of the art=
138
139
Since the aim of this work is to solve multiscale topology optimization problems, this chapter is focused on describing the bases of the multi-scale and topology optimization techniques. On the one hand, the theoretical background is briefly summarized. On the other hand, as a state-of-the-art review, different theories are presented and their major advantages and disadvantages are highlighted.
140
141
First, the computational homogenization theory is introduced by detailing the foundations of the multi-scale variational framework, the Hill-Mandel Principle, the equilibrium and boundary conditions and finally the necessary steps for computing the constitutive tensor.
142
143
Second, the mathematical foundations of the the topology optimization problem are presented. The non-existence results and the numerical instabilities of that usually appear in topology optimization problems are . We also describe the most used topology optimization techniques, including the SIMP methodology and the shape derivative approach, and finally as a core element of this thesis, we feature the topological derivative for topology optimization problems applied to the macroscopic and microscopic domain.
144
145
==2.1 Computational homogenization (FE)==
146
147
In continuum mechanics, it is necessary to define the dependency between the stresses <math display="inline">\sigma </math> and strains <math display="inline">\varepsilon </math> in order to solve the standard problem of solid mechanics.
148
149
Usually, the main difficulty of the constitutive law (<math display="inline">\sigma{-\varepsilon}</math> relation) lies on how to model the non-linear behavior of the material. However, this is not the case of this work. Since the primary objective is to design materials and structures, we consider, throughout all this work, linear elasticity. That is, the stress tensor <math display="inline">\sigma </math> depends linearly on the deformation tensor at each point. Namely,
150
151
<span id="eq-2.1"></span>
152
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
153
|-
154
| 
155
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
156
|-
157
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\sigma (x)=\mathbb{\mathbb{C}}:\varepsilon (x), </math>
158
|}
159
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.1)
160
|}
161
162
where <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}</math> is the fourth order constitutive tensor.
163
164
Apart from the non-linearity of the material, it is worth wondering if the constitutive law provides enough information on the material behavior. The answer would depend on the accuracy that we require. Since precisely we focus on designing materials, a high level accuracy on the constitutive law (through the <math display="inline">\mathbb{\mathbb{C}}</math> relation) is required. Thus, the technique for setting the constitutive law must be powerful enough to provide an accurate <math display="inline">\sigma{-\varepsilon}</math> relation. The existing approaches for modeling the constitutive law can be basically grouped in two currents, phenomenological techniques and multi-scale homogenization techniques.
165
166
In some applications, phenomenological constitutive laws are powerful enough to model the material and to define the <math display="inline">\sigma{-\varepsilon}</math> relation. However, in highly demanding applications, it is necessary to make use of more sophisticated techniques such as the multi-scale homogenization method, in order to capture the complexity of the materials <span id='citeF-2'></span>[[#cite-2|[2]]]. Phenomenological constitutive approaches are only able to capture these small variations, in the Finite Element (FE) context, with unaffordable fine meshes. By contrast, the computational homogenization method, usually called <math display="inline">FE^{2}</math>, through the definition of two different scales, is able to capture such small variations with a reasonable computational effort.
167
168
Regarding the computational homogenization method, in the last decades, it has gained considerable popularity in the computational mechanics community. Admittedly, providing an accurate <math display="inline">\sigma{-\varepsilon}</math> relation with a reasonable computational effort represents a significant advantage. In addition, and more significantly, since the approach basically requires standard Finite Element (FE) techniques, the computational homogenization method suits naturally in the computational mechanics context from the formulation point of view and the implementation point of view.
169
170
In order to set up the corresponding mathematical framework of the computational homogenization method, different theories have been developed in the last years <span id='citeF-3'></span><span id='citeF-4'></span>[[#cite-3|[3,4]]]. Apparently, asymptotic expansion and variational multi-scale approach are, nowadays, the most successful approaches in the context of computational mechanics. Although the asymptotic expansion approach is a rigorous mathematical theory and it has been used for a long time, the variational multi-scale theory seems more appropiate to extend to non-linear problems. Furthermore, variational approaches usually fit more naturally in the context of the Finite Element method.
171
172
The main concepts of the computational homogenization method, which holds for both the asymptotic expansion approach and variational multi-scale method, are first described. Further ahead, we describe the essential concepts of variational multi-scale method that are needed for achieving the results of all this work.
173
174
Since the computational homogenization method aims at considering small heterogeneities and small variations of the variables, it proposes to define, firstly, a macroscopic scale (characterized by the length scale <math display="inline">l</math>) which corresponds usually with the length of the domain and, secondly, a microscopic scale (characterized by the length scale <math display="inline">l_{\mu }</math>), which typically is of a smaller order of magnitude. It is assumed that the microscopic scale <math display="inline">l_{\mu }</math> fulfills
175
176
<span id="eq-2.2"></span>
177
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
178
|-
179
| 
180
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
181
|-
182
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>l_{\mu }  \ll  l. </math>
183
|}
184
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.2)
185
|}
186
187
Accordingly, one can define a macroscopic coordinate <math display="inline">x</math> (macroscopic point) related to the macroscopic scale <math display="inline">l</math> and a microscopic coordinate <math display="inline">y=\frac{x}{\epsilon }</math> (microscopic point) related with its counterpart scale <math display="inline">l_{\mu }</math>. The parameter
188
189
<span id="eq-2.3"></span>
190
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
191
|-
192
| 
193
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
194
|-
195
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\epsilon \sim \frac{l_{\mu }}{l}\ll{1} </math>
196
|}
197
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.3)
198
|}
199
200
usually measures the jump between the scales. Note that if the <math display="inline">y</math> coordinate is neglected, the standard one scale problems is recovered.
201
202
Thus, with the definition of these two different scales in mind, and with the idea of considering heterogeneities on the small scale, the constitutive tensor is modeled as a function of both macroscopic coordinate <math display="inline">x</math> and the microscopic coordinate <math display="inline">y</math> as
203
204
<span id="eq-2.4"></span>
205
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
206
|-
207
| 
208
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
209
|-
210
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{C}(x,y)=\mathbb{C}(x,\frac{x}{\epsilon }). </math>
211
|}
212
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.4)
213
|}
214
215
Since the variables (stresses <math display="inline">\sigma </math>, strains <math display="inline">\varepsilon </math>) of a standard elasticity problem depend implicitly on the constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}(x,y)</math> through the equilibrium equation, in principle, they are also function of both macroscopic coordinate <math display="inline">x</math> and the microscopic coordinate <math display="inline">y</math>, that is
216
217
<span id="eq-2.5"></span>
218
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
219
|-
220
| 
221
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
222
|-
223
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\sigma (x,y)=\mathbb{\sigma }(x,\frac{x}{\epsilon })\quad \mbox{and }\varepsilon (x,y)=\varepsilon (x,\frac{x}{\epsilon }). </math>
224
|}
225
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.5)
226
|}
227
228
Conceptually, the main idea of the computational homogenization method is to collect the variation of the variables with respect the microscopic coordinate <math display="inline">y</math> through an homogenization process. On the one hand, that allows capturing heterogeneities of the microscopic scale. On the other hand, after applying the homogenization process, the standard variables (stresses <math display="inline">\sigma </math>, strains <math display="inline">\varepsilon </math>) of a macroscopic continuum mechanical problem may be retrieved. In mathematical terms, the explicit <math display="inline">y</math>-dependence of the variables disappears after applying the homogenization process, this is
229
230
<span id="eq-2.6"></span>
231
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
232
|-
233
| 
234
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
235
|-
236
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{C}(x,y)\rightarrow \mathbb{C}^{h}(x),\quad \mathbb{\sigma }(x,y)\rightarrow \sigma (x)\quad \hbox{and}\quad \varepsilon (x,y)\rightarrow \varepsilon (x) </math>
237
|}
238
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.6)
239
|}
240
241
where <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{h}</math> corresponds to the homogenization constitutive law. In order to describe this homogenization process, the RVE (Representative Volume Element) concept is first introduced. It is usually defined as the microscopic domain <math display="inline">\Omega _{\mu }</math> (of order of magnitude <math display="inline">l_{\mu }</math> ) in which the variations of the material properties are sufficiently representative. That allows associating the macroscopic variable <math display="inline">x</math> to the coordinates of the macroscopic domain <math display="inline">\Omega </math> and the microscopic variable <math display="inline">y</math> to the coordinates of the microscopic domain <math display="inline">\Omega _{\mu }</math>. When the jump between the scales is large enough, each integration/sampling point <math display="inline">x</math> of the continuum macroscopic domain is associated to an RVE. A sketch of this concept is presented in Figure [[#img-1|1]].
242
243
<div id='img-1'></div>
244
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
245
|-
246
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Figure1.png|400px|Representation of the macroscopic domain Ω and the microscopic domain Ω<sub>μ</sub>. In each macroscopic coordinate x, the associated RVE (Representative Volume Element) allows considering heterogeneities on the micro-scale through the microscopic coordinate y. ]]
247
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
248
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 1:''' Representation of the macroscopic domain <math>\Omega </math> and the microscopic domain <math>\Omega _{\mu }</math>. In each macroscopic coordinate <math>x</math>, the associated RVE (Representative Volume Element) allows considering heterogeneities on the micro-scale through the microscopic coordinate <math>y</math>. 
249
|}
250
251
Due to the definition of both coordinates <math display="inline">x</math> and <math display="inline">y</math>, the heterogeneities of the material on the macroscopic domain and on the microscopic domain can be considered. At this point, the computational homogenization method proposes to replace the heterogeneous microscopic domain by an equivalent homogeneous microscopic domain, hence its name. See, in Figure [[#img-2|2]], an sketch of this concept.
252
253
<div id='img-2'></div>
254
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
255
|-
256
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Computational homogenization.png|600px|Computational homogenization representation. The variational multi-scale technique considers the heterogeneities on the microscopic scale through the coordinate y. However, after applying the homogenization process, the macroscopic variables σ(x), ɛ(x) and \mathbbC<sup>h</sup>(x) come to depend only to the macroscopic coordinate x. ]]
257
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
258
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 2:''' Computational homogenization representation. The variational multi-scale technique considers the heterogeneities on the microscopic scale through the coordinate <math>y</math>. However, after applying the homogenization process, the macroscopic variables <math>\sigma (x)</math>, <math>\varepsilon (x)</math> and <math>\mathbb{C}^{h}(x)</math> come to depend only to the macroscopic coordinate <math>x</math>. 
259
|}
260
261
The methodology of replacing the heterogeneous RVE by its homogeneous counterpart is what the variational multiscale method proposes. Note that, although the heterogeneous micro-scale becomes an homogeneous material, the macroscopic material can still be considered an heterogeneous material, i.e., it no longer depend on variable <math display="inline">y</math> but it may still depend on variable <math display="inline">x</math>.
262
263
As a first attempt of this homogenization process, one could think naturally on using the rule of mixtures. However, more sophisticated approaches may be employed <span id='citeF-5'></span>[[#cite-5|[5]]], for instance, the multi-scale variational framework.
264
265
===2.1.1 Multi-scale variational framework===
266
267
The multi-scale variational approach has been extensively used in the last years <span id='citeF-4'></span>[[#cite-4|[4]]] as a mathematical framework for the computational homogenization. On the one hand, it takes use of the powerful tools of calculus of variations and, on the other hand, it develops and presents the concepts nimbly. The methodology is based on: first, defining the kinematics, second, taking variations on the strain space of functions and, finally, postulating the Hill-Mandel principle. Henceforth, the variables related with the micro-scale are endowed by the sub-index <math display="inline">\mu </math>.
268
269
Regarding the kinematics, the multi-scale variational approach asserts that the microscopic strain <math display="inline">\varepsilon _{\mu }(x,y)</math> can be written as the sum of two terms, a macroscopic strain <math display="inline">\varepsilon (x)</math> and a fluctuation strain <math display="inline">\tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }(x,y)</math>, i.e,
270
271
<span id="eq-2.7"></span>
272
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
273
|-
274
| 
275
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
276
|-
277
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\varepsilon _{\mu }(x,y)=\varepsilon (x)+\tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }(x,y). </math>
278
|}
279
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.7)
280
|}
281
282
The macroscopic strain is defined commonly as <math display="inline">\varepsilon (x)=\nabla ^{s}u</math>, where <math display="inline">u</math> represents the displacements, and it depends only on the macroscopic coordinate <math display="inline">x</math>, while the fluctuation strain <math display="inline">\tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }(x,y)</math> depends on both coordinates <math display="inline">x</math> and <math display="inline">y</math> and must fulfill the constraint of zero mean value over the microscopic domain <math display="inline">\Omega _{\mu }</math>, that is,
283
284
<span id="eq-2.8"></span>
285
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
286
|-
287
| 
288
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
289
|-
290
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }(x,y)=0. </math>
291
|}
292
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.8)
293
|}
294
295
Thus, both the splitting on two terms of the strain and the zero mean value constraint on the fluctuation strain are considered axioms of the multi-scale variational approach. Note that, this choice allows us to guarantee that the average of the microscopic strain will be the macroscopic strain, more specifically,
296
297
<span id="eq-2.9"></span>
298
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
299
|-
300
| 
301
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
302
|-
303
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\varepsilon (x)=\frac{1}{\Omega _{\mu }}\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\varepsilon _{\mu }(x,y). </math>
304
|}
305
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.9)
306
|}
307
308
This relation corresponds to the homogenization process shown in Figure [[#img-2|2]] applied to the strain field. Thus, the microscopic strain <math display="inline">\varepsilon _{\mu }(x,y)</math>, which takes values over all the domain and depends on both <math display="inline">x</math> and <math display="inline">y</math> coordinates, is defined as the sum of its mean value over the microscopic domain and a fluctuation part, which is in charge of measuring the deviation over such mean value. As a remark, in the case where the fluctuations are canceled, the standard macroscopic problem is recovered.
309
310
Once the kinematic is defined, we move to the definition of the space of function of the strains. First, the space of function of the macroscopic and fluctuation strains are defined as
311
312
<span id="eq-2.10"></span>
313
<span id="eq-2.11"></span>
314
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
315
|-
316
| 
317
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
318
|-
319
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{V}_{\varepsilon }  =  \{ \varepsilon (x)\in T^{2}(\mathbb{R}^{d},\mathbb{R})\} ,</math>
320
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.10)
321
|-
322
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \mathbb{V}_{\tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }}  =  \{ \tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }(x,y)\in \mathbb{V}_{\varepsilon }|\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }(x,y)=0\}  </math>
323
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.11)
324
|}
325
|}
326
327
where <math display="inline">T^{2}(\mathbb{R}^{d},\mathbb{R})</math> stands for the symmetric second order tensor spaces. The macroscopic strain are only asked to belong to the symmetric second order spaces while fluctuation strains are additionally asked to satisfy the zero mean value constraint over the microscopic domain. Then, the space for the microscopic strain is defined as
328
329
<span id="eq-2.12"></span>
330
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
331
|-
332
| 
333
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
334
|-
335
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{V}_{\varepsilon _{\mu }}  =  \{ \varepsilon _{\mu }(x,y)\in \mathbb{V}_{\varepsilon }|\varepsilon _{\mu }(x,y)=\varepsilon (x)+\tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }(x,y)\} , </math>
336
|}
337
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.12)
338
|}
339
340
with <math display="inline">\varepsilon \in \mathbb{V}_{\varepsilon }</math> and <math display="inline">\tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }\in \mathbb{V}_{\tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }}</math>.
341
342
===2.1.2 Hill- Mandel principle===
343
344
Taking variations in such spaces, the variational multi-scale approach makes use of the Hill-Mandel principle. Based on energy concepts, it postulates that the internal energy of a macroscopic point <math display="inline">x</math> is equivalent to the average of the microscopic internal energy of the microscopic domain. In physical terms, it states that two different entities (the infinitesimal point of coordinate <math display="inline">x</math> and the microscopic domain) are equivalent and replaceable if they are endowed with the same value of the internal energy. In mathematical terms, this statement is expressible as
345
346
<span id="eq-2.13"></span>
347
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
348
|-
349
| 
350
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
351
|-
352
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\sigma :\delta \varepsilon =\frac{1}{|\Omega _{\mu }|}\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\sigma _{\mu }:\delta \varepsilon _{\mu }\forall \delta \varepsilon _{\mu }\in \mathbb{V}_{\varepsilon _{\mu }}. </math>
353
|}
354
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.13)
355
|}
356
357
where <math display="inline">\sigma (x)</math> corresponds to the macroscopic stress and <math display="inline">\sigma _{\mu }(x,y)</math> to the microscopic stress. By virtue of ([[#eq-2.12|2.12]]), a variation of the microscopic strain is given by the variation of the macroscopic and fluctuation strain as
358
359
<span id="eq-2.14"></span>
360
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
361
|-
362
| 
363
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
364
|-
365
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\delta \varepsilon _{\mu }=\delta \varepsilon{+\delta}\tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }. </math>
366
|}
367
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.14)
368
|}
369
370
Inserting such variation on the Hill-Mandel principle equation ([[#eq-2.13|2.13]]), we obtain the following equation
371
372
<span id="eq-2.15"></span>
373
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
374
|-
375
| 
376
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
377
|-
378
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>(\sigma -\frac{1}{|\Omega _{\mu }|}\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\sigma _{\mu }):\delta \varepsilon +\frac{1}{|\Omega _{\mu }|}\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\sigma _{\mu }:\delta \tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }=0\forall \delta \varepsilon \in \mathbb{V}_{\varepsilon },\forall \delta \tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }\in \mathbb{V}_{\tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }}. </math>
379
|}
380
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.15)
381
|}
382
383
Since equation ([[#eq-2.15|2.15]]) holds for all <math display="inline">\forall \delta \tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }\in \mathbb{V}_{\tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }}</math>, it also holds for <math display="inline">\delta \tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }=0</math>. In consequence, the homogenization of the stress appears naturally as,
384
385
<span id="eq-2.16"></span>
386
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
387
|-
388
| 
389
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
390
|-
391
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\sigma =\frac{1}{|\Omega _{\mu }|}\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\sigma _{\mu }. </math>
392
|}
393
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.16)
394
|}
395
396
Clearly, this relation is, in stresses, the analogous equation of the strain equation ([[#eq-2.9|2.9]]). As in the strain case, equation ([[#eq-2.16|2.16]]) corresponds to the homogenization process shown in Figure [[#img-2|2]], but in this case, applied to the stress field. Note that the strain and stress homogenization differ basically on how they have been stated, the former as an axiom, the latter as a consequence of the Hill-Mandel principle.
397
398
Similarly, since equation ([[#eq-2.15|2.15]]) holds for all <math display="inline">\forall \delta \varepsilon \in \mathbb{V}_{\varepsilon }</math>, it also holds for <math display="inline">\delta \varepsilon=0</math>. Inserting this condition into equation ([[#eq-2.15|2.15]]), the weak form of the micro-structure equilibrium equation is obtained as
399
400
<span id="eq-2.17"></span>
401
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
402
|-
403
| 
404
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
405
|-
406
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\sigma _{\mu }:\delta \tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }=0. </math>
407
|}
408
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.17)
409
|}
410
411
In view of equation ([[#eq-2.17|2.17]]), the fluctuation strain <math display="inline">\tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }(x,y)</math> does not produce internal energy on the RVE.
412
413
===2.1.3 Micro-scale equilibrium equation and boundary conditions===
414
415
The Hill-Mandel principle leads to solve the equilibrium equation ([[#eq-2.17|2.17]]) for each macroscopic point <math display="inline">x</math>. This means that, through a discretization in <math display="inline">FE</math>, the macroscopic and a microscopic scale problem (in each macroscopic point) must be solved.
416
417
Regarding the micro-scale equilibrium equation, we first express the <math display="inline">\sigma{-\varepsilon}</math> relation on the micro-scale, i.e, <math display="inline">\sigma _{\mu }-\varepsilon _{\mu }</math> relation. Since the aim of the work is based on material design and structural optimization, we restrict the constitutive law to the elastic regime of materials. Thus, the macroscopic stress <math display="inline">\sigma _{\mu }(x,y)</math> depends linearly on the strain <math display="inline">\varepsilon _{\mu }(x,y)</math> through the micro-scale constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C_{\mu }}(x,y)</math> as
418
419
<span id="eq-2.18"></span>
420
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
421
|-
422
| 
423
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
424
|-
425
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\sigma _{\mu }(x,y)=\mathbb{\mathbb{C}}_{\mu }(x,y):\varepsilon _{\mu }(x,y). </math>
426
|}
427
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.18)
428
|}
429
430
Therefore, the micro-scale equilibrium equation ([[#eq-2.17|2.17]]) is rewritten as
431
432
<span id="eq-2.19"></span>
433
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
434
|-
435
| 
436
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
437
|-
438
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\varepsilon _{\mu }:\mathbb{\mathbb{C}}_{\mu }:\delta \tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }=0\forall \delta \tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }\in \mathbb{V}_{\tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }}, </math>
439
|}
440
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.19)
441
|}
442
443
and considering the split of the microscopic strain <math display="inline">\varepsilon _{\mu }(x,y)</math> in equation ([[#eq-2.7|2.7]]), the equilibrium equation results
444
445
<span id="eq-2.20"></span>
446
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
447
|-
448
| 
449
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
450
|-
451
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }:\mathbb{\mathbb{C}}_{\mu }:\delta \tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }=-\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\varepsilon :\mathbb{\mathbb{C}}_{\mu }:\delta \tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }\forall \delta \tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }\in \mathbb{V}_{\tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }}. </math>
452
|}
453
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.20)
454
|}
455
456
This last equation stands for the equilibrium equation in strain terms. To write it in terms of displacements, we must first apply the Gauss theorem to the fluctuation strain condition ([[#eq-2.8|2.8]]), that is,
457
458
<span id="eq-2.21"></span>
459
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
460
|-
461
| 
462
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
463
|-
464
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }=\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\nabla ^{s}\tilde{u}_{\mu }=\int _{\partial \Omega _{\mu }}\tilde{u}_{\mu }\otimes _{s}n=0, </math>
465
|}
466
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.21)
467
|}
468
469
where the fluctuation displacement <math display="inline">\tilde{u}_{\mu }</math> has been introduced through the standard relation <math display="inline">\tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }=\nabla ^{s}\tilde{u}_{\mu }</math>. Similarly, the micro-scale displacement <math display="inline">u_{\mu }(x,y)</math> can be defined from <math display="inline">\varepsilon _{\mu }=\nabla ^{s}u_{\mu }</math>. Consequently, integrating the splitting equation ([[#eq-2.7|2.7]]), the micro-scale displacement <math display="inline">u_{\mu }(x,y)</math> can be written in terms of the macroscopic strain <math display="inline">\varepsilon (x)</math> and the fluctuation displacement <math display="inline">\tilde{u}_{\mu }</math> as,
470
471
<span id="eq-2.22"></span>
472
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
473
|-
474
| 
475
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
476
|-
477
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>u_{\mu }(x,y)=\varepsilon (x)y+\tilde{u}_{\mu }(x,y). </math>
478
|}
479
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.22)
480
|}
481
482
Then, we can define the space function of the fluctuation displacement <math display="inline">\tilde{u}_{\mu }</math> as
483
484
<span id="eq-2.23"></span>
485
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
486
|-
487
| 
488
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
489
|-
490
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{V}_{\tilde{u}_{\mu }}  =  \{ \tilde{u}_{\mu }\in H^{1}(\Omega _{\mu })|\int _{\partial \Omega _{\mu }}\tilde{u}_{\mu }\otimes _{s}n=0\}  </math>
491
|}
492
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.23)
493
|}
494
495
Unlike the macroscopic displacement field, the fluctuation field is requested not only to enjoy standard regularity of elliptic problems but also to fulfill condition ([[#eq-2.23|2.23]]).
496
497
Thus, the equilibrium equation ([[#eq-2.20|2.20]]) can be re-expressed in terms of the fluctuation displacement <math display="inline">\tilde{u}_{\mu }</math> as,
498
499
<span id="eq-2.24"></span>
500
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
501
|-
502
| 
503
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
504
|-
505
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\nabla ^{s}\tilde{u}_{\mu }:\mathbb{\mathbb{C}}_{\mu }:\nabla ^{s}\delta \tilde{u}_{\mu }=-\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\varepsilon :\mathbb{\mathbb{C}}_{\mu }:\nabla ^{s}\delta \tilde{u}_{\mu }\forall \delta \tilde{u}_{\mu }\in \mathbb{V}_{\tilde{u}_{\mu }}. </math>
506
|}
507
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.24)
508
|}
509
510
This last equation corresponds to the equilibrium equation that must be solved in each micro-structure. Note that, the equilibrium equation ([[#eq-2.24|2.24]]) suggests that the micro-scale equilibrium could be interpreted as a standard macro-scale equilibrium problem where the fluctuation <math display="inline">\tilde{u}_{\mu }</math> plays the role of the unknown and the macroscopic strain <math display="inline">\varepsilon (x)</math> the role, after integration, of the right hand side.
511
512
Next step is to describe how the microscopic boundary conditions may be fulfilled. There are different approaches to satisfy these boundary conditions of the RVE. In literature, see <span id='citeF-4'></span>[[#cite-4|[4]]], the most frequently used can be classified in ''Taylor, Linear, Periodic'' and ''Minimal'' condition.
513
514
'''Taylor boundary conditions'''. Frequently, this model is commonly termed, in other contexts, rule of mixtures <span id='citeF-5'></span>[[#cite-5|[5]]]. Intuitively, it homogenizes the properties by its volumetric contribution. In our terms, it turns into imposing zero fluctuation over all the domain (including the boundary), that is
515
516
<span id="eq-2.25"></span>
517
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
518
|-
519
| 
520
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
521
|-
522
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\tilde{u}_{\mu }(x,y)=0\qquad \forall y\in \Omega _{\mu }\cup \partial \Omega _{\mu } </math>
523
|}
524
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.25)
525
|}
526
527
Thus, the equilibrium equation is not necessary to be solved since the unknown is already known. Obviously, by definition, condition ([[#eq-2.21|2.21]]) fulfills, i.e.,
528
529
<span id="eq-2.26"></span>
530
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
531
|-
532
| 
533
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
534
|-
535
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\tilde{u}_{\mu }(x,y)  =  0\qquad \forall y\in \Omega _{\mu }\cup \partial \Omega _{\mu }\Rightarrow \int _{\partial \Omega _{\mu }}\tilde{u}_{\mu }\otimes _{s}n=0. </math>
536
|}
537
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.26)
538
|}
539
540
'''Linear boundary conditions'''. In comparison to the fluctuation on the ''Taylor conditions'', the linear boundary conditions are imposed to be zero only on the boundary, i.e,
541
542
<span id="eq-2.27"></span>
543
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
544
|-
545
| 
546
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
547
|-
548
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\tilde{u}_{\mu }(x,y)=0\qquad \forall y\in \partial \Omega _{\mu }. </math>
549
|}
550
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.27)
551
|}
552
553
According to ([[#eq-2.22|2.22]]), the total displacement has, in this case, only the contribution of the macroscopic strain:
554
555
<span id="eq-2.28"></span>
556
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
557
|-
558
| 
559
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
560
|-
561
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>u_{\mu }(x,y)  =  \varepsilon (x)y\forall y\in \partial \Omega _{\mu } </math>
562
|}
563
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.28)
564
|}
565
566
Thus, in the ''Linear boundary conditions'', the micro-scale displacement depends linearly on the boundary with respect to coordinate <math display="inline">y</math>, hence its name. In this case, if the fluctuation is zero over all the boundary, the integral of the symmetric open product between the fluctuation and the normal is also zero, that is,
567
568
<span id="eq-2.29"></span>
569
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
570
|-
571
| 
572
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
573
|-
574
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\tilde{u}_{\mu }(x,y)  =  0\quad \forall y\in \partial \Omega _{\mu }\quad \Rightarrow \quad \int _{\partial \Omega _{\mu }}\tilde{u}_{\mu }\otimes _{s}n=0. </math>
575
|}
576
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.29)
577
|}
578
579
Since less conditions are imposed, ''Linear boundary conditions'' are less stiffer than the ''Taylor boundary conditions.'' However, there is still room to impose softer ones.
580
581
'''Periodic boundary conditions'''. Alternatively, the periodic boundary conditions are the ones with better reputation in the multi-scale field. In the literature, there are numerical studies that suggest its use in periodic material <span id='citeF-6'></span>[[#cite-6|[6]]]. The main advantage lies on the fact that, the size of the micro-structure in which the material is statistically representative, is the smaller size in comparison to the rest of boundary conditions. Thus, the condition on the jump of scales is easier to satisfy.
582
583
The periodic boundary conditions satisfy the fluctuation condition as follows. For some specific micro-scale geometries like square cells (hexagonal cells and others can be easily extended), the boundary is divided in <math display="inline">\Gamma _{1}^{+}</math>, <math display="inline">\Gamma _{1}^{-}</math>, <math display="inline">\Gamma _{2}^{+}</math> and <math display="inline">\Gamma _{2}^{-}</math> with outward unit normal such that
584
585
<span id="eq-2.30"></span>
586
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
587
|-
588
| 
589
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
590
|-
591
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>n_{1}^{+}=-\mathbf{\mathit{n}}_{1}^{-}\;,\;\mathbf{\mathrm{\mathit{n}}_{\mathrm{2}}^{\mathrm{+}}}=-\mathbf{\mathit{n}}_{2}^{-}. </math>
592
|}
593
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.30)
594
|}
595
596
<div id='img-3'></div>
597
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
598
|-
599
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Figure2.png|400px|RVE periodic domain, square cell. ]]
600
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
601
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 3:''' RVE periodic domain, square cell. 
602
|}
603
604
The different parts <math display="inline">\Gamma _{1}^{+}</math>, <math display="inline">\Gamma _{1}^{-}</math>, <math display="inline">\Gamma _{2}^{+}</math> and <math display="inline">\Gamma _{2}^{-}</math> of the boundary are represented in Figure [[#img-3|3]]. Considering the division on the boundary, we can re-express the fluctuation condition as
605
606
<span id="eq-2.31"></span>
607
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
608
|-
609
| 
610
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
611
|-
612
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{cccccc} \int _{\partial \Omega _{\mu }}\tilde{u}_{\mu }\otimes _{s}n & = & \int _{\Gamma _{1}^{+}}\tilde{u}_{\mu }^{(1)^{+}}\otimes _{s}n_{1}^{+} & + & \int _{\Gamma _{2}^{+}}\tilde{u}_{\mu }^{(2)^{+}}\otimes _{s}n_{2}^{+} & +\\  &  & \int _{\Gamma _{1}^{-}}\tilde{u}_{\mu }^{(1)^{-}}\otimes _{s}n_{1}^{-} & + & \int _{\Gamma _{2}^{-}}\tilde{u}_{\mu }^{(2)^{-}}\otimes _{s}n_{2}^{-} & =0, \end{array} </math>
613
|}
614
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.31)
615
|}
616
617
where <math display="inline">\tilde{u}_{\mu }^{(1)^{+}}</math> and <math display="inline">\tilde{u}_{\mu }^{(1)^{-}}</math> represents the fluctuations in <math display="inline">\Gamma _{1}^{+}</math> and <math display="inline">\Gamma _{1}^{-}</math>. Similarly, <math display="inline">\tilde{u}_{\mu }^{(2)^{+}}</math> and <math display="inline">\tilde{u}_{\mu }^{(2)^{-}}</math>stands for the fluctuations in <math display="inline">\Gamma _{2}^{+}</math> and <math display="inline">\Gamma _{2}^{-}</math>.
618
619
Finally, considering the opposite direction on the normals defined in Figure [[#img-3|3]], we end up with the periodic boundary conditions
620
621
<span id="eq-2.32"></span>
622
<span id="eq-2.33"></span>
623
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
624
|-
625
| 
626
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
627
|-
628
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\tilde{u}_{\mu }^{(1)^{+}}  =  \tilde{u}_{\mu }^{(2)^{+}}</math>
629
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.32)
630
|-
631
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \tilde{u}_{\mu }^{(1)^{-}}  =  \tilde{u}_{\mu }^{(2)^{-}}. </math>
632
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.33)
633
|}
634
|}
635
636
More specifically, the fluctuation on the left part of the square cell <math display="inline">\Gamma _{2}^{+}</math> must be equal to the fluctuation on the right part <math display="inline">\Gamma _{2}^{-}</math> and, similarly, on the up and bottom part. Physically, this feature permits considering other micro-cell surrounding the RVE, and thus, the fluctuation will vary periodically along the micro-cell, hence its name.
637
638
'''Minimal boundary conditions'''. The minimum boundary conditions appear as the last alternative. They are considered the weaker boundary conditions since, in contrast to other boundary conditions, they assume no extra condition, hence its name. For this purpose, the fluctuation conditions ([[#eq-2.21|2.21]]) are imposed directly.
639
640
Note that fluctuation condition ([[#eq-2.21|2.21]]) leads to impose that the integral over the boundary of the open product between the fluctuation and the outward unit normal is zero. That implies to impose six conditions in 3D problems and three conditions in 2D problems.
641
642
'''Selected boundary condition and implementation strategy'''. The choice of the boundary condition is a priori arbitrary, and it would depend on the addressed problem. In our study, and throughout all this work, we select the periodic boundary conditions since they can ensure a representative volume with the smaller length scale <math display="inline">l_{\mu }</math>.
643
644
Regarding the way to impose the boundary conditions, there are two options. On the one hand, it can be imposed directly in the equilibrium problem and consequently the Lagrange multipliers appear as extra unknowns. On the other hand, it is possible to condensate some unknowns on the system through the boundary conditions.
645
646
The first option seems reasonable for small number of conditions like minimum conditions, however, for other kind of conditions, it enlarges the system of equations considerably. The option of condensing the unknowns in periodic and linear seems reasonable. As a difficulty, if iterative solvers are used, specially for large 3D problems, the condensation process confers worse conditioning to the matrix, lengthening the convergence process. If direct solvers are used, with the condensation technique, the matrix becomes less sparse bringing problems with memory. This features that the appropiate approach will depend on the specific problem to be solved. In our case, and through all this work, since not computationally high demanding meshes are required, the condensation process is considered.
647
648
'''Strong form of the microscopic equilibrium equation'''. Once the boundary conditions have been introduced, the strong form of the microscopic equilibrium equation can be stated. From the equilibrium equation in weak form ([[#eq-2.17|2.17]]), and undoing the steps of integration by parts (and assuming some regularity), the equilibrium equation requires divergence free of the microscopic stresses. This is,
649
650
<span id="eq-2.34"></span>
651
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
652
|-
653
| 
654
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
655
|-
656
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\nabla \cdot \sigma _{\mu }=0. </math>
657
|}
658
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.34)
659
|}
660
661
To extend the formulation of the variational multi-scale method to microscopic equilibrium with body forces, the reader is refereed to work <span id='citeF-7'></span>[[#cite-7|[7]]]. Thus, the strong form of the equilibrium equation jointly with the microscopic constitutive law ([[#eq-2.18|2.18]]) and the boundary conditions (periodic in our case) form the set of necessary equation of the micro-structural problem. Mathematically, it reads
662
663
<span id="eq-2.35"></span>
664
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
665
|-
666
| 
667
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
668
|-
669
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left\{\begin{array}{cccccc}\nabla \cdot \sigma _{\mu }(\tilde{u}_{\mu }) & = & 0 &  & \hbox{ in} & \Omega _{\mu }\\ \sigma _{\mu }(\tilde{u}_{\mu }) & = & \mathbb{C}_{\mu }:\nabla ^{s}\tilde{u}_{\mu }\\ \tilde{u}_{\mu }^{(1)^{+}} & = & \tilde{u}_{\mu }^{(2)^{+}} &  & \hbox{ on} & \Gamma _{1}^{+}\cup \Gamma _{2}^{+}\\ \tilde{u}_{\mu }^{(1)^{-}} & = & \tilde{u}_{\mu }^{(2)^{-}} &  & \hbox{ on} & \Gamma _{1}^{-}\cup \Gamma _{2}^{-}. \end{array}\right. </math>
670
|}
671
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.35)
672
|}
673
674
===2.1.4 Homogenized constitutive tensor===
675
676
Once the microscopic equilibrium equation is presented, it is worth mentioning that the main aim of the multi-scale problem consists in obtaining the homogenized constitutive tensor rather than the microscopic fluctuations, microscopic strains and microscopic stresses. In fact, computing the homogenized constitutive tensor is the essential part of the computational homogenization method. Henceforth, it is denoted by <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{h}.</math> As in other fields of mechanics, it is commonly defined as the variation of the stresses <math display="inline">\sigma </math> with respect to the strain <math display="inline">\varepsilon </math>, this is
677
678
<span id="eq-2.36"></span>
679
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
680
|-
681
| 
682
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
683
|-
684
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{C}^{h}:=\frac{\partial \sigma }{\partial \varepsilon }. </math>
685
|}
686
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.36)
687
|}
688
689
Taking into account that the macroscopic stresses <math display="inline">\sigma </math> are related with its microscopic counterpart <math display="inline">\sigma _{\mu }</math> through the homogenization equation ([[#eq-2.16|2.16]]), and making use of the linear elasticity assumption ([[#eq-2.18|2.18]]), the constitutive tensor reads
690
691
<span id="eq-2.37"></span>
692
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
693
|-
694
| 
695
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
696
|-
697
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{C}^{h}:=\frac{\partial \sigma }{\partial \varepsilon }=\frac{1}{\bigl|\Omega _{\mu }\bigr|}\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\frac{\partial \sigma _{\mu }}{\partial \varepsilon }=\frac{1}{\bigl|\Omega _{\mu }\bigr|}\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\mathbb{C_{\mu }}:\frac{\partial \varepsilon _{\mu }}{\partial \varepsilon }. </math>
698
|}
699
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.37)
700
|}
701
702
The microscopic strain is related with the macroscopic strain through the assumption of the kinematics described in equation ([[#eq-2.7|2.7]]). By taking derivatives with respect to the macroscopic strain in equation ([[#eq-2.7|2.7]]), we obtain the following relation
703
704
<span id="eq-2.38"></span>
705
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
706
|-
707
| 
708
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
709
|-
710
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\frac{\partial \varepsilon _{\mu }}{\partial \varepsilon }=\frac{\partial \varepsilon }{\partial \varepsilon }+\frac{\partial \tilde{\varepsilon }_{\mu }}{\partial \varepsilon }=\mathbb{I}+\frac{\partial \nabla ^{s}\tilde{u}_{\mu }}{\partial \varepsilon }=\mathbb{I}+\mathbb{A}(y) </math>
711
|}
712
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.38)
713
|}
714
715
where <math display="inline">\mathbb{I}</math> and <math display="inline">\mathbb{A}</math> stand for the identity fourth-order tensor and the so-called fourth-order localization tensor <span id='citeF-8'></span>[[#cite-8|[8]]]. Unlike the homogenized fourth order constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{h}</math>, both fourth order tensors <math display="inline">\mathbb{I}</math> and <math display="inline">\mathbb{A}</math> are dimensionless. Regarding this fourth-order localization tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{A}(y)</math>, note that, in the weak form of the equilibrium equation ([[#eq-2.24|2.24]]), the symmetric gradient of the fluctuations <math display="inline">\nabla ^{s}\tilde{u}_{\mu }</math> depends linearly (due to the assumption of linear material behavior) on macroscopic strain <math display="inline">\varepsilon </math>. Thus, we can relate <math display="inline">\nabla ^{s}\tilde{u}_{\mu }</math> with <math display="inline">\varepsilon </math> by writing the definition of the localization tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{A}(y)</math> as follows,
716
717
<span id="eq-2.39"></span>
718
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
719
|-
720
| 
721
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
722
|-
723
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{A}(y)=\frac{\partial \nabla ^{s}\tilde{u}_{\mu }}{\partial \varepsilon }\rightarrow \quad \nabla ^{s}\tilde{u}_{\mu }=\mathbb{A}(y):\varepsilon{.} </math>
724
|}
725
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.39)
726
|}
727
728
Since the localization tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{A}</math> stands for a linear operator, its components can be obtained by solving, for each canonical base of <math display="inline">\varepsilon </math> <span id='citeF-2'></span>[[#cite-2|[2]]], the symmetric gradient of the fluctuation <math display="inline">\nabla ^{s}\tilde{u}_{\mu }</math> from the weak form of the equilibrium equation ([[#eq-2.24|2.24]]). Once the <math display="inline">\mathbb{A}(y)</math> is known, replacing equation ([[#eq-2.38|2.38]]) on the definition of the constitutive tensor, the homogenized constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{h}</math> is reduced to
729
730
<span id="eq-2.40"></span>
731
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
732
|-
733
| 
734
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
735
|-
736
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{C}^{h}=\frac{1}{|\Omega _{\mu }|}\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\mathbb{\mathbb{C_{\mu }}}:(\mathbb{I}+\mathbb{A})=\bar{\mathbb{C}}+\tilde{\mathbb{C}}. </math>
737
|}
738
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.40)
739
|}
740
741
being <math display="inline">\bar{\mathbb{C}}</math> and <math display="inline">\tilde{\mathbb{C}}</math> the volume average of the microscopic constitutive tensor and the fluctuation constitutive tensor. By definition, they take the following form
742
743
<span id="eq-2.41"></span>
744
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
745
|-
746
| 
747
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
748
|-
749
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\bar{\mathbb{C}}=\frac{1}{|\Omega _{\mu }|}\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\mathbb{\mathbb{C_{\mu }}}\qquad \tilde{\mathbb{C}}=\frac{1}{|\Omega _{\mu }|}\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\mathbb{\mathbb{C_{\mu }}}:\mathbb{A}. </math>
750
|}
751
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.41)
752
|}
753
754
Note that when the fluctuations are null (for example with Taylor boundary conditions), the localization tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{A}</math> is canceled. Consequently, the homogenized constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{h}</math> depends only to the volume average of the microscopic constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\bar{\mathbb{C}}</math>. That explains why <math display="inline">\bar{\mathbb{C}}</math> is commonly called the Taylor counterpart of the homogenized constitutive tensor. At this point, it is worth stressing that the whole homogenization process presented in this section is basically reduced to the homogenization of the constitutive tensor described in equation ([[#eq-2.40|2.40]]).
755
756
Note that all the formulation of the variational multi-scale method has been introduced under elastic regime assumptions. To extend this formulation to non-linear problem the reader is referred to <span id='citeF-4'></span>[[#cite-4|[4]]].
757
758
==2.2 Topology optimization==
759
760
In the last decades, topology optimization has been a wide active research topic. Nowadays, it is widely applied to Aeronautical <span id='citeF-9'></span>[[#cite-9|[9]]], automotive and civil engineering industry. In addition, topology optimization tools are nowadays included in more than thirty commercial software packages [Http://www.topology-opt.com/], e.g. Abaqus <span id='citeF-10'></span>[[#cite-10|[10]]], Altair HyperWorks <span id='citeF-11'></span>[[#cite-11|[11]]]. As an example, the design of the ''A380 ribs'' shown in Figure RealRib through topological optimization techniques represents a prominent application of the method in the Aeronautical industry.
761
762
<div id='img-4'></div>
763
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
764
|-
765
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-real_rib_top_opt.png|183px|]]
766
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-real_rib_top_opt2.png|139px|]]
767
|-
768
| colspan="2"|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-TopOptRib.png|600px|Topology optimization applications on aeronautical industry. The topology optimization fields is useful and developed enough for giving answers to real industry problems. ]]
769
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
770
| colspan="2" | '''Figure 4:''' Topology optimization applications on aeronautical industry. The topology optimization fields is useful and developed enough for giving answers to real industry problems. 
771
|}
772
773
During these years of research and industrial development, different theories have been proposed. SIMP, shape optimization and topological derivative method are considered ones of the most convincing approaches.
774
775
The arguably most popular method, SIMP <span id='citeF-1'></span>[[#cite-1|[1]]], is based on an heuristic regularization which leads to an appropriate (in terms of practical results) penalization. The root of this approach can be traced back to the seminal work <span id='citeF-12'></span>[[#cite-12|[12]]] developed by ''Kikuchi'' and ''Bendsoe''. In addition, due to this regularization, gradient-based methods can be used. However, although it can be sometimes interpreted in physical terms (micro-structures), intermediate values still appear and the selection of the penalization parameter is still an open issue <span id='citeF-13'></span>[[#cite-13|[13]]]. This method has been successfully applied to material design in work <span id='citeF-14'></span>[[#cite-14|[14]]] and to multi-scale topology optimization problems in the seminal work <span id='citeF-15'></span>[[#cite-15|[15]]]. A more recent example can be found in work <span id='citeF-16'></span>[[#cite-16|[16]]].
776
777
Boundary variation methods, based on classical shape sensitivity analysis, have appeared as a powerful alternative. Although shape differentiation has been long studied, the bases were established in the reference book <span id='citeF-17'></span>[[#cite-17|[17]]]. The idea of using a level set method <span id='citeF-18'></span>[[#cite-18|[18]]] for representing the topology is one of the strengths of the approach. The shape derivative is then used as a descend direction in a Hamilton-Jacobi equation which makes the level set evolves. Moreover, although strong mathematical theories have been developed, the inability of nucleating holes makes this approach limited.
778
779
Complementary, in the last years, due to the ever increase of the available computational power, discrete and evolutionary algorithms, like BESO <span id='citeF-19'></span>[[#cite-19|[19]]], appeared as a clear way of defining interfaces in topology optimization. These methods, based in heuristics, offer the advantage that they are simple to code. However, they are limited to small cases and they are not computationally very efficient. For these reasons, they lack a great reputation in the topological optimization community <span id='citeF-13'></span>[[#cite-13|[13]]].
780
781
In the last years, techniques based on topological derivative has become a significant tool for solving topology optimization problems. Its main merit is to provide sensitivity of the cost function when a small hole is created. The basis of topological derivative theory was first established in <span id='citeF-20'></span>[[#cite-20|[20]]] by using the shape sensitivity results and then consolidated in the reference book <span id='citeF-21'></span>[[#cite-21|[21]]]. Works <span id='citeF-22'></span>[[#cite-22|[22]]] and <span id='citeF-23'></span>[[#cite-23|[23]]] deserve also special attention. One of its main drawbacks, however, lies on the difficulty of obtaining such topological derivative, which can become in some cases burdensome. In fact, up to now, for some specific cost functions, topological derivatives are still missing. However, large advances have been achieved in the last years.
782
783
Owing to the landmark work <span id='citeF-24'></span>[[#cite-24|[24]]], topological derivative can be used as a descent direction in a level-set algorithm. Slerp (spherical linear interpolation) algorithm has been used as an efficient strategy for solving topology optimization. It provides clear boundary of the topology and, in contrast with shape optimization techniques, the nucleation of the holes appears naturally.
784
785
===2.2.1 The topology optimization problem===
786
787
In the following, the topology optimization problem is stated under the assumptions of linear elasticity and small strains. Generally speaking, the aim consists of obtaining an optimal topology such that it minimizes a desired functional and satisfies some particular constraints.
788
789
The description of the topology is determined by the characteristic function <math display="inline">\chi </math> as follows
790
791
<span id="eq-2.42"></span>
792
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
793
|-
794
| 
795
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
796
|-
797
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\chi =\begin{array}{ccc}1 &  & x\in \Omega ^{+}\\ 0 &  & x\in \Omega ^{-} \end{array}</math>
798
|}
799
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.42)
800
|}
801
802
where the domain <math display="inline">\Omega </math> has been split into two parts <math display="inline">\Omega =\Omega ^{+}\cup \Omega ^{-}</math>. The sub-domains <math display="inline">\Omega ^{+}</math> and <math display="inline">\Omega ^{-}</math> are made of different materials, thus, the characteristic function is in charge of determining in the whole domain <math display="inline">\Omega </math> what part corresponds to either material. Such kind of problems are normally termed bi-material topology optimization problems. However, in most of the application, instead of dealing with two materials, the material corresponding to the domain <math display="inline">\Omega ^{-}</math> is made of a very small stiffness characterizing the behavior of a void. The name of topological optimization problems usually refers to this case.
803
804
Regarding the cost functional, hereafter termed as <math display="inline">J(\chi )</math>, different options are possible. The compliance is widely used in the context of topology since it measures the stiffness of the structure. Other possibilities found in the literature are, for instance, the least square objective function <span id='citeF-25'></span>[[#cite-25|[25]]], which attempt to achieve a certain displacement of the structure in <math display="inline">L^{2}</math> norm.
805
806
Regarding the constraints, it is common to fix a desired volume <math display="inline">V</math> of one of the materials, typically the strong one. In addition, it can be found, in works <span id='citeF-26'></span>[[#cite-26|[26]]] and <span id='citeF-27'></span>[[#cite-27|[27]]] of the literature, constraints imposing a threshold on the stresses. Perimeter constraints can also be found in order to alleviate numerical instabilities <span id='citeF-28'></span>[[#cite-28|[28]]].
807
808
Concerning our work, we are interested in using the compliance as the cost function and the volume as the constraint. Accordingly, we state the topological optimization problem as follows,
809
810
<span id="eq-2.43"></span>
811
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
812
|-
813
| 
814
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
815
|-
816
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{cc}\underset{\chi }{\hbox{minimize}} & \mathcal{J}(\chi )\\ \hbox{ subjected to:} & \frac{\hbox{1}}{\bigl|\Omega \bigr|}\int _{\Omega }\chi =V \end{array} </math>
817
|}
818
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.43)
819
|}
820
821
where <math display="inline">J:L^{\infty }(\Omega ,\{ 0,1\} )\rightarrow \mathbb{R}</math> is a general cost function (normally the compliance), <math display="inline">V</math> the volume value to achieve, and <math display="inline">\chi \in L^{\infty }(\Omega ,\{ 0,1\} )</math> the characteristic function. The cost function, in the case of the compliance, has the form
822
823
<span id="eq-2.44"></span>
824
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
825
|-
826
| 
827
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
828
|-
829
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>J(\chi )=l(u_{\chi }) </math>
830
|}
831
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.44)
832
|}
833
834
where <math display="inline">l(\cdot )</math> and <math display="inline">u_{\chi }\in H^{\hbox{1}}(\Omega ,\mathbb{R^{d}})</math> represents the left hand side and the displacements solution of the following equilibrium equation
835
836
<span id="eq-2.45"></span>
837
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
838
|-
839
| 
840
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
841
|-
842
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>a(\chi ,u_{\chi },v)  =  l(v)  \forall v\in H_{0}^{\hbox{1}}(\Omega ,\mathbb{R^{d}}) </math>
843
|}
844
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.45)
845
|}
846
847
where <math display="inline">a(\chi ,\cdot ,\cdot )</math> represents the bilinear form obtained by taking the weak form of the standard elastic problem
848
849
<span id="eq-2.46"></span>
850
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
851
|-
852
| 
853
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
854
|-
855
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left\{\begin{array}{rclcl}\nabla \cdot \sigma & = & 0 & \hbox{ in} & \Omega ,\\ \sigma & = & \mathbb{C}(\chi ):\nabla ^{s}u,\\ u & = & u_{0} & \hbox{ on} & \Gamma _{D}.\\ \sigma \cdot n & = & t & \hbox{ on} & \Gamma _{N}. \end{array}\right. </math>
856
|}
857
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.46)
858
|}
859
860
The field <math display="inline">\sigma </math> stands for the stresses and <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}(\chi )</math> stands for the constitutive fourth order tensor, usually defined in the bi-material problem as
861
862
<span id="eq-2.47"></span>
863
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
864
|-
865
| 
866
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
867
|-
868
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{C}\mbox{( }\chi \mbox{)}=\begin{array}{ccc}\mathbb{C\hbox{+}} &  & \chi=1,\\ \mathbb{C}^{-} &  & \chi=0, \end{array}</math>
869
|}
870
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.47)
871
|}
872
873
or, more explicitly, as
874
875
<span id="eq-2.48"></span>
876
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
877
|-
878
| 
879
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
880
|-
881
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{C}(\chi )=\chi \mathbb{C}^{+}+(1-\chi )\mathbb{C}^{-}. </math>
882
|}
883
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.48)
884
|}
885
886
where <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{+}</math> and <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{-}</math> are the constitutive tensor of the strong material and the weak material respectively.
887
888
===2.2.2 Non-existence and numerical instabilities===
889
890
In the topology optimization problems, some difficulties appear not only on the theoretical aspects but also on the numerical implementation. Regarding the theoretical aspects, we briefly describe the non-existence of optimal solutions by giving a representative example and we comment the standard remedies found in the literature. Regarding the numerical difficulties, we discuss the lack of unicity of the solution and the checkerboard instability.
891
892
====Lack of existence of solutions====
893
894
The existence of solution in topology optimization has been largely studied <span id='citeF-29'></span>[[#cite-29|[29]]]. The question can be stated as: ''is there an optimal topology that minimizes the cost function <math>J(\chi )</math> and satisfies the constraints? ''This question is fully addressed <span id='citeF-30'></span>[[#cite-30|[30]]] in the literature by providing some examples that show the non-existence of optimal solution. In the following, we are going to outline the counter-example described in book <span id='citeF-29'></span>[[#cite-29|[29]]].
895
896
The aim lies on finding a topology that minimizes the compliance of a square domain under unit-axial loads.
897
898
<div id='img-5'></div>
899
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
900
|-
901
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-NonExistence.png|600px|]]
902
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-NonExistence2.png|600px|Counter-example of non existence of solution for the topology optimization problem. Although the applied loads and the volume of the stiff material are the same, the example on the right is stiffer, i.e., it exhibits smaller compliance. Since there is no limit on increasing the number of inclusions, no optimal solution exists.]]
903
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
904
| colspan="2" | '''Figure 5:''' Counter-example of non existence of solution for the topology optimization problem. Although the applied loads and the volume of the stiff material are the same, the example on the right is stiffer, i.e., it exhibits smaller compliance. Since there is no limit on increasing the number of inclusions, no optimal solution exists.
905
|}
906
907
Intuitively, the main idea consists in proposing a sequence of topologies with an increasing number of horizontal elliptic inclusions, smaller every time to preserve the volume. It can be seen that such sequence entails smaller compliance values. Since the sequence does not converge, the compliance value may always decrease. Thus, the optimal solution does not exist.
908
909
One remedy is to modify the problem by adding constraints. In several cases, it is very common to add a Perimeter constraint. In <span id='citeF-28'></span>[[#cite-28|[28]]], it is shown how the Perimeter constraint may be used to limit the size of the inclusion. In addition, it can be proved with this Perimeter constraint, the existence of solutions is recovered. See works <span id='citeF-31'></span>[[#cite-31|[31]]] and <span id='citeF-28'></span>[[#cite-28|[28]]] for further information. Alternatively, it is also possible to introduce restrictions based on manufacturing issues to limit the size of the inclusions.
910
911
====Lack of unicity====
912
913
Besides the problems of existence, there are lack of unicity of solutions. In work <span id='citeF-1'></span>[[#cite-1|[1]]], it is shown that one can get unicity of solutions if some specific regularizations of the problem are considered. However, most of the times, the obtained topology is full of gray regions and no physical meaning may be retrieved <span id='citeF-13'></span>[[#cite-13|[13]]]. If this specific regularization is not considered, depending of the initial guess, several local minima may appear. This feature is due to the non-convexity of the problem. Thus, the initial value of the optimization problem influences on the optimal solution.
914
915
====Checkerboard====
916
917
In the context of topology optimization, it is well-known that, depending on the methodology, checkerboard solutions may appear. An intuitive way of understanding such phenomenon is writing the topology optimization problem ([[#eq-2.43|2.43]]) as a saddle point problem of two fields: the displacements <math display="inline">u</math> and the characteristic function <math display="inline">\chi </math>, this is
918
919
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
920
|-
921
| 
922
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
923
|-
924
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{ccc} \underset{\chi }{\hbox{maximize}} & \underset{u\in H^{\hbox{1}}(\Omega ,\mathbb{R^{d}})}{\hbox{minimize}} & \frac{1}{2}a(\chi ,u,u)-l(u)  \forall v\\ \hbox{ subjected to:} &  & \frac{\hbox{1}}{\bigl|\Omega \bigr|}\int _{\Omega }\chi =V. \end{array} </math>
925
|}
926
|}
927
928
The checkerboard phenomenon usually appears, in other fields (e.g. Stokes flow), on <math display="inline">max-min</math> problems. In that case, the Babushka-Brezzi condition must be satisfied. Similarly, in the topology optimization problem, the use of an appropiate interpolation of the displacement field <math display="inline">u</math> and the characteristic function <math display="inline">\chi </math> may circumvent the checkerboard problem. Alternatively, an other remedy for avoiding checkerboards may be the use of filters. A deep study on this topic is collected in work <span id='citeF-32'></span>[[#cite-32|[32]]]. For further information, the reader is referred to works <span id='citeF-32'></span>[[#cite-32|[32]]] and <span id='citeF-33'></span>[[#cite-33|[33]]]. A representative example of the checkerboard phenomena is depicted in the standard Cantilever example of Figure [[#img-6|6]].
929
930
<div id='img-6'></div>
931
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
932
|-
933
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Checkerboeard.png|600px|Checkerboard phenomena in topology optimization problems (figure extracted from <span id='citeF-1'></span>[[#cite-1|[1]]])]]
934
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
935
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 6:''' Checkerboard phenomena in topology optimization problems (figure extracted from <span id='citeF-1'></span>[[#cite-1|[1]]])
936
|}
937
938
===2.2.3 Regularized topology optimization (SIMP)===
939
940
Regarding the different approaches to address the topology optimization problem, we start by describing the SIMP method. As it was mentioned before, the SIMP method is the most common approach in topology optimization. The origin of the methodology comes from the seminal paper of ''Kikuchi'' and ''Bendsoe''<span id='citeF-34'></span>[[#cite-34|[34]]]. It has been applied to many fields with success and it has produced hundreds of publications. Certainly, all the publications of ''Sigmund'' and its group has strongly contributed on giving useful solutions to real industry problems. The reference book <span id='citeF-1'></span>[[#cite-1|[1]]] of ''Bendsoe'' and ''Sigmund'', certifies that, nowadays, the SIMP method is considered by the topology optimization community, a consolidated theory.
941
942
The approach is based on regularizing the discontinuous characteristic function <math display="inline">\chi </math>. Instead of taking values zero or one, the characteristic function is allowed taking intermediate values. Schematically,
943
944
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
945
|-
946
| 
947
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
948
|-
949
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \chi \in \left\{0,1\right\}\quad \Rightarrow \rho \in \left[0,1\right] </math>
950
|}
951
|}
952
953
where <math display="inline">\rho </math> denotes the regularized characteristic function and it is usually termed fictitious density.
954
955
In addition, in order to get black and white topologies, the definition on the constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}</math> in equation ([[#eq-2.48|2.48]]) is modified as
956
957
<span id="eq-2.49"></span>
958
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
959
|-
960
| 
961
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
962
|-
963
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{C}(\chi )=\rho ^{p}\mathbb{C}^{+}+(1-\rho ^{p})\mathbb{C}^{-} </math>
964
|}
965
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.49)
966
|}
967
968
where the parameter <math display="inline">p</math> is arbitrary and leads to penalize the intermediate fictitious densities. Typically, in linear elasticity, the penalization parameter is taken as <math display="inline">p=3.</math> However, no penalization is considered in the volume constraint. It reads
969
970
<span id="eq-2.50"></span>
971
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
972
|-
973
| 
974
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
975
|-
976
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\frac{\hbox{1}}{\bigl|\Omega \bigr|}\int _{\Omega }\rho =V. </math>
977
|}
978
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.50)
979
|}
980
981
The fact that the constitutive tensor is penalized with the power of law <math display="inline">p</math> and the volume is not penalized leads to stimulate the problem on choosing zero or one values of the fictitious density <math display="inline">\rho </math>. Intermediate values are expected to increase the value of the volume with a non strong increase on the stiffness. However, depending on the problem intermediate values could appear with the inconvenient that not clear interpretation can be done. There are attempts to interpret it as an homogenized microstructure made of both materials but not always is possible (since it falls outside the H-S bounds). 
982
983
The SIMP method, as an advantage, entails a straightforward implementation and provides satisfactory results. In addition, due to the penalization parameter <math display="inline">p</math>, well-established and powerful continuous optimization algorithms can be used.
984
985
However the SIMP method also entails some inconveniences. The value of the heuristic parameter <math display="inline">p</math> is unclear. In addition, in many cases, checkerboards may appear and filters must be applied. Finally, in the optimal solution, the fictitious density takes frequently intermediate values. As a remedy, there are two different options: either thresholding techniques are applied to recover “black-white” solutions or the intermediate values are interpreted, when possible, in terms of micro-structures.
986
987
===2.2.4 Shape derivative for topology optimization===
988
989
Another very popular approach for topology optimization consists in using the shape derivative concept. Many works have been developed in the last decades, specially by the ''french school'' <span id='citeF-35'></span>[[#cite-35|[35]]] , <span id='citeF-36'></span>[[#cite-36|[36]]] and <span id='citeF-25'></span>[[#cite-25|[25]]]. The idea lies on collecting in the shape derivative the measure of the change of a functional when applying a deformation on the domain. In the case that, the deformation is applied on a boundary in the normal direction and with unitary modulus, the shape derivative can be straightforwardly computed, see <span id='citeF-29'></span>[[#cite-29|[29]]]. Shape derivative has been obtained for several functionals like the compliance, volume and least squares cost functions, among others.
990
991
After the computation of the shape derivative, the optimality conditions have also been defined in the literature <span id='citeF-29'></span>[[#cite-29|[29]]]. Since the change of the cost is collected by the shape derivative, it may be used as a descent direction in an optimization algorithm. This idea was pioneered by ''Allaire'' in the seminal work <span id='citeF-25'></span>[[#cite-25|[25]]]. The topology is defined by a level-set function and it evolves following a Hamilton-Jacobi scheme. With this methodology, encouraging results have been achieved.
992
993
Since this methodology is based on a level set function, it is a priori free of grays (intermediate values) and no checkerboards are expected to appear. In addition, it relies on a strong mathematical theory.
994
995
As a main drawback, the shape optimization problem is restricted, by construction, to boundary changes, and consequently, no new nucleations of holes (or inclusions) are accomplished. However, some remedies has been proposed in <span id='citeF-37'></span>[[#cite-37|[37]]] by combining the shape derivative and topological derivative.
996
997
===2.2.5 Topological derivative for topology optimization===
998
999
The field of topological derivative has gained an increasing popularity in the last decades. Although much of its success lies on the advances developed in the context of the shape derivative, it was not until the work of ''Solowski & Zochowski'' in 1999 <span id='citeF-20'></span>[[#cite-20|[20]]], where the basis of the topological derivative theory were rigorously established. In parallel, ''Masmoudi'' presented the basis of the shape and topological derivative in <span id='citeF-38'></span>[[#cite-38|[38]]]. Special attention deserves the previous works of Schumacher in <span id='citeF-39'></span>[[#cite-39|[39]]] and <span id='citeF-40'></span>[[#cite-40|[40]]] and ''Cea'' in <span id='citeF-41'></span>[[#cite-41|[41]]]. Some years later, Novotny and co-workers at <span id='citeF-42'></span>[[#cite-42|[42]]] presented and established a clear relation between the shape derivative and the topological derivative through the Eshelby tensor and connecting it with the configurational forces fully described in the reference book of ''Gurtin'' <span id='citeF-43'></span>[[#cite-43|[43]]]. As a consequence of that studies, the reference book ''Topological Derivatives in Shape Optimization'' <span id='citeF-21'></span>[[#cite-21|[21]]] emerged.
1000
1001
The topological derivative is based on the asymptotic analysis of shape functionals and the analytical solution of classical elastic problems of an infinite domain with an elliptic inclusion. The studies of ''Nazarov'' in <span id='citeF-44'></span>[[#cite-44|[44]]] helped to consolidate the theory of the asymptotic analysis. Regarding the analytical classical solution of elastic problems, the books of ''Little'' <span id='citeF-45'></span>[[#cite-45|[45]]], ''Muskhelishvili <span id='citeF-46'></span>[[#cite-46|[46]]], Lekhnitskii'' <span id='citeF-47'></span>[[#cite-47|[47]]] and Saad <span id='citeF-48'></span>[[#cite-48|[48]]] are classical references.
1002
1003
All the progress on topological derivative theory leads to an extended number of applications which could be summarized in the following list
1004
1005
* Topological optimization:  <span id='citeF-49'></span>[[#cite-49|[49]]], <span id='citeF-26'></span>[[#cite-26|[26]]], <span id='citeF-50'></span>[[#cite-50|[50]]], <span id='citeF-51'></span>[[#cite-51|[51]]], <span id='citeF-52'></span>[[#cite-52|[52]]] and <span id='citeF-53'></span>[[#cite-53|[53]]].
1006
* Inverse problems: <span id='citeF-54'></span>[[#cite-54|[54]]], <span id='citeF-55'></span>[[#cite-55|[55]]], <span id='citeF-56'></span>[[#cite-56|[56]]] and <span id='citeF-57'></span>[[#cite-57|[57]]].
1007
* Image processing: <span id='citeF-58'></span>[[#cite-58|[58]]], <span id='citeF-59'></span>[[#cite-59|[59]]], <span id='citeF-60'></span>[[#cite-60|[60]]], <span id='citeF-61'></span>[[#cite-61|[61]]] and <span id='citeF-62'></span>[[#cite-62|[62]]].
1008
* Fracture mechanics and Damage: <span id='citeF-63'></span>[[#cite-63|[63]]], <span id='citeF-64'></span>[[#cite-64|[64]]] and <span id='citeF-65'></span>[[#cite-65|[65]]].
1009
1010
From the author's point of view, topological derivative is an adequate, and probably, the most natural tool for solving topology optimization problems since it studies the sensibility of a shape functional when making a hole (or inserting an inclusion).
1011
1012
It is worth mentioning that there are two different and complementary procedures to compute the topological derivative. The first one is based on studying the shape functional on two different configurations, with and without and inclusion. Then, after few manipulations, the differences of such functional are related with the topological derivative. The second approach, according to the reference book <span id='citeF-66'></span>[[#cite-66|[66]]], takes advantage of the shape derivative by making use of standard continuum mechanics tools like the material derivative concept. In this approach, it appears naturally the Eshelby tensor and it has more the flavor of the configurational forces school. This approach helps to understand intuitively the physical meaning of the topological derivative.
1013
1014
A brief introduction to the shape derivative concept is the following (see Figure [[#img-7|7]]). Let's assume that a circular hole (or inclusion) on the unperturbed domain with a radius of <math display="inline">\epsilon </math> value is nucleated (or inserted). Then, the shape derivative of the desired objective function must by computed by taking the material derivative of the functional with zero velocity field on the boundary of the domain and with unitary and normal velocity field on the circular hole. This shape derivative could be seen as a limit of a small perturbation of the radius of the inclusion (limit in <math display="inline">\tau </math> in Figure [[#img-7|7]]).
1015
1016
Then, once the shape derivative is obtained (which itself involves a limit), we expressed it in terms of <math display="inline">\epsilon </math>, or more specifically, in terms of powers of <math display="inline">\epsilon </math>, mimicking a standard Taylor expansion. It is worth mentioning that the most relevant part of computing the topological derivative remains on obtaining this shape derivative in terms of <math display="inline">\epsilon </math> power. This procedure is well-explained and detailed in chapter [[#4 Topological derivative extension to anisotropic elastic materials |4]] and in Appendices [[#7 Analytical solution of the isotropic exterior problem|7]] and [[#8 Analytical solution of the anisotropic exterior problem|8]], for both isotropic and anisotropic materials. Finally, by taking the <math display="inline">\epsilon </math> limit, we recover the topological derivative expression.
1017
1018
In Figure [[#img-7|7]], we sketch these ideas of taking limits respect to the radius variation <math display="inline">\tau </math> (interpretation of the shape derivative) and respect to the radius itself (interpretation of the topological derivative).
1019
1020
<div id='img-7'></div>
1021
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
1022
|-
1023
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-topologicalDerivativeSketch.png|600px|Illustration of the topological derivative interpretation by passing the shape (variation of the radius of the inclusion τ) and the topology (radius of the inclusion ϵ) to the limit.]]
1024
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
1025
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 7:''' Illustration of the topological derivative interpretation by passing the shape (variation of the radius of the inclusion <math>\tau </math>) and the topology (radius of the inclusion <math>\epsilon </math>) to the limit.
1026
|}
1027
1028
In mathematical terms, the topological derivative is defined, more precisely, as the linear operator that fulfills the following expansion
1029
1030
<span id="eq-2.51"></span>
1031
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1032
|-
1033
| 
1034
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1035
|-
1036
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{J}(\Omega _{\epsilon })=\mathcal{J}(\Omega )+D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})|B(\hat{x},\varepsilon )|+o(|B(\hat{x},\varepsilon )|) </math>
1037
|}
1038
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.51)
1039
|}
1040
1041
where <math display="inline">\Omega _{\epsilon }</math> and <math display="inline">\Omega </math> represent the domain with an without an inclusion. The term <math display="inline">B(\hat{x},\varepsilon )</math> represents a circular inclusion in the point <math display="inline">\hat{x}</math> with a radius of value <math display="inline">\epsilon </math>. Concerning the shape function <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}</math>, most of the times, it is taken similarly to the SIMP and shape optimization methods, i.e., the volume of the domain, the compliance of the structure or the <math display="inline">L^{2}</math> norm difference between the displacement of a specific point of the domain with a displacement target value. However, the compliance functional plays usually a crucial role in the topological optimization problems. For this reasons, obtaining topological derivative of the compliance was an important stride in the topic of topological derivative. Specifically, the compliance shape functional is usually defined as
1042
1043
<span id="eq-2.52"></span>
1044
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1045
|-
1046
| 
1047
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1048
|-
1049
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{J}(\Omega )={\displaystyle \int _{\Omega }}\sigma :\nabla ^{s}u </math>
1050
|}
1051
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.52)
1052
|}
1053
1054
where <math display="inline">\sigma </math> and <math display="inline">u</math> represent the stresses and displacements solution of the standard elastic problem ([[#eq-2.46|2.46]]). Following Novotny in work <span id='citeF-21'></span>[[#cite-21|[21]]], the topological derivative of the compliance is typically <span id='citeF-21'></span>[[#cite-21|[21]]] presented in the following terms
1055
1056
<span id="eq-2.53"></span>
1057
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1058
|-
1059
| 
1060
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1061
|-
1062
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})=\mathbb{P}\sigma (u)(\widehat{x})\cdot \nabla ^{s}u(\widehat{x}) </math>
1063
|}
1064
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (2.53)
1065
|}
1066
1067
where <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}</math> stands for the fourth order polarization tensor. The expression of such polarization tensor, for the isotropic and anisotropic case, and the procedure to relate it with the topological derivative <math display="inline">D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})</math> is fully explained in chapter [[#4 Topological derivative extension to anisotropic elastic materials |4]].
1068
1069
=3 Topological derivative and topology optimization=
1070
1071
==3.1 Motivation==
1072
1073
As mentioned in Chapter [[#2 Background and review of the state of the art|2]], different methodologies are available to address the topology optimization problem. Certainly, the different formulations impact meaningfully on the numerical strategy proposed to solve the problem. For instance, the regularization of the characteristic function introduced in the SIMP method allows computing a continuous gradient. However, when using topological derivative, no continuous gradient is available. This difference results according to two significant considerations: on the one hand, standard KKT conditions are no longer imposed as optimality conditions; on the other hand, the usual continuous optimization algorithms (steepest descent, Newton Raphson, ...) must be replaced by alternative algorithms.
1074
1075
Regarding the optimality conditions, it is convenient to provide first an intuitive description of the topological derivative concept and, then, formalize it in mathematical terms.  From that descriptions, the optimality conditions arise naturally.
1076
1077
The (non standard) topological derivative algorithm is also convenient to be described. The level-set updating, built to satisfy the optimality conditions, is not straightforward. In addition, this topological derivative algorithm becomes more complex when imposing constraints in the minimization problem, specially with inequality constraints.
1078
1079
Furthermore, the topological derivative algorithm presents two drawbacks of different nature. On the one hand, determining the line search parameter is not an easy task; significant oscillations appear leading to spurious local minima. On the other hand, for a threshold of the stopping criteria, the algorithm may not converge leading to time-consuming re-meshing processes. To alleviate both inconveniences, novel numerical strategies must be proposed.
1080
1081
==3.2 Optimality conditions when using topological derivative==
1082
1083
Once the topology optimization problem ([[#eq-2.43|2.43]]) has been stated in Chapter [[#2 Background and review of the state of the art|2]], the following question arises: ''how the optimality condition in the topology optimization problem must be imposed when using the topological derivative? ''Note that, strictly speaking, the topological derivative does not correspond to a continuous gradient, and consequently, non standard KKT conditions can be imposed.
1084
1085
===3.2.1 Qualitative description of inserting an inclusion===
1086
1087
For this purpose, an qualitative description of inserting an inclusion is first provided.
1088
1089
<div id='img-8a'></div>
1090
<div id='img-8'></div>
1091
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
1092
|-
1093
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-InclusionA.png|600px|]]
1094
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-InclusionB.png|600px|Representation of the initial topology and the update topology for a strong-to-weak material modification (Case A) and for a weak-to-strong material modification (Case B).]]
1095
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
1096
| colspan="2" | '''Figure 8:''' Representation of the initial topology and the update topology for a strong-to-weak material modification (Case A) and for a weak-to-strong material modification (Case B).
1097
|}
1098
1099
Let's assume the domain <math display="inline">\Omega </math> is divided into two sub-domains: <math display="inline">\Omega ^{+}</math>, endowed with a ''strong'' material (or material <math display="inline">+</math>) and <math display="inline">\Omega ^{-}</math>, endowed with a ''weak'' material (or material &#8211;). In Figure [[#img-8|8]], the strong material is represented in gray and the weak material in white. The main idea is based on studying how a shape functional (compliance, volume, ...) is modified when a circle of one material (strong or weak) is replaced by a circle of the other material (weak or strong). In an attempt to give a qualitative idea of this relation, the following two cases are introduced:
1100
1101
* '''Case A:''' when a small circle of the strong material is replaced by a small circle of the weak material, see Figure StrongToWeak.
1102
* '''Case B:''' when a small circle of the weak material is replaced by a small circle of the strong material, see Figure [[#img-8a|8a]].
1103
1104
In this work, the shape functional is restricted to the compliance, denoted by <math display="inline">fu</math>, and to the volume (or mass in general), denoted by <math display="inline">m</math>. In addition, we denote the shape functionals with <math display="inline">(\hbox{·)+}</math> and <math display="inline">(\hbox{·)-}</math> when the center of the inclusion <math display="inline">\hat{x}</math> is inserted in <math display="inline">\Omega ^{+}</math> or <math display="inline">\Omega ^{-}</math>respectively. Thus, the change of the shape functionals in both cases is as follows:
1105
1106
* '''Case A:''' Since the small circle made of the strong material is replaced by the weak material, i.e., <math display="inline">\mathbb{C\hbox{+}}</math> to <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}\hbox{-}</math>, the structure must behave less stiffer and, consequently, the compliance should increase as follows
1107
1108
<span id="eq-3.1"></span>
1109
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1110
|-
1111
| 
1112
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1113
|-
1114
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>
1115
1116
0\leq (fu\hbox{)+}\leq (fu\hbox{)-}\rightarrow \triangle (fu)=(fu\hbox{)-}-(fu\hbox{)+}\geq{0} 
1117
1118
</math>
1119
|}
1120
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.1)
1121
|}
1122
1123
On the contrary, when <math display="inline">\rho ^{+}</math> is replaced by <math display="inline">\rho \hbox{-}<\rho ^{+}</math> , the mass of the domain should decrease. This is,
1124
1125
<span id="eq-3.2"></span>
1126
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1127
|-
1128
| 
1129
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1130
|-
1131
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>
1132
1133
0\leq m\hbox{+}\leq m^{-}\rightarrow \triangle m=m\hbox{-}-m\hbox{+}\leq{0} 
1134
1135
</math>
1136
|}
1137
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.2)
1138
|}
1139
1140
* '''Case B:''' Since the small circle made of the weak material is replaced by the strong material, i.e., <math display="inline">\mathbb{C\hbox{-}}</math> to <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}\hbox{+}</math>, the structure must behave stiffer and the compliance should decrease as follows
1141
1142
<span id="eq-3.3"></span>
1143
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1144
|-
1145
| 
1146
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1147
|-
1148
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>
1149
1150
0\leq (fu\hbox{)+}\leq (fu\hbox{)-}\rightarrow \triangle (fu)=(fu\hbox{)+}-(fu\hbox{)-}\leq{0} 
1151
1152
</math>
1153
|}
1154
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.3)
1155
|}
1156
1157
On the contrary, when <math display="inline">\rho ^{-}</math> is replaced by <math display="inline">\rho ^{+}</math>, the mass of the domain should increase. This is,
1158
1159
<span id="eq-3.4"></span>
1160
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1161
|-
1162
| 
1163
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1164
|-
1165
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>
1166
1167
0\leq m^{-}\leq m\hbox{+}\rightarrow \triangle m=m^{+}-m^{-}\geq{0} 
1168
1169
</math>
1170
|}
1171
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.4)
1172
|}
1173
1174
Thus, it can be inferred from this analysis the opposite response of the compliance and volume functionals when inserting an inclusion. In practice, this is translated to obtain solution different from the trivial one (full domain of strong material or full domain of weak material). In addition, this trend of the inequalities will incur on understanding the sign of the topological derivative.
1175
1176
===3.2.2 Mathematical description of inserting an inclusion===
1177
1178
Let's analyze, more formally, the mathematical formulation of inserting an inclusion. The circular inclusion is represented by means of the ball <math display="inline">B(\hat{x},\epsilon )</math> defined as
1179
1180
<span id="eq-3.5"></span>
1181
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1182
|-
1183
| 
1184
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1185
|-
1186
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>B(\hat{x},\epsilon )=\{ x\in \Omega \quad |\quad |x-\hat{x}|<\epsilon \}  </math>
1187
|}
1188
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.5)
1189
|}
1190
1191
where <math display="inline">\hat{x}</math> and <math display="inline">\varepsilon </math> stands for the center and the radius of the ball. The characteristic function on the ball <math display="inline">B(\hat{x},\epsilon )</math> centered in <math display="inline">\hat{x}</math> with radius <math display="inline">\epsilon </math> as
1192
1193
<span id="eq-3.6"></span>
1194
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1195
|-
1196
| 
1197
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1198
|-
1199
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\chi _{B(\hat{x},\varepsilon )}(x)=1  x\in B(\hat{x},\epsilon ),</math>
1200
|-
1201
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> 0  x\notin B(\hat{x},\epsilon ), </math>
1202
|}
1203
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.6)
1204
|}
1205
1206
and the sign function <math display="inline">s(x)</math> as
1207
1208
<span id="eq-3.7"></span>
1209
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1210
|-
1211
| 
1212
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1213
|-
1214
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>s(x)=-1  x\in \Omega ^{+},</math>
1215
|-
1216
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> 1  x\notin \Omega \hbox{ - }. </math>
1217
|}
1218
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.7)
1219
|}
1220
1221
Bearing this in mind, a general description of the constitutive tensor from the initial topology to the modified topology (by only inserting one hole) can be mathematically expressed as
1222
1223
<span id="eq-3.8"></span>
1224
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1225
|-
1226
| 
1227
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1228
|-
1229
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{C}(x)\Rightarrow \mathbb{C}(x)+(\mathbb{C}\hbox{+ - }\mathbb{C}\hbox{-})s(\hat{x})\chi _{B(\hat{x},\epsilon )}(x). </math>
1230
|}
1231
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.8)
1232
|}
1233
1234
Note that if <math display="inline">\hat{x}\in \Omega ^{+}</math> (case A), the constitutive tensor changes from <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{+}</math> to <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{-}</math> in the circular inclusion and remains the same in the rest of the domain. An opposite behavior occurs in case B. Similarly, we express the change of the density from the initial topology to the modified one as
1235
1236
<span id="eq-3.9"></span>
1237
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1238
|-
1239
| 
1240
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1241
|-
1242
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\rho (x)\Rightarrow \rho (x)+(\mathbb{\rho }\hbox{+ - }\mathbb{\rho }\hbox{-})s(\hat{x})\chi _{B(\hat{x},\epsilon )}(x). </math>
1243
|}
1244
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.9)
1245
|}
1246
1247
===3.2.3 Topological derivative of the volume ===
1248
1249
Let's express first the mass of the domain as the integral of the density over all the domain, i.e
1250
1251
<span id="eq-3.10"></span>
1252
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1253
|-
1254
| 
1255
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1256
|-
1257
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{J}(\rho )={\displaystyle \int _{\Omega }\rho (x)} </math>
1258
|}
1259
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.10)
1260
|}
1261
1262
Note that, in fact, it represents the mass of the domain before inserting the inclusion. Equivalently, the mass of the domain after inserting the inclusion corresponds to
1263
1264
<span id="eq-3.11"></span>
1265
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1266
|-
1267
| 
1268
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1269
|-
1270
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{ccc}\mathcal{J}(\rho{+}(\mathbb{\rho }\hbox{+ - }\mathbb{\rho }\hbox{-})s(\hat{x})\chi _{B(\hat{x},\epsilon )}) & = & \int _{\Omega }\rho (x)+(\mathbb{\rho }\hbox{ + - }\mathbb{\rho }\hbox{-})s(\hat{x})\int _{\Omega }\chi _{B(\hat{x},\epsilon )}(x)\\  & = & \mathcal{J}(\rho )+(\mathbb{\rho }\hbox{ + - }\mathbb{\rho }\hbox{-})s(\hat{x})|B(\hat{x},\epsilon )|. \end{array} </math>
1271
|}
1272
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.11)
1273
|}
1274
1275
By definition, see <span id='citeF-67'></span>[[#cite-67|[67]]], the topological derivative <math display="inline">D_{t}\mathcal{J}</math> holds in the following expansion,
1276
1277
<span id="eq-3.12"></span>
1278
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1279
|-
1280
| 
1281
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1282
|-
1283
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{J}(\rho{+}(\mathbb{\rho }\hbox{+ - }\mathbb{\rho }\hbox{-})s(\hat{x})\chi _{B(\hat{x},\epsilon )})-J(\rho )=D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})|B(\hat{x},\epsilon )|+o(|B(\hat{x},\epsilon )|). </math>
1284
|}
1285
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.12)
1286
|}
1287
1288
Hence, by identifying terms, we obtain straightforwardly the expression of the topological derivative for the mass (or volume) shape functional as
1289
1290
<span id="eq-3.13"></span>
1291
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1292
|-
1293
| 
1294
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1295
|-
1296
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})=(\mathbb{\rho }\hbox{+ - }\mathbb{\rho }\hbox{-})s(\hat{x}). </math>
1297
|}
1298
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.13)
1299
|}
1300
1301
Note that, for cases A and B, the topological derivative takes the following values,
1302
1303
<span id="eq-3.14"></span>
1304
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1305
|-
1306
| 
1307
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1308
|-
1309
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\hat{x}\in \Omega ^{+}:D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})=-(\mathbb{\rho }\hbox{+ - }\mathbb{\rho }\hbox{-})<0\qquad \hbox{'''(Case''' '''A)'''} </math>
1310
|}
1311
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.14)
1312
|}
1313
1314
<span id="eq-3.15"></span>
1315
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1316
|-
1317
| 
1318
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1319
|-
1320
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\hat{x}\in \Omega ^{-}:D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})=(\mathbb{\rho }\hbox{+ - }\mathbb{\rho }\hbox{-})>0\qquad \hbox{'''(Case''' '''B)'''} </math>
1321
|}
1322
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.15)
1323
|}
1324
1325
===3.2.4 Topological derivative of the compliance===
1326
1327
In contrast to the volume functional, the compliance clearly depends on the constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}</math> and is quite commonly expressed as
1328
1329
<span id="eq-3.16"></span>
1330
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1331
|-
1332
| 
1333
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1334
|-
1335
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{J}(\mathbb{C})={\displaystyle \int _{\Gamma _{N}}fu(\mathbb{C})} </math>
1336
|}
1337
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.16)
1338
|}
1339
1340
where <math display="inline">f\in H^{-1/2}(\Gamma _{N})</math> stands for the external boundary forces and <math display="inline">u\in H_{0}^{1}(\Omega )</math> represents the displacements, solution of the weak form of the equilibrium equation ([[#eq-2.46|2.46]]), i.e.,
1341
1342
<span id="eq-3.17"></span>
1343
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1344
|-
1345
| 
1346
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1347
|-
1348
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\int _{\Omega }\nabla ^{s}u:\mathbb{C}:\nabla ^{s}\eta =\int _{\Gamma _{N}}f\cdot \eta \qquad \forall \eta \in H_{0}^{1}(\Omega{).} </math>
1349
|}
1350
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.17)
1351
|}
1352
1353
Note that the body forces are neglected for the sake of simplicity. Expression ([[#eq-3.16|3.16]]) corresponds in fact to the compliance of the initial topology of the domain. The difference between the modified topology and the initial topology is typically written, see work <span id='citeF-21'></span>[[#cite-21|[21]]] and <span id='citeF-68'></span>[[#cite-68|[68]]], in terms of the polarization tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}</math>, as follows
1354
1355
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1356
|-
1357
| 
1358
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1359
|-
1360
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{ccc} \mathcal{J}(\mathbb{C}+(\mathbb{\mathbb{C}\hbox{+}}\hbox{ - }\mathbb{C}\hbox{-})s(\hat{x})\chi _{B(\hat{x},\varepsilon )}) & = & \mathbb{P}\sigma (u)(\widehat{x})\cdot \nabla ^{s}u(\widehat{x})|B(\hat{x},\epsilon )|+o(|B(\hat{x},\epsilon )|)\end{array} </math>
1361
|}
1362
|}
1363
1364
where <math display="inline">\sigma </math> are the stresses, solution of ([[#eq-2.46|2.46]]). In the context of linear elasticity, they are described as <math display="inline">\sigma (u)=\mathbb{C}:\nabla ^{s}u</math>. Thus, by identifying terms, the topological derivative is reduced to
1365
1366
<span id="eq-3.18"></span>
1367
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1368
|-
1369
| 
1370
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1371
|-
1372
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})=\mathbb{P}\sigma (u)(\widehat{x})\cdot \nabla ^{s}u(\widehat{x}). </math>
1373
|}
1374
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.18)
1375
|}
1376
1377
At this point, it is worth stressing that the polarization tensor has the following properties
1378
1379
<span id="eq-3.19"></span>
1380
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1381
|-
1382
| 
1383
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1384
|-
1385
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>x\in \Omega ^{+}:D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})=\mathbb{P}\sigma (u)(\widehat{x})\cdot \nabla ^{s}u(\widehat{x})\geq{0},\qquad \hbox{'''(Case''' '''A)'''} </math>
1386
|}
1387
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.19)
1388
|}
1389
1390
<span id="eq-3.20"></span>
1391
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1392
|-
1393
| 
1394
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1395
|-
1396
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>x\in \Omega ^{-}:D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})=\mathbb{P}\sigma (u)(\widehat{x})\cdot \nabla ^{s}u(\widehat{x})\leq{0.}\qquad \hbox{'''(Case''' '''B)'''} </math>
1397
|}
1398
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.20)
1399
|}
1400
1401
The full expressions of the polarization tensor for both isotropic and anisotropic material are obtained in Chapter [[#4 Topological derivative extension to anisotropic elastic materials |4]]
1402
1403
As a summary of the variables and properties described so far, in Table [[#table-1|1]], we show the initial and modified topology properties, the shape functional increments and the topological derivative for the Case A and B in a compact form.
1404
1405
{|  class="floating_tableSCP wikitable" style="text-align: center; margin: 1em auto;min-width:50%;"
1406
|+ style="font-size: 75%;" |<span id='table-1'></span>Table. 1 Interpretation of the topological derivative interpretations 
1407
|-
1408
| colspan='1' style="border-right: 2px solid;border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | 
1409
| colspan='1' style="border-right: 2px solid;border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | Case A (Strong to weak)
1410
| colspan='1' style="border-right: 2px solid;border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | Case B (Weak to strong)
1411
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
1412
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   ''<math>\begin{array}{c} \hbox{Properties before}\\ \hbox{ the inclusion} \end{array}</math>'' 
1413
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\begin{array}{ccccc} \\ \mathbb{C\hbox{+,}} & \rho ^{+}, & (fu)^{+} & \hbox{ and} & m^{+}\\ \\ \end{array}</math> 
1414
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\begin{array}{ccccc} \\ \mathbb{C}^{-}, & \rho ^{-}, & (fu)^{-} & \hbox{ and} & m^{-}\\ \\ \end{array}</math>
1415
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
1416
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   ''<math>\begin{array}{c} \hbox{Properties after}\\ \hbox{ the inclusion} \end{array}</math>'' 
1417
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\begin{array}{ccccc} \\ \mathbb{C}^{-}, & \rho ^{-}, & (fu)^{-} & \hbox{ and} & m^{-}\\ \\ \end{array}</math> 
1418
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\begin{array}{ccccc} \\ \mathbb{C\hbox{+}}, & \rho ^{+}, & (fu)^{+} & \hbox{ and} & m^{+}\\ \\ \end{array}</math>
1419
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
1420
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   ''<math>\begin{array}{c} \hbox{Volume and compliance}\\ \hbox{ increments} \end{array}</math>'' 
1421
| colspan='1' style="border-right: 2px solid;border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\begin{array}{ccc} \\ \triangle (fu)\geq{0} & \hbox{ and} & \triangle m\leq{0}\\ \\ \end{array}</math>
1422
| colspan='1' style="border-right: 2px solid;border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\begin{array}{ccc} \\ \triangle (fu)\leq{0} & \hbox{ and} & \triangle m\geq{0}\\ \\ \end{array}</math>
1423
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;border-bottom: 2px solid;"
1424
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   ''<math>\begin{array}{c} \hbox{Topological}\\ \hbox{ derivatives} \end{array}</math>'' 
1425
| colspan='1' style="border-right: 2px solid;border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\begin{array}{l} \\ \mathbb{P}\sigma (u)(\widehat{x})\cdot \nabla ^{s}u(\widehat{x})\geq{0}\\ \\ -(\mathbb{\rho }\hbox{+ - }\mathbb{\rho }\hbox{-})\leq{0}\\ \\ \end{array}</math>
1426
| colspan='1' style="border-right: 2px solid;border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\begin{array}{l} \\ \mathbb{P}\sigma (u)(\widehat{x})\cdot \nabla ^{s}u(\widehat{x})\leq{0}\\ \\ -(\mathbb{\rho }\hbox{+ - }\mathbb{\rho }\hbox{-})\geq{0}\\ \\ \end{array}</math>
1427
1428
|}
1429
1430
===3.2.5 Optimality conditions===
1431
1432
Once the topological derivatives are described for the volume and compliance and the topological optimization problem is stated, we present the optimality conditions of the topological optimization problem when using topological derivative. Let's assume that a shape functional <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}</math> (the compliance or the volume in our case) depends on a material parameter <math display="inline">\alpha </math> (the constitutive tensor or density) that takes <math display="inline">\alpha ^{+}</math> values on <math display="inline">\Omega ^{+}</math> and <math display="inline">\alpha ^{-}</math> on <math display="inline">\Omega ^{-}</math>. Defining an arbitrary direction as
1433
1434
<span id="eq-3.21"></span>
1435
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1436
|-
1437
| 
1438
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1439
|-
1440
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\tilde{\alpha }=\sum _{i}^{N}(\alpha ^{+}-\alpha ^{-})s(\hat{x_{i}})\chi _{B(\hat{x_{i}},\epsilon )}(x) </math>
1441
|}
1442
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.21)
1443
|}
1444
1445
where <math display="inline">i</math> determine an specific hole and <math display="inline">N</math> the number of holes, we say, by definition, that <math display="inline">\alpha </math> is a local minimizer if, for any direction <math display="inline">\tilde{\alpha }</math> (and for any number of holes <math display="inline">N</math>), the shape function will always increase, this is
1446
1447
<span id="eq-3.22"></span>
1448
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1449
|-
1450
| 
1451
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1452
|-
1453
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{J}(\alpha +\tilde{\alpha })-\mathcal{J}(\alpha )\geq{0}\qquad \forall \tilde{\alpha{.}} </math>
1454
|}
1455
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.22)
1456
|}
1457
1458
If <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}</math> can be expanded asymptotically (the topological derivative exists), the difference of the shape functional is expressed, by definition, as
1459
1460
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1461
|-
1462
| 
1463
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1464
|-
1465
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \mathcal{J}(\alpha +\tilde{\alpha })-\mathcal{J}(\alpha )=D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})|B(\hat{x},\varepsilon )|+o(|B(\hat{x},\varepsilon )|), </math>
1466
|}
1467
|}
1468
1469
Thus, for small enough values <math display="inline">\epsilon </math> , the necessary optimality conditions are set by imposing positivity on the topological derivative, i.e.,
1470
1471
<span id="eq-3.23"></span>
1472
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1473
|-
1474
| 
1475
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1476
|-
1477
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})\geq{0}\qquad \forall \hat{x}. </math>
1478
|}
1479
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.23)
1480
|}
1481
1482
Accordingly, the topological optimization algorithm must fulfill condition ([[#eq-3.23|3.23]]). A similar description of the optimality conditions can be found in work <span id='citeF-67'></span>[[#cite-67|[67]]].
1483
1484
==3.3 The Slerp algorithm==
1485
1486
The lack of continuous gradient, and consequently, of standard continuous algorithms (steepest descent, Newton...) gave rise to propose, as an alternative, the Slerp algorithm for solving topology optimization problems when using the topological derivative. We recall that it was resourcefully achieved by ''Amstutz'' and co-workers in the seminal work <span id='citeF-49'></span>[[#cite-49|[49]]].
1487
1488
===3.3.1 The level-set function===
1489
1490
The methodology lies essentially on defining the topology via a continuous function, usually called level-set function. More specifically, the zero level of that function determines the characteristic function and, consequently, the topology. As a main advantage, this method allows obtaining complex and very different topologies by means of a slight continuous change of the level set function, as we can observe in Figure [[#img-9|9]].
1491
1492
<div id='img-9'></div>
1493
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
1494
|-
1495
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Level-set image.png|600px|Level-set function representation and its relation with the characteristic function (topology) [LevelSet2016]. Slight variations of the level-set function (assuming a small “off-set”) entail large differences on the topology. ]]
1496
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
1497
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 9:''' Level-set function representation and its relation with the characteristic function (topology) [LevelSet2016]. Slight variations of the level-set function (assuming a small “off-set”) entail large differences on the topology. 
1498
|}
1499
1500
More formally, the characteristic function <math display="inline">\chi \in L^{\infty }(\Omega ,\{ 0,1\} )</math> is defined on the domain <math display="inline">\Omega </math> usually by the level-set function <math display="inline">\psi \in C(\Omega ,\mathbb{R})</math> as
1501
1502
<span id="eq-3.24"></span>
1503
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1504
|-
1505
| 
1506
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1507
|-
1508
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\chi =1-H(\psi )=\begin{array}{ccc}1 &  & \psi{<0},\\ 0 &  & \psi{>0.} \end{array}</math>
1509
|}
1510
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.24)
1511
|}
1512
1513
where <math display="inline">H(\psi )</math> represents the Heaviside function. Note that, owing to this definition, the design variable of the topology optimization problem switches, in practice, from <math display="inline">\chi </math> to <math display="inline">\psi </math>.
1514
1515
===3.3.2 Optimality condition when using a level-set function===
1516
1517
Let's now relate the level-set function with the optimality condition ([[#eq-3.23|3.23]]). The function <math display="inline">g(\hat{x})</math> is defined as the scalar function satisfying
1518
1519
<span id="eq-3.25"></span>
1520
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1521
|-
1522
| 
1523
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1524
|-
1525
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})=g(\hat{x})s(\hat{x}). </math>
1526
|}
1527
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.25)
1528
|}
1529
1530
Hereafter, we will use <math display="inline">D_{T}J(\hat{x})</math> or <math display="inline">g(\hat{x})</math> indistinctly when referring to the topological derivative. Thus, with this definition in mind, the necessary optimality condition ([[#eq-3.23|3.23]]) becomes as follows
1531
1532
<span id="eq-3.26"></span>
1533
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1534
|-
1535
| 
1536
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1537
|-
1538
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{c}\hbox{if}\hat{x}\in \Omega ^{+}\quad \Rightarrow \quad g(\hat{x})\leq{0}\\ \hbox{if}\hat{x}\in \Omega ^{-}\quad \Rightarrow \quad g(\hat{x})\geq{0} \end{array} </math>
1539
|}
1540
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.26)
1541
|}
1542
1543
Consequently, both the level-set function (by definition) and the topological derivative function <math display="inline">g(\hat{x})</math> (in order to fulfill optimality conditions) satisfies
1544
1545
<span id="eq-3.27"></span>
1546
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1547
|-
1548
| 
1549
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1550
|-
1551
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left\{\begin{array}{cc}\psi (\hat{x})\leq{0} & \hat{x}\in \Omega ^{+}\\ \psi (\hat{x})\geq{0} & \hat{x}\in \Omega ^{-} \end{array}\right.\quad \hbox{and}\left\{\begin{array}{cc}g(\hat{x})\leq{0} & \hat{x}\in \Omega ^{+}\\ g(\hat{x})\geq{0} & \hat{x}\in \Omega ^{-}. \end{array}\right. </math>
1552
|}
1553
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.27)
1554
|}
1555
1556
In view of this result, one can set the optimality condition for the level-set function as
1557
1558
<span id="eq-3.28"></span>
1559
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1560
|-
1561
| 
1562
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1563
|-
1564
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\hbox{sign}(g(\hat{x}))=\hbox{sign}(\psi (\hat{x}))\quad \forall \hat{x}\in \Omega  </math>
1565
|}
1566
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.28)
1567
|}
1568
1569
Note that, since the topological derivative depends on the topology, and consequently on the level set, the above equation is highly non-linear.
1570
1571
===3.3.3 Slerp algorithm for unconstrained optimization problems===
1572
1573
From the optimality conditions of the level-set function, one can naturally impose parallelism between the level-set function and the topological derivative at the minimum, that is
1574
1575
<span id="eq-3.29"></span>
1576
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1577
|-
1578
| 
1579
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1580
|-
1581
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\psi (\hat{x})=\alpha _{g}g(\hat{x}) </math>
1582
|}
1583
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.29)
1584
|}
1585
1586
where <math display="inline">\alpha _{g}>0</math>. Note that this relation fulfills automatically the optimality condition ([[#eq-3.28|3.28]]) for the level-set function. One could think on using equation ([[#eq-3.28|3.28]]) in a fix-point algorithm to get the optimality conditions. However, since <math display="inline">\alpha _{g}</math> is an arbitrary parameter, the level set function can increase unlimitedly and, consequently, the algorithm may not converge. In order to mitigate such inconvenient, one could fix <math display="inline">\alpha _{g}</math> such that the level-set function is enforced to have unitary norm. Thus, by taking <math display="inline">\alpha _{g}=\frac{1}{\bigl\Vert g(\hat{x})\bigr\Vert}</math>, equation ([[#eq-3.29|3.29]]) becomes
1587
1588
<span id="eq-3.30"></span>
1589
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1590
|-
1591
| 
1592
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1593
|-
1594
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\psi (\hat{x})=\frac{g(\hat{x})}{\bigl\Vert g(\hat{x})\bigr\Vert}. </math>
1595
|}
1596
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.30)
1597
|}
1598
1599
This relation satisfies equation ([[#eq-3.28|3.28]]) and can be understood as a fix-point algorithm: given a topology through a level-set function, compute its topological derivative and, by normalizing it, obtain the new level-set function and, consequently, the new topology. However, this fix point method could be highly aggressive leading to no descent direction during the iterations.
1600
1601
As a remedy, instead of updating the level-set in terms only of the new normalized topological derivative, one could combine it with the previous value of the level set, in such a way that the updated level-set function has unitary norm. This strategy is, in fact, what the slerp algorithm proposes.
1602
1603
The name of slerp arises from the computer graphics community and is shorthand for '''s'''pherical '''l'''inear int'''erp'''olation. ''Shoemake ''<span id='citeF-69'></span>[[#cite-69|[69]]] introduced this concept in the quaternion interpolation context for the propose of animating 3D rotation. In the topological optimization context, the slerp algorithm was proposed by ''Amstutz'' in work <span id='citeF-49'></span>[[#cite-49|[49]]]. Note that in the context of quaternion interpolations, the objects to be interpolated are vectors of dimension four while in the context of topology optimization, the objects to be interpolated are fields defined over the domain.
1604
1605
In general, the slerp algorithm can be understood as the interpolation of two different functions on the unit sphere. In Figure ([[#img-10|10]]), we show schematically the relation between the new level set function <math display="inline">\psi _{n+1}</math> , the actual level-set function <math display="inline">\psi _{n}</math> and the topological derivative <math display="inline">g_{n}</math>.
1606
1607
<div id='img-10'></div>
1608
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
1609
|-
1610
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Slerp.png|600px|]]
1611
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-SlerpBetterExplained.png|600px|Representation of the slerp algorithm. The updated ψₙ₊₁ level-set function is computed by interpolating the actual level-set function ψₙ and the topological derivative gₙ on the unit sphere. The topological derivative gₙ plays the role of a descent direction on a steepest descent algorithm and the variable κₙ plays the role of a line-search parameter. ]]
1612
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
1613
| colspan="2" | '''Figure 10:''' Representation of the slerp algorithm. The updated <math>\psi _{n+1}</math> level-set function is computed by interpolating the actual level-set function <math>\psi _{n}</math> and the topological derivative <math>g_{n}</math> on the unit sphere. The topological derivative <math>g_{n}</math> plays the role of a descent direction on a steepest descent algorithm and the variable <math>\kappa _{n}</math> plays the role of a line-search parameter. 
1614
|}
1615
1616
According to the triangle relation described in Figure ([[#img-10|10]]), the following equation must hold
1617
1618
<span id="eq-3.31"></span>
1619
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1620
|-
1621
| 
1622
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1623
|-
1624
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\psi _{n+1}=\alpha _{n}\psi _{n}+\beta _{n}\frac{g_{n}}{\left\Vert g_{n}\right\Vert _{L^{2}}}. </math>
1625
|}
1626
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.31)
1627
|}
1628
1629
where the scalar numbers <math display="inline">\alpha _{n}</math> and <math display="inline">\beta _{n}</math> can be computed by imposing the following law of sinus
1630
1631
<span id="eq-3.32"></span>
1632
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1633
|-
1634
| 
1635
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1636
|-
1637
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\frac{\beta _{n}}{\sin (\kappa \theta _{n})}=\frac{1}{\sin (\pi{-\theta}_{n})}=\frac{\alpha _{n}}{\sin ((1-\kappa )\theta _{n})}. </math>
1638
|}
1639
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.32)
1640
|}
1641
1642
Note that this last relation is fulfilled due to the unitary norm of <math display="inline">\psi _{n+1}</math>, <math display="inline">\psi _{n}</math> and <math display="inline">\frac{g_{n}}{\left\Vert g_{n}\right\Vert }</math>. In Figure ([[#img-11|11]]), we depicted that trigonometric relation.
1643
1644
<div id='img-11'></div>
1645
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
1646
|-
1647
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Backup_of_SlerpBetterExplainOnlyTriangleNorm.png|600px|On the left, the vector relation between the updated ψₙ₊₁ level-set function, the actual level-set function ψₙ and topological derivative gₙ . On the right, the triangular relation that leads to find the scalar values αₙ and βₙ. ]]
1648
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
1649
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 11:''' On the left, the vector relation between the updated <math>\psi _{n+1}</math> level-set function, the actual level-set function <math>\psi _{n}</math> and topological derivative <math>g_{n}</math> . On the right, the triangular relation that leads to find the scalar values <math>\alpha _{n}</math> and <math>\beta _{n}</math>. 
1650
|}
1651
1652
Thus, the new level set function <math display="inline">\psi _{n+1}</math> can be written as a combination of the actual level-set function <math display="inline">\psi _{n}</math> and the topological derivative <math display="inline">g_{n}</math> as follows
1653
1654
<span id="eq-3.33"></span>
1655
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1656
|-
1657
| 
1658
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1659
|-
1660
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\psi _{n+1}=\frac{1}{\sin \theta _{n}}[\sin ((1-\kappa _{n})\theta _{n})\psi _{n}+\sin (\kappa _{n}\theta _{n})\frac{g_{n}}{\left\Vert g_{n}\right\Vert _{L^{2}}}], </math>
1661
|}
1662
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.33)
1663
|}
1664
1665
where <math display="inline">\kappa _{n}\in [0,1]</math> is a line search-like parameter and <math display="inline">\theta _{n}</math> the angle between <math display="inline">\psi _{n}</math> and <math display="inline">g_{n}</math> which is written as
1666
1667
<span id="eq-3.34"></span>
1668
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1669
|-
1670
| 
1671
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1672
|-
1673
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\theta _{n}  =  \hbox{ acos}\left[\frac{(\psi _{n},g_{n})}{\left\Vert \psi _{n}\right\Vert _{L^{2}}\left\Vert g_{n}\right\Vert _{L^{2}}}\right]. </math>
1674
|}
1675
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.34)
1676
|}
1677
1678
Note that, an alternative way of imposing parallelism between the level-set function and the topological derivative s achieved by requires zero vale of the angle <math display="inline">\theta _{n}</math>. In this respect, the stopping criteria of the algorithm can be set by imposing the tolerance <math display="inline">\epsilon _{\theta }</math> as a threshold of the angle <math display="inline">\theta </math>.
1679
1680
In addition, it is remarkable that, by using the slerp algorithm, the updated level-set function <math display="inline">\psi _{n+1}</math> has automatically unit norm. Note that since <math display="inline">\psi (x)\in C(\Omega ,\mathbb{R})</math>, we have chosen the <math display="inline">L^{2}</math> norm for both, the norm and the scalar product of equations ([[#eq-3.33|3.33]]) and ([[#eq-3.34|3.34]]). However, other norms (<math display="inline">H^{1}</math>or <math display="inline">L^{\infty }</math>) can be used.
1681
1682
Moreover, the line-search parameter <math display="inline">\kappa _{n}</math> allows controlling the size of the step. Initially, it is usually set to <math display="inline">1</math> and it is divided by 2 until the new topology provides a smaller cost function. Clearly, if <math display="inline">\kappa _{n}</math> takes unitary values, we recover the aggressive fix-point algorithm proposed in equation ([[#eq-3.30|3.30]]).
1683
1684
Thus, the slerp algorithm is a fix-point algorithm with a line-search parameter that interpolates in the unit sphere the actual level-set with the topological derivative. It is worth mentioning that the slerp algorithm can be seen in the optimization context as a standard steepest descent method with the particularity that the update variable must have unit norm. Consequently, the topological derivative plays the role of the gradient in the topology optimization problem, hence its importance. Although, in this work, an exhaustive numerical analysis has not been considered (see <span id='citeF-70'></span>[[#cite-70|[70]]] for this purpose), one can expect linear convergence of the algorithm.
1685
1686
===3.3.4 Slerp algorithm combined with an augmented Lagrangian scheme for constrained optimization problems ===
1687
1688
So far, we have described the slerp algorithm for unconstrained topology optimization problem. However, most of the applications require fulfilling some constraints. In this sub-section we present how to deal with the case of a volume constraint. To the author's knowledge, there is no a vast amount of algorithms to deal with constrained topology optimization problems when using topological derivative. The lack of continuous gradient undermine the possibility of using standard continuous optimization algorithms. However, the augmented Lagrangian algorithm is exempt of such limitation since it uncouples the update of the design variables (the topology in our case) and the update of the Lagrange multipliers <span id='citeF-71'></span>[[#cite-71|[71]]]. Thus, in view of this property, the slerp algorithm can be combined with an augmented Lagrangian scheme in constrained topology optimization problems. The reader is referred to works <span id='citeF-72'></span>[[#cite-72|[72]]], <span id='citeF-73'></span>[[#cite-73|[73]]] and <span id='citeF-74'></span>[[#cite-74|[74]]] for further information.
1689
1690
==Equality constraints==
1691
1692
Considering the level-set function as the design variable, the topology optimization problem with volume constraint ([[#eq-2.43|2.43]]) may be expressed as
1693
1694
<span id="eq-3.35"></span>
1695
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1696
|-
1697
| 
1698
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1699
|-
1700
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{cc}\underset{\psi }{\hbox{minimize}} & \mathcal{J}(\chi (\psi ))\\ \hbox{ subjected to:} & c(\psi )=\int _{\Omega }\chi (\psi )-V=0. \end{array} </math>
1701
|}
1702
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.35)
1703
|}
1704
1705
According to the reference book <span id='citeF-71'></span>[[#cite-71|[71]]], and following the works <span id='citeF-75'></span><span id='citeF-72'></span><span id='citeF-74'></span>[[#cite-75|[75,72,74]]], the augmented Lagrangian scheme for equality constraints proposes to solve the minimization problem ([[#eq-3.35|3.35]]) by introducing the following saddle point problem
1706
1707
<span id="eq-3.36"></span>
1708
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1709
|-
1710
| 
1711
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1712
|-
1713
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\underset{\lambda }{\hbox{max.} }\underset{\psi }{\hbox{min.}} \mathcal{L}(\psi ,\lambda )=\mathcal{J}(\chi (\psi ))+\lambda c(\psi )+\frac{1}{2}\rho c(\psi )^{2} </math>
1714
|}
1715
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.36)
1716
|}
1717
1718
where <math display="inline">\mathcal{L}(\psi ,\lambda )</math> is the Lagrangian functional, <math display="inline">\lambda </math> is the Lagrange multiplier and <math display="inline">\rho </math> the penalty parameter. The augmented Lagrangian scheme is based upon solving the primal-dual problem sequentially with the particularity that an extra term is added in order to convexify the problem <span id='citeF-71'></span>[[#cite-71|[71]]]. The algorithm considers first, a single (or multiple) <math display="inline">\psi </math> iteration for minimizing the cost function and then a single <math display="inline">\lambda </math> iteration as
1719
1720
<span id="eq-3.37"></span>
1721
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1722
|-
1723
| 
1724
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1725
|-
1726
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\lambda _{n+1}  =  \lambda _{n}+\rho c(\psi _{n}) </math>
1727
|}
1728
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.37)
1729
|}
1730
1731
for maximizing the cost function, i.e., an ''Usawa''-like scheme <span id='citeF-76'></span>[[#cite-76|[76]]]. Certainly, the augmented Lagrangian scheme has an impact in the slerp algorithm. On the one hand, the cost function is replaced by the Lagrangian functional when determining the line-search parameter <math display="inline">\kappa </math>. On the other hand, the topological derivative of the Lagrangian functional must be computed by considering an extended topological derivative <math display="inline">\hat{g}(x)</math> as
1732
1733
<span id="eq-3.38"></span>
1734
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1735
|-
1736
| 
1737
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1738
|-
1739
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\hat{g}(x)=g(x)+\lambda{+\rho}c(\psi ) </math>
1740
|}
1741
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.38)
1742
|}
1743
1744
where <math display="inline">g(x)</math> stands for the topological derivative of the cost function <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}(\chi (\psi )</math>). Note that, the topological derivative of the volume constraint is equal to <math display="inline">1</math> and has been consequently omitted. Hereafter, for simplicity, the extended topological derivative <math display="inline">\hat{g}(x)</math> is also called topological derivative.
1745
1746
==Inequality constraints==
1747
1748
The augmented Lagrangian scheme can be extended to minimization problems with inequality constraints. The main idea consists in retrieving the minimization problem with equality constraints by adding an extra variable <math display="inline">z</math>, often termed slack variable, to the minimization problem with inequality constraints. In mathematical terms, it reads as
1749
1750
<span id="eq-3.39"></span>
1751
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1752
|-
1753
| 
1754
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1755
|-
1756
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{ccc}\left\{\begin{array}{cc}\underset{\psi }{\hbox{min.}} & \mathcal{J}(\psi )\\ \hbox{ s. t.} & c(\psi )\leq{0.} \end{array}\right.& \Rightarrow & \left\{\begin{array}{cc}\underset{\psi ,z}{\hbox{min.}} & \mathcal{J}(\chi (\psi ))\\ \hbox{ s. t.} & h(\psi ,z)=c(\psi )+z^{2}=0. \end{array}\right.\end{array} </math>
1757
|}
1758
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.39)
1759
|}
1760
1761
where the constraint function <math display="inline">h(\psi ,z)</math> has been defined. Then, following the augmented Lagrangian scheme for equality constraints, the augmented Lagrangian <math display="inline">\mathcal{L}(\lambda ,\psi ,z)</math> is defined and the following saddle-point problem
1762
1763
<span id="eq-3.40"></span>
1764
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1765
|-
1766
| 
1767
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1768
|-
1769
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\underset{\lambda }{\hbox{max.} }\underset{\psi }{\hbox{min.}} \underset{z}{\hbox{min.}} \mathcal{L}(\lambda ,\psi ,z)=\mathcal{J}(\psi )+\lambda h(\psi ,z)+\frac{1}{2}\rho h(\psi ,z)^{2} </math>
1770
|}
1771
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.40)
1772
|}
1773
1774
must be solved. The procedure consists in imposing one of the KKT conditions to isolate the slack variable <math display="inline">z^{*}(\psi ,\lambda )</math> in terms of the design variable <math display="inline">\psi </math> and the Lagrange multiplier <math display="inline">\lambda </math>, and then inserting its expression in the augmented Lagrangian <math display="inline">\mathcal{L}(\lambda ,\psi )=\mathcal{L}(\lambda ,\psi ,z^{*}(\psi ,\lambda ))</math>. For this purpose, we enforce that the partial derivative of the Lagrangian functional with respect to the slack variable must be canceled. This is,
1775
1776
<span id="eq-3.41"></span>
1777
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1778
|-
1779
| 
1780
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1781
|-
1782
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\frac{\partial \mathcal{L}}{\partial z}=(\lambda{+\rho}h)\frac{\partial h}{\partial z}=(\lambda{+\rho}c(\psi )+\rho z^{2})2z=0. </math>
1783
|}
1784
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.41)
1785
|}
1786
1787
The two possible solution of the above equation are written as
1788
1789
<span id="eq-3.42"></span>
1790
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1791
|-
1792
| 
1793
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1794
|-
1795
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>z_{1}^{2}=0\quad \hbox{and}\quad z_{2}^{2}=-(\frac{\lambda }{\rho }+c(\psi{)).} </math>
1796
|}
1797
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.42)
1798
|}
1799
1800
In order to determine the solution that leads to a smaller augmented Lagrangian value, we first insert <math display="inline">z_{1}^{2}</math> and <math display="inline">z_{2}^{2}</math> into the definition of the constraint function <math display="inline">h(\psi ,z)</math> as follows
1801
1802
<span id="eq-3.43"></span>
1803
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1804
|-
1805
| 
1806
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1807
|-
1808
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>h(\psi ,z_{1})=c(\psi )\quad \hbox{and}\quad h(\psi ,z_{2})=-\frac{\lambda }{\rho } </math>
1809
|}
1810
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.43)
1811
|}
1812
1813
and then to the Lagrangian functional as
1814
1815
<span id="eq-3.44"></span>
1816
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1817
|-
1818
| 
1819
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1820
|-
1821
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{L}(\lambda ,\psi ,z_{1})=\mathcal{J}(\psi )+\lambda c(\psi )+\frac{1}{2}\rho c(\psi ) </math>
1822
|}
1823
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.44)
1824
|}
1825
1826
<span id="eq-3.45"></span>
1827
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1828
|-
1829
| 
1830
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1831
|-
1832
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{L}(\lambda ,\psi ,z_{2})=\mathcal{J}(\psi )-\frac{1}{2}\frac{\lambda ^{2}}{\rho } </math>
1833
|}
1834
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.45)
1835
|}
1836
1837
Comparing both Lagrangian functionals
1838
1839
<span id="eq-3.46"></span>
1840
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1841
|-
1842
| 
1843
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1844
|-
1845
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{rcl}\mathcal{L}(\lambda ,\psi ,z_{2})-\mathcal{L}(\lambda ,\psi ,z_{1}) & = & -\frac{1}{2}\frac{\lambda ^{2}}{\rho }-\lambda c(\psi )-\frac{1}{2}\rho c(\psi )^{2}\\  & = & -\frac{1}{2\rho }(\lambda{+\rho}c(\psi ))^{2}<0 \end{array} </math>
1846
|}
1847
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.46)
1848
|}
1849
1850
we obtain that <math display="inline">z_{2}</math> solution always provide a smaller value of the Lagrangian functional. Thus, the optimal slack variable <math display="inline">z^{*}</math> takes always <math display="inline">z_{2}</math> value, provided of course that <math display="inline">z_{2}</math> exists, this is when <math display="inline">z_{2}^{2}=-(\frac{\lambda }{\rho }+c(\psi ))\geq{0}</math>. Otherwise, the optimal slack variable <math display="inline">z^{*}</math> takes the other solution <math display="inline">z_{1}</math>. Therefore, it is useful to write the square of the optimal slack variable as
1851
1852
<span id="eq-3.47"></span>
1853
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1854
|-
1855
| 
1856
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1857
|-
1858
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>(z^{*})^{2}=z_{1}^{2}  c(\psi )>-\frac{\lambda }{\rho }</math>
1859
|-
1860
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> z_{2}^{2}  c(\psi )<-\frac{\lambda }{\rho } </math>
1861
|}
1862
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.47)
1863
|}
1864
1865
or, more compactly, as
1866
1867
<span id="eq-3.48"></span>
1868
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1869
|-
1870
| 
1871
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1872
|-
1873
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>(z^{*})^{2}=\max (0,-\frac{\lambda }{\rho }-c(\psi{)).} </math>
1874
|}
1875
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.48)
1876
|}
1877
1878
By inserting this last result in the constraint function <math display="inline">h(\psi ,z)</math>, we obtain
1879
1880
<span id="eq-3.49"></span>
1881
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1882
|-
1883
| 
1884
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1885
|-
1886
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>h(\psi ,z^{*})=c(\psi )+(z^{*})^{2}=\max (c(\psi ),-\frac{\lambda }{\rho })=r(\psi ,\lambda ) </math>
1887
|}
1888
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.49)
1889
|}
1890
1891
where we have conveniently defined the <math display="inline">r(\psi ,\lambda )</math> constraint. Note that the problem no longer depends on the slack variable appears. Thus, the saddle-point problem for solving minimization problem with inequality constraints ([[#eq-3.40|3.40]]) becomes
1892
1893
<span id="eq-3.50"></span>
1894
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1895
|-
1896
| 
1897
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1898
|-
1899
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\underset{\lambda }{\hbox{max.} }\underset{\psi }{\hbox{min.}} \mathcal{L}(\lambda ,\psi )=\mathcal{J}(\psi )+\lambda r(\psi ,\lambda )+\frac{1}{2}\rho r(\psi ,\lambda )^{2} </math>
1900
|}
1901
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.50)
1902
|}
1903
1904
which represents a standard saddle-point problem for solving minimization problem with equality constraints (see equation ([[#eq-3.36|3.36]])) with the particularity that the constraint <math display="inline">r(\psi ,\lambda )</math> depends explicitly on the Lagrange multiplier <math display="inline">\lambda </math>. At this point, it is convenient to examine if problem ([[#eq-3.50|3.50]]) can be treated as a standard minimization problem with equality constraints. For this purpose, the KKT
1905
1906
<span id="eq-3.51"></span>
1907
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1908
|-
1909
| 
1910
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1911
|-
1912
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left\{\begin{array}{cc}\frac{\partial \mathcal{L}}{\partial \psi }= & \frac{\partial \mathcal{J}}{\partial \psi }+(\lambda{+\rho}r)\frac{\partial r}{\partial \psi }=0\\ \\ \frac{\partial \mathcal{L}}{\partial \lambda }= & r+(\lambda{+\rho}r)\frac{\partial r}{\partial \lambda }=0 \end{array}\right. </math>
1913
|}
1914
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.51)
1915
|}
1916
1917
are first imposed with slight abuse of notation. The <math display="inline">\frac{\partial \mathcal{L}}{\partial \psi }</math> is not strictly imposed on the topology optimization problem when using topological derivative. Instead, the optimality conditions ([[#eq-3.23|3.23]]) are considered. In any case, from equation ([[#eq-3.49|3.49]]) the <math display="inline">\frac{\partial r}{\partial \lambda }</math> and <math display="inline">\frac{\partial r}{\partial \psi }</math> terms are determined as follows
1918
1919
<span id="eq-3.52"></span>
1920
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1921
|-
1922
| 
1923
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1924
|-
1925
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\quad \frac{\partial r}{\partial \lambda }=0  c(\psi )>-\frac{\lambda }{\rho }</math>
1926
|-
1927
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> -\frac{1}{\rho }  c(\psi )<-\frac{\lambda }{\rho } \quad \hbox{and}\quad \frac{\partial r}{\partial \psi }=\frac{\partial c}{\partial \psi }  c(\psi )>-\frac{\lambda }{\rho },</math>
1928
|-
1929
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> 0  c(\psi )<-\frac{\lambda }{\rho } . </math>
1930
|}
1931
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.52)
1932
|}
1933
1934
In addition, it can be shown that
1935
1936
<span id="eq-3.53"></span>
1937
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1938
|-
1939
| 
1940
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1941
|-
1942
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\lambda{+\rho}r=\lambda{+\rho}r  c(\psi )>-\frac{\lambda }{\rho }</math>
1943
|-
1944
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> 0  c(\psi )<-\frac{\lambda }{\rho } </math>
1945
|}
1946
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.53)
1947
|}
1948
1949
and, consequently, the product between these last two equations leads to the following result
1950
1951
<span id="eq-3.54"></span>
1952
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1953
|-
1954
| 
1955
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1956
|-
1957
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>(\lambda{+\rho}r)\frac{\partial r}{\partial \lambda }=0\quad \hbox{and}\quad (\lambda{+\rho}r)\frac{\partial r}{\partial \psi }=(\lambda{+\rho}r)\frac{\partial c}{\partial \psi }  c(\psi )>-\frac{\lambda }{\rho },</math>
1958
|-
1959
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> 0  c(\psi )<-\frac{\lambda }{\rho }. </math>
1960
|}
1961
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.54)
1962
|}
1963
1964
Thus, the KKT condition of the augmented Lagrangian with inequality constraint becomes
1965
1966
<span id="eq-3.55"></span>
1967
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1968
|-
1969
| 
1970
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1971
|-
1972
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left\{\begin{array}{rcl}\frac{\partial \mathcal{L}}{\partial \psi } & = & \frac{\partial \mathcal{J}}{\partial \psi }+(\lambda{+\rho}r)\frac{\partial r}{\partial \psi }=0\\ \\ \frac{\partial \mathcal{L}}{\partial \lambda } & = & r=0 \end{array}\right. </math>
1973
|}
1974
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.55)
1975
|}
1976
1977
which coincide with the KKT condition of the augmented Lagrangian with equality constraint when the the constraint <math display="inline">c(\psi _{n})</math> is replaced by the constraint <math display="inline">r(\psi _{n},\lambda _{n})</math>. This is,
1978
1979
<span id="eq-3.56"></span>
1980
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1981
|-
1982
| 
1983
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1984
|-
1985
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>c(\psi _{n})=0\quad \Rightarrow \quad r(\psi _{n},\lambda _{n})=\max (c(\psi _{n}),-\frac{\lambda _{n}}{\rho })=0 </math>
1986
|}
1987
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.56)
1988
|}
1989
1990
This last consideration extends the augmented Lagrangian scheme with equality constraint neatly to the inequality-constrained case. Thus, the Lagrange multiplier is updated in the same manner, i.e.,
1991
1992
<span id="eq-3.57"></span>
1993
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
1994
|-
1995
| 
1996
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
1997
|-
1998
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\lambda _{n+1}=\lambda _{n}+\rho r(\psi _{n},\lambda _{n}) </math>
1999
|}
2000
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.57)
2001
|}
2002
2003
or, more explicitly,
2004
2005
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2006
|-
2007
| 
2008
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2009
|-
2010
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \lambda _{n+1}=\max (\lambda _{n}+\rho c(\psi _{n}),0). </math>
2011
|}
2012
|}
2013
2014
It is worth stressing that this last equation shows how the augmented Lagrangian cancels the Lagrange multiplier when the inequality is not active. Likewise, the extended topological derivative <math display="inline">\hat{g}(x)</math> is defined in the same manner of equation ([[#eq-3.38|3.38]]), i.e.,
2015
2016
<span id="eq-3.58"></span>
2017
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2018
|-
2019
| 
2020
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2021
|-
2022
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\hat{g}(x)=g(x)+(\lambda{+\rho}r)\frac{\partial r}{\partial \psi } </math>
2023
|}
2024
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.58)
2025
|}
2026
2027
As an advantage, this scheme allows using the same implementation for both cases; equalities or inequalities; by means of exchanging the constraint <math display="inline">c(\psi _{n})</math> with the constraint <math display="inline">r(\psi _{n},\lambda _{n})</math>. For further information, the reader is referred to the reference book <span id='citeF-71'></span>[[#cite-71|[71]]] for a rigorous description and work <span id='citeF-72'></span>[[#cite-72|[72]]] for applying to topological optimization problem.
2028
2029
'''Penalty value and algorithm'''. It is worth mentioning that giving an adequate value to the penalty variable is not an easy task. In the reference book <span id='citeF-71'></span>[[#cite-71|[71]]], it is suggested increasing the penalty during the iterations (when the constraint is not tightened enough). Similarly, in work <span id='citeF-77'></span>[[#cite-77|[77]]], it is proposed to increase the penalty every five iterations. However, our experience shows us that the penalty cannot increase unlimitedly. A very small value of the penalty will make the problem converge very slowly but if, on the contrary, is very high the solution oscillates with the risk of non-convergence. So, as it was mentioned before, the appropiate value of this parameter will depend on the problem and on the sensibility of the cost when varying the constraint. The numerical experiments, further presented, suggest to normalize the cost function and take a small value of the penalty.
2030
2031
A detailed scheme of the Augmented Lagrangian Slerp algorithm is presented in Algorithm [[#algorithm-1|1]].
2032
2033
<span id='algorithm-1'></span>
2034
{| style="margin: 1em auto;border: 1px solid darkgray;font-size:85%;"
2035
|-
2036
|
2037
: '''Init:''' choose initial values of <math display="inline">\psi _0</math>, <math display="inline">\theta _{min}</math>, tol, <math display="inline">\kappa _{min}</math>, <math display="inline">\lambda _0</math> and <math display="inline">\rho </math> 
2038
2039
: Compute <math display="inline">\sigma _0</math> and <math display="inline">u_0</math> from ([[#eq-2.46|2.46]]). 
2040
2041
: Compute <math display="inline">r_0</math> from ([[#eq-3.56|3.56]]) with <math display="inline">c_0</math> from ([[#eq-3.10|3.10]]). 
2042
2043
: Compute <math display="inline">\hat{g}_0</math> from ([[#eq-3.58|3.58]]) with <math display="inline">g</math> computed from ([[#eq-3.18|3.18]]). 
2044
2045
: '''while''' <math>\theta _{n} \geq \theta _{min} \mathbf{or} r_n \geq tol</math> '''do'''
2046
2047
::      Set <math display="inline">\kappa = 1</math>, <math display="inline">k=1</math>, <math display="inline">\mathcal{L}_k = \mathcal{L}_n</math>, <math display="inline">\theta _k = \theta _n</math>. 
2048
2049
::   '''while''' <math>\mathcal{L}_k \geq \mathcal{L}_n</math> (line search) '''do'''
2050
2051
:::       Update <math display="inline">\psi _k</math> from ([[#eq-3.33|3.33]]) with <math display="inline">\kappa </math>, <math display="inline">\theta _k</math> and <math display="inline">\hat{g}_n</math>, and update <math display="inline">\chi _k</math> from ([[#eq-3.24|3.24]]). 
2052
2053
:::       Compute <math display="inline">\sigma _k</math> and <math display="inline">u_k</math> from ([[#eq-2.46|2.46]]). 
2054
2055
:::      Compute <math display="inline">\mathcal{L}_k</math> from ([[#eq-3.50|3.50]]), with <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}_k</math> from ([[#eq-3.16|3.16]]) and set <math display="inline">\kappa = \kappa /2</math> and <math display="inline">k = k+1</math>.   
2056
2057
::     Set <math display="inline">\sigma _{n+1} = \sigma _k</math>, <math display="inline">u_{n+1} = u_k</math>, <math display="inline">\mathcal{L}_{n+1} = \mathcal{L}_k</math>, <math display="inline">\psi _{n+1}=\psi _k</math> 
2058
2059
::     Compute <math display="inline">\theta _{n+1}</math> from ([[#eq-3.34|3.34]]) 
2060
2061
::     Compute <math display="inline">r_{n+1}</math> from ([[#eq-3.56|3.56]]) with <math display="inline">r_0</math> from ([[#eq-3.10|3.10]]). 
2062
2063
::     Update <math display="inline">\lambda _{n+1}</math> from ([[#eq-3.57|3.57]]). 
2064
2065
::     Compute <math display="inline">\hat{g}_{n+1}</math> from ([[#eq-3.58|3.58]]) with <math display="inline">g</math> computed from ([[#eq-3.18|3.18]]) and set <math display="inline">n = n+1</math>.   
2066
|}
2067
2068
<div class="center" style="font-size: 75%;">'''Algorithm. 1''' Augmented Lagrangian slerp algorithm. The Lagrange multiplier is updated in every topology iteration, i.e.,'' Usawa''-like scheme is used.</div>
2069
2070
==3.4 Treatment of the interface ==
2071
2072
The stresses <math display="inline">\sigma _{n+1}</math> and the topological derivative <math display="inline">g_{n+1}</math>  deserve special attention when dealing with the interface elements. In this section, we analyze an specific treatment of the interface elements in a bi-material elastic problem. Note that, although in topology optimization the aim is where to nucleate holes and where to leave material, in practice, the aim is how to distribute two materials, provided that the weak material takes significant lower stiff (usually <math display="inline">\sim{10}^{-3}</math> times less).
2073
2074
===3.4.1 Bi-material elastic problem===
2075
2076
We proceed to examine how to deal with the bi-material problem, from the continuous and discrete point of view, and how the different treatments of the interface affect the cost and the topological derivative.
2077
2078
==Formulation==
2079
2080
In the bi-material problem, the domain <math display="inline">\Omega </math> is first divided in two parts, one sub-domain with a strong material <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{+}</math> and the other sub-domain with a weak material <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{-}</math>. Then, the classical form of the elastic problem (without considering, for simplicity, the body forces) is written as
2081
2082
<span id="eq-3.59"></span>
2083
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2084
|-
2085
| 
2086
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2087
|-
2088
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left\{\begin{array}{rclcl}\nabla \cdot (\mathbb{C}:\nabla ^{s}u) & = & 0 & \hbox{ in} & \Omega ,\\ (\mathbb{C}:\nabla ^{s}u)\cdot n & = & \bar{t} & \hbox{ on} & \partial \Omega _{D}\\ u & = & \bar{u} & \hbox{ on} & \partial \Omega _{N}. \end{array}\right. </math>
2089
|}
2090
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.59)
2091
|}
2092
2093
and by multiplying times the test function <math display="inline">v</math> and integrating by parts, we obtain the weak form of the bi-material elastic problem as
2094
2095
<span id="eq-3.60"></span>
2096
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2097
|-
2098
| 
2099
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2100
|-
2101
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>{\displaystyle \int _{\Omega ^{+}}}\nabla ^{s}v:\mathbb{C}^{+}:\nabla ^{s}u+{\displaystyle \int _{\Omega ^{-}}}\nabla ^{s}v:\mathbb{C}^{-}:\nabla ^{s}u={\displaystyle \int _{\partial \Omega _{N}.}}v\cdot (\bar{t}\cdot n)\quad \forall v\in H_{0}^{1}\hbox{( }\Omega \hbox{)} </math>
2102
|}
2103
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.60)
2104
|}
2105
2106
where the domain <math display="inline">\Omega </math> has been split into t <math display="inline">\Omega ^{+}</math>and <math display="inline">\Omega ^{-}</math>. Let's consider a a Finite Element discretization of equation ([[#eq-3.60|3.60]]). The domain <math display="inline">\Omega </math> is equipped with a conforming, triangular mesh <math display="inline">{\mathcal{T}}</math> composed of <math display="inline">K</math> triangles <math display="inline">T_{k}</math>, <math display="inline">k=1,...,K</math>, and <math display="inline">J</math> vertices <math display="inline">p_{j}</math>, <math display="inline">j=1,...,J</math>. Recalling the classical Finite element spaces, <math display="inline">V_{1}\subset H_{0}^{1}(\Omega )</math> is the finite-dimensional space of Lagrange <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{1}</math> Finite Element functions, i.e. of affine functions in restriction to each triangle <math display="inline">T_{k}\in {\mathcal{T}}</math>. A basis of <math display="inline">V_{1}</math> is composed of the functions <math display="inline">N_{j}</math>, <math display="inline">j=1,...,J</math>, where <math display="inline">N_{j}</math> is the unique element in <math display="inline">V_{1}</math> such that <math display="inline">N_{j}(p_{j^{\prime }})=1</math> if <math display="inline">j=j^{\prime }</math> and <math display="inline">0</math> otherwise. We take advantage of defining <math display="inline">V_{0}\subset L^{2}(D)</math> as the finite-dimensional space of Lagrange <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{0}</math> Finite Element functions on <math display="inline">{\mathcal{T}}</math>, i.e. of constant functions in restriction to each triangle <math display="inline">T_{k}\in {\mathcal{T}}</math>. A basis of <math display="inline">V_{0}</math> is composed of the functions <math display="inline">N_{k}^{0}</math>, <math display="inline">k=1,...,K</math>, where <math display="inline">N_{k}^{0}\equiv{1}</math> on <math display="inline">T_{k}</math> and <math display="inline">N_{k}\equiv{0}</math> on <math display="inline">T_{k^{\prime }}</math>, <math display="inline">k\neq k^{\prime }</math>.
2107
2108
Thus, defining <math display="inline">h</math> as the diameter of the triangles <math display="inline">T_{k}</math>, the discretized displacement <math display="inline">u_{h}\in V_{1}\subset C(\Omega )\subset H_{0}^{1}(\Omega )</math> is the unique solution of the discretized weak form
2109
2110
<span id="eq-3.61"></span>
2111
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2112
|-
2113
| 
2114
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2115
|-
2116
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\sum _{k=1}^{K}{\displaystyle \int _{T_{k}}}\nabla ^{s}v_{h}:\mathbb{C}:\nabla ^{s}u_{h}=\sum _{k=1}^{K}{\displaystyle \int _{\partial T_{N_{k}}}}v_{h}\cdot (\bar{t}\cdot n)\qquad \forall v_{h}\in V_{1}. </math>
2117
|}
2118
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.61)
2119
|}
2120
2121
Let's split the domain into three different sub-groups: the elements <math display="inline">T_{k}^{+}</math> (endowed with <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{+}</math> constitutive tensor), the elements <math display="inline">T_{k}^{-}</math> (endowed with <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{-}</math> constitutive tensor), and the elements intersecting the interface <math display="inline">T_{k}^{\Gamma }</math> that share both materials and are, for the time, denoted by the interface constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }</math>. The different possible definitions of that interface constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }</math> are further described and represents the main ingredient of the bi-material elastic problems. Bearing this in mind, we can define the regularized constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{\tilde{C}}</math> as
2122
2123
<span id="eq-3.62"></span>
2124
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2125
|-
2126
| 
2127
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2128
|-
2129
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{\mathbb{\tilde{C}}}=\mathbb{C}^{+}  \hbox{ in }T_{k}^{+}</math>
2130
|-
2131
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \mathbb{C}^{-}  \hbox{ in }T_{k}^{-}</math>
2132
|-
2133
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }  \hbox{ in }T_{k}^{\Gamma } . </math>
2134
|}
2135
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.62)
2136
|}
2137
2138
Consequently, the weak form equation ([[#eq-3.60|3.60]]), is re-written, after discretization, as
2139
2140
<span id="eq-3.63"></span>
2141
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2142
|-
2143
| 
2144
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2145
|-
2146
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{rl}\sum _{k=1}^{K^{+}}{\displaystyle \int _{T_{k}^{+}}}\nabla ^{s}v_{h}:\mathbb{C}^{+}:\nabla ^{s}u_{h}+\sum _{k=1}^{K^{-}}{\displaystyle \int _{T_{k}^{-}}}\nabla ^{s}v_{h}:\mathbb{C}^{-}:\nabla ^{s}u_{h}+\\ +\sum _{k=1}^{K^{\Gamma }}{\displaystyle \int _{T_{k}^{\Gamma }}}\nabla ^{s}v_{h}:\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }:\nabla ^{s}u_{h}=\sum _{k=1}^{K}{\displaystyle \int _{\partial T_{N_{k}}}}v_{h}\cdot (\bar{t}\cdot n)\qquad \forall v_{h}\in V_{1}. \end{array} </math>
2147
|}
2148
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.63)
2149
|}
2150
2151
The right side of the above equation has not been split into the elements because no it does not depend on the constitutive tensor.
2152
2153
Undoubtedly, the main difficulty of equation ([[#eq-3.63|3.63]]) relies on how to deal with the interface elements <math display="inline">T_{k}^{\Gamma }</math>. Since we use <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{1}</math> Finite Element, the strains <math display="inline">\nabla ^{s}u</math> are element-wise constant and, consequently, the integration of the last term of the left hand side of [[#eq-3.63|3.63]] requires the value of <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }</math> on the Gauss points <math display="inline">x_{g}</math> of the interface elements <math display="inline">T_{k}^{\Gamma }</math>, in terms of material <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{+}</math> and <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{-}</math>. From definition ([[#eq-2.48|2.48]]), the regularized constitutive tensor on the interface <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }</math> is expressed in terms of the characteristic function as
2154
2155
<span id="eq-3.64"></span>
2156
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2157
|-
2158
| 
2159
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2160
|-
2161
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }=\chi (x_{g})\mathbb{C}^{+}+(1-\chi (x_{g}))\mathbb{C}^{-}. </math>
2162
|}
2163
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.64)
2164
|}
2165
2166
In view of equation ([[#eq-3.64|3.64]]), the description of the interface is based on the treatment of the characteristic function <math display="inline">\chi </math> in the Gauss Points of the interface elements and, in turn, on the treatment of the level-set function <math display="inline">\psi </math> . The characteristic function evaluated on the Gauss Points of the interface elements is, hereafter, termed as <math display="inline">\tilde{\chi }=\chi (x_{g})</math>. For this purpose, two different approaches are commonly used in topology optimization when using topological derivative <span id='citeF-49'></span><span id='citeF-78'></span>[[#cite-49|[49,78]]]: the ''In or Out'' approach and the ''P1-projection'' approach.
2167
2168
====In or Out approach====
2169
2170
The'' In or Out approach'' is based on taking the characteristic function on the interface <math display="inline">\tilde{\chi }_{io}</math> in terms of the level-set function evaluated on the Gauss point <math display="inline">x_{g}</math>. This is,
2171
2172
<span id="eq-3.65"></span>
2173
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2174
|-
2175
| 
2176
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2177
|-
2178
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\tilde{\chi }_{io}=1-H(\psi (x_{g}))=\begin{array}{ccc}1 &  & \psi (x_{g})<0\\ 0 &  & \psi (x_{g})>0 \end{array}</math>
2179
|}
2180
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.65)
2181
|}
2182
2183
Note that, in this case, the characteristic function on the Gauss point takes binary values, i.e.,
2184
2185
<span id="eq-3.66"></span>
2186
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2187
|-
2188
| 
2189
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2190
|-
2191
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\tilde{\chi }_{io}\in \{ 0,1\} . </math>
2192
|}
2193
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.66)
2194
|}
2195
2196
Consequently, the constitutive tensor is restricted to <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{+}</math> and <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{-}</math> , i.e., it belongs to
2197
2198
<span id="eq-3.67"></span>
2199
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2200
|-
2201
| 
2202
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2203
|-
2204
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{C}_{io}^{\Gamma }\in \{ \mathbb{C}^{+},\mathbb{C}^{-}\}  </math>
2205
|}
2206
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.67)
2207
|}
2208
2209
and, in terms of the level-set function, is written as
2210
2211
<span id="eq-3.68"></span>
2212
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2213
|-
2214
| 
2215
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2216
|-
2217
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{C}_{io}^{\Gamma }=\begin{array}{ccc}\mathbb{C}^{+} &  & \psi (x_{g})<0\\ \mathbb{C}^{-} &  & \psi (x_{g})>0. \end{array}</math>
2218
|}
2219
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.68)
2220
|}
2221
2222
====P1-projection approach====
2223
2224
Alternatively, a <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection approach can be considered. It consists on projecting the characteristic function from <math display="inline">L^{\infty }(\Omega ,\{ 0,1\} )</math> to the smaller finite-dimensional space <math display="inline">V_{1}\subseteq L^{\infty }(\Omega ,\{ 0,1\} )</math>, composed by the <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{1}</math> Finite Element functions <math display="inline">N_{i}^{1}</math>. In mathematical terms, the <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection reads as
2225
2226
<span id="eq-3.69"></span>
2227
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2228
|-
2229
| 
2230
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2231
|-
2232
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\chi \in L^{\infty }(\Omega ,\{ 0,1\} )\quad \Rightarrow \quad \chi =\sum N_{i}^{1}\chi _{i}\in V_{1}\subseteq L^{\infty }(\Omega ,\{ 0,1\} ) </math>
2233
|}
2234
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.69)
2235
|}
2236
2237
where the values on the nodes <math display="inline">\chi _{i}</math> are determined from the nodal level-set values <math display="inline">\psi _{i}</math>, i.e.,
2238
2239
<span id="eq-3.70"></span>
2240
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2241
|-
2242
| 
2243
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2244
|-
2245
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\chi _{i}=1-H(\psi _{i}). </math>
2246
|}
2247
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.70)
2248
|}
2249
2250
Thus, since we are dealing with <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{1}</math> Finite Element functions, the value of the characteristic function on the Gauss point <math display="inline">\tilde{\chi }_{p}</math> is reduced to
2251
2252
<span id="eq-3.71"></span>
2253
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2254
|-
2255
| 
2256
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2257
|-
2258
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\tilde{\chi }_{p}=\frac{1}{3}[\chi _{1}+\chi _{2}+\chi _{3}] </math>
2259
|}
2260
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.71)
2261
|}
2262
2263
where <math display="inline">\chi _{1}</math>, <math display="inline">\chi _{2}</math> and <math display="inline">\chi _{3}</math> are the values of the characteristic function on the nodes <math display="inline">1,</math><math display="inline">2</math> and <math display="inline">3</math> of the element <math display="inline">T_{k}^{\Gamma }</math>. In the following, depending on the values of the level-set function, we examine the four different cases that may appear. Without loose of generality, we order the nodal values of the level-set function as follows: <math display="inline">\psi (x_{3})\geq \psi (x_{2})\geq \psi (x_{1})</math> where <math display="inline">x_{1}</math>, <math display="inline">x_{2}</math> and <math display="inline">x_{3}</math> are the position of the the nodes <math display="inline">1,</math><math display="inline">2</math> and <math display="inline">3</math>.
2264
2265
'''Case A:''' <math>0\geq \psi (x_{3})\geq \psi (x_{2})\geq \psi (x_{1}).</math> All the values of the level-set function are negative and consequently all the values of the characteristic function are equal to <math>1</math>, including the value on the Gauss point. This is,
2266
2267
<span id="eq-3.72"></span>
2268
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2269
|-
2270
| 
2271
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2272
|-
2273
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\chi _{1}=\chi _{2}=\chi _{3}=1\quad \Rightarrow \quad \tilde{\chi }_{p}=1. </math>
2274
|}
2275
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.72)
2276
|}
2277
2278
In fact, in this case, the element <math display="inline">T_{k}^{\Gamma }</math> is not considered an interface element.
2279
2280
'''Case B:''' <math>\psi (x_{3})\geq{0}\geq \psi (x_{2})\geq \psi (x_{1}).</math> The value of the level-set function in the node <math>3</math> is taken as positive whereas the nodes <math>1</math> and <math>2</math> remain negative. In this case, the value on the Gauss point becomes
2281
2282
<span id="eq-3.73"></span>
2283
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2284
|-
2285
| 
2286
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2287
|-
2288
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\chi _{1}=\chi _{2}=1\quad \mbox{and}\quad \chi _{3}=0\quad \Rightarrow \quad \tilde{\chi }_{p}=\frac{2}{3}. </math>
2289
|}
2290
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.73)
2291
|}
2292
2293
'''Case C:''' <math>\psi (x_{3})\geq \psi (x_{2})\geq{0}\geq \psi (x_{1}).</math> Similarly to Case B, the value of the level-set function in the nodes <math>3</math> and <math>2</math> are taken as positive whereas the node <math>1</math> remains negative. In this case, the value on the Gauss point becomes
2294
2295
<span id="eq-3.74"></span>
2296
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2297
|-
2298
| 
2299
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2300
|-
2301
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\chi _{1}=1\quad \mbox{and}\quad \chi _{2}=\chi _{3}=0\quad \Rightarrow \quad \tilde{\chi }_{p}=\frac{1}{3}. </math>
2302
|}
2303
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.74)
2304
|}
2305
2306
'''Case D:''' <math>\psi (x_{3})\geq \psi (x_{2})\geq \psi (x_{1})\geq{0.}</math> Similarly to Case A, the values of the level-set function in the nodes <math>1</math>, <math>2</math>, and <math>3</math> are taken as negative. In this case, the value on the Gauss point becomes
2307
2308
<span id="eq-3.75"></span>
2309
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2310
|-
2311
| 
2312
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2313
|-
2314
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\chi _{1}=\chi _{2}=\chi _{3}=0\quad \Rightarrow \quad \tilde{\chi }_{p}=0. </math>
2315
|}
2316
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.75)
2317
|}
2318
2319
In this case, the element <math display="inline">T_{k}^{\Gamma }</math> is also not  considered an interface element.
2320
2321
Note that, although the characteristic function has been regularized in all these cases projecting to <math display="inline">V_{1}</math>, in practice, it can only takes the following four values
2322
2323
<span id="eq-3.76"></span>
2324
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2325
|-
2326
| 
2327
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2328
|-
2329
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\tilde{\chi }_{p}\in \{ 0,\frac{1}{3},\frac{2}{3},1\}  </math>
2330
|}
2331
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.76)
2332
|}
2333
2334
and consequently, according to equation ([[#eq-3.64|3.64]]), the constitutive tensor on the interface <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }</math> is restricted to
2335
2336
<span id="eq-3.77"></span>
2337
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2338
|-
2339
| 
2340
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2341
|-
2342
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{C}_{p}^{\Gamma }\in \{ \mathbb{C}^{+},\frac{2}{3}\mathbb{C}^{+}+\frac{1}{3}\mathbb{C}^{-},\frac{1}{3}\mathbb{C}^{+}+\frac{2}{3}\mathbb{C}^{-},\mathbb{C}^{-}\} . </math>
2343
|}
2344
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.77)
2345
|}
2346
2347
===3.4.2 Mixed formulation approach ===
2348
2349
The main objective is to propose a formulation in which the interface constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }</math> can change continuously when evolving the interface.
2350
2351
==Formulation ==
2352
2353
The mixed formulation proposes to write both the equilibrium equation and the constitutive law separately in the weak form. Namely, find <math display="inline">u\in H_{0}^{1}(\Omega _{\Gamma })</math> and <math display="inline">\sigma \in L^{2}(\Omega _{\Gamma })</math> such that
2354
2355
<span id="eq-3.78"></span>
2356
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2357
|-
2358
| 
2359
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2360
|-
2361
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{rcl}{\displaystyle \int _{\Omega }}v(\nabla \cdot \sigma ) & = & 0\quad \forall \nu \in H_{0}^{1}(\Omega _{\Gamma })\\ {\displaystyle \int _{\Omega }}\mu (\sigma -\mathbb{C}:\nabla ^{s}u) & = & 0\quad \forall \mu \in L^{2}(\Omega _{\Gamma }) \end{array} </math>
2362
|}
2363
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.78)
2364
|}
2365
2366
where <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}_{ij}\in L^{\infty }(\Omega _{\Gamma })</math> are the components of constitutive tensor and the body forces have been neglected for simplicity. The test functions <math display="inline">v</math> are taken in <math display="inline">V_{1}\subset L^{2}(\Omega _{\Gamma })</math> and the test functions <math display="inline">\mu </math> are taken in <math display="inline">V_{0}\subset L^{2}(\Omega _{\Gamma }).</math> Let's recall that  the finite-dimensional space <math display="inline">V_{0}</math> and <math display="inline">V_{1}</math> are composed by the <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{0}</math> and <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{\hbox{1}}</math> Finite Element functions <math display="inline">N^{0}</math> and <math display="inline">N^{1}</math>. Regarding the unknowns <math display="inline">u</math> and <math display="inline">\sigma </math>, the displacements <math display="inline">u</math> are discretized in <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{1}</math> Finite Element functions as <math display="inline">u=u_{j}N_{j}^{1}</math> and consequently the strains <math display="inline">\varepsilon =\nabla ^{s}u</math> can be expressed as <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{0}</math> Finite Element functions <math display="inline">\varepsilon =\varepsilon _{k}N_{k}^{0}</math>. However, the stresses <math display="inline">\sigma \in </math><math display="inline">L^{2}(\Omega _{\Gamma })</math> are directly expressed in <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{0}</math> Finite Element functions as <math display="inline">\sigma =\sigma _{k}N_{k}^{0}</math>.
2367
2368
Thus, in the interface elements <math display="inline">T_{k}^{\Gamma }</math>, the second equation of ([[#eq-3.78|3.78]]) becomes
2369
2370
<span id="eq-3.79"></span>
2371
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2372
|-
2373
| 
2374
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2375
|-
2376
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>{\displaystyle \int _{T_{k}^{\Gamma }}}N_{s}^{0}N_{k}^{0}\sigma _{k}={\displaystyle \int _{T_{k}^{\Gamma }}N_{s}^{0}}(\mathbb{C}:\varepsilon _{k}N_{k}^{0}). </math>
2377
|}
2378
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.79)
2379
|}
2380
2381
Let's denote <math display="inline">\Omega _{\Gamma }</math> the volume of each interface triangular element <math display="inline">T_{k}^{\Gamma }</math> and <math display="inline">\Omega _{\Gamma }^{+}</math> and <math display="inline">\Omega _{\Gamma }^{-}</math> the subdivisions with strong and weak material obtained when the level-set function cuts the element, see Figure [[#img-12|12]].
2382
2383
<div id='img-12'></div>
2384
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
2385
|-
2386
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Interface.png|400px|The volume Ω<sub>Γ</sub> of the interface triangular element Tₖ<sup>Γ</sup> is divided into the sub-domains Ω<sub>Γ</sub>⁺ and Ω<sub>Γ</sub>⁻ with material properties \mathbbC⁺ and \mathbbC⁻ respectively.]]
2387
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
2388
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 12:''' The volume <math>\Omega _{\Gamma }</math> of the interface triangular element <math>T_{k}^{\Gamma }</math> is divided into the sub-domains <math>\Omega _{\Gamma }^{+}</math> and <math>\Omega _{\Gamma }^{-}</math> with material properties <math>\mathbb{C}^{+}</math> and <math>\mathbb{C}^{-}</math> respectively.
2389
|}
2390
2391
Since the <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{0}</math> Finite Element function <math display="inline">N_{s}^{0}</math> takes, by definition, unitary values on <math display="inline">T_{k}^{\Gamma }</math>, the above expression yields
2392
2393
<span id="eq-3.80"></span>
2394
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2395
|-
2396
| 
2397
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2398
|-
2399
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\Omega _{\Gamma }\sigma _{k}=\left(\Omega _{\Gamma }^{+}\mathbb{C}^{+}+\Omega _{\Gamma }^{-}\mathbb{C}^{-}\right):\varepsilon _{k} </math>
2400
|}
2401
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.80)
2402
|}
2403
2404
where it has been considered that the domain <math display="inline">\Omega _{\Gamma }</math> is split into <math display="inline">\Omega _{\Gamma }^{+}</math> and <math display="inline">\Omega _{\Gamma }^{-}</math>. Isolating the stresses from equation ([[#eq-3.80|3.80]]), the elementary constitutive law reads as
2405
2406
<span id="eq-3.81"></span>
2407
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2408
|-
2409
| 
2410
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2411
|-
2412
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\sigma _{k}=\left(\frac{\Omega _{\Gamma }^{+}}{\Omega _{\Gamma }}\mathbb{C}^{+}+\frac{\Omega _{\Gamma }^{-}}{\Omega _{\Gamma }}\mathbb{C}^{-}\right):\varepsilon _{k}. </math>
2413
|}
2414
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.81)
2415
|}
2416
2417
Consequently, we can naturally define, in the mixed formulation approach, the constitutive tensor of an interface element as
2418
2419
<span id="eq-3.82"></span>
2420
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2421
|-
2422
| 
2423
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2424
|-
2425
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{C}_{m}^{\Gamma }=\frac{\Omega _{\Gamma }^{+}}{\Omega _{\Gamma }}\mathbb{C}^{+}+\frac{\Omega _{\Gamma }^{-}}{\Omega _{\Gamma }}\mathbb{C}^{-}. </math>
2426
|}
2427
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.82)
2428
|}
2429
2430
Note that in the rest of elements <math display="inline">T_{k}^{+}</math> and <math display="inline">T_{k}^{-}</math>, the standard relation between stresses and strains are retrieved.
2431
2432
==Regularized characteristic function definition==
2433
2434
Then, we define the regularized characteristic function as the volume fraction of the strong material, i.e.
2435
2436
<span id="eq-3.83"></span>
2437
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2438
|-
2439
| 
2440
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2441
|-
2442
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\tilde{\chi }_{m}=\frac{\Omega _{\Gamma }^{+}}{\Omega _{\Gamma }}\in [0,1]. </math>
2443
|}
2444
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.83)
2445
|}
2446
2447
where the value of <math display="inline">\frac{\Omega _{\Gamma }^{+}}{\Omega _{\Gamma }}</math> will be determined by the zero level-set function. As a consequence of definition ([[#eq-3.83|3.83]]), we can identify the constitutive tensor of the fictitious material defined in equation ([[#eq-3.82|3.82]]) as
2448
2449
<span id="eq-3.84"></span>
2450
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2451
|-
2452
| 
2453
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2454
|-
2455
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{C}_{m}^{\Gamma }=\tilde{\chi }_{m}\mathbb{C}^{+}+(1-\tilde{\chi }_{m})\mathbb{C}^{-}. </math>
2456
|}
2457
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.84)
2458
|}
2459
2460
==Regularized characteristic function computation==
2461
2462
Following the description of the <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection, we again recognize, in the mixed formulation approach, the following four different cases for computing the regularized characteristic function:
2463
2464
'''Case A:''' <math>0\geq \psi (x_{3})\geq \psi (x_{2})\geq \psi (x_{1}).</math> Same as the <math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math> projection approach. This is
2465
2466
<span id="eq-3.85"></span>
2467
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2468
|-
2469
| 
2470
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2471
|-
2472
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \chi _{1}=\chi _{2}=\chi _{3}=1\quad \Rightarrow \tilde{\chi }_{m}=1. </math>
2473
|}
2474
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.85)
2475
|}
2476
2477
In this case, the element <math>T_{k}^{\Gamma }</math> is not  considered an interface element.
2478
2479
'''Case B:''' <math>\psi (x_{3})\geq{0}\geq \psi (x_{2})\geq \psi (x_{1}).</math> We start by computing the position of the cutting points <math>x_{13}</math> and <math>x_{23}</math> of the zero level-set function on the edges <math>13</math> and <math>12</math> (see Figure [[#img-13|13]] ).
2480
2481
<div id='img-13'></div>
2482
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
2483
|-
2484
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-TriangleCoordinates.png|600px|Representation of a material discontinuity when using a level-set ψ described by \mathbbP₁ Finite Element functions. The level-set ψ cuts the triangle in the nodes x₁₃ and x₂₃ in Case B and in the nodes x₃₁ and x₂₁ in Case C.]]
2485
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
2486
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 13:''' Representation of a material discontinuity when using a level-set <math>\psi </math> described by <math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math> Finite Element functions. The level-set <math>\psi </math> cuts the triangle in the nodes <math>x_{13}</math> and <math>x_{23}</math> in Case B and in the nodes <math>x_{31}</math> and <math>x_{21}</math> in Case C.
2487
|}
2488
2489
Since the level-set function is also defined in <math>\psi \in V_{1}</math>, the shape functions <math>N_{i}^{1}</math> restricted to the edges become a standard 1D linear shape functions. It means that the level-set function over the edge <math>13</math> can be written as
2490
2491
<span id="eq-3.86"></span>
2492
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2493
|-
2494
| 
2495
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2496
|-
2497
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \psi _{13}(x)=N_{13}(x)\psi (x_{1})+N_{31}(x)\psi (x_{3}) </math>
2498
|}
2499
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.86)
2500
|}
2501
2502
where the linear shape functions <math>N_{13}(x)</math> and <math>N_{31}(x)</math> are defined as
2503
2504
<span id="eq-3.87"></span>
2505
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2506
|-
2507
| 
2508
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2509
|-
2510
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> N_{13}(x)=\frac{x_{3}-x}{x_{3}-x_{1}}\quad \hbox{and}\quad N_{31}(x)=\frac{x-x_{1}}{x_{3}-x_{1}}. </math>
2511
|}
2512
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.87)
2513
|}
2514
2515
The cutting point <math>x_{13}</math> is, by definition, the point in which the level-set function is zero and, consequently, from equation ([[#eq-3.86|3.86]]), it becomes
2516
2517
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2518
|-
2519
| 
2520
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2521
|-
2522
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \psi (x_{13})=0\quad \Rightarrow \quad x_{13}=\frac{\psi (x_{1})}{\psi (x_{1})-\psi (x_{3})}x_{3}+\frac{\psi (x_{3})}{\psi (x_{3})-\psi (x_{1})}x_{1}. </math>
2523
|}
2524
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.88)
2525
|}
2526
2527
Thus, the vector <math>x_{13}-x_{3}</math> can be written as
2528
2529
<span id="eq-3.89"></span>
2530
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2531
|-
2532
| 
2533
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2534
|-
2535
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> x_{13}-x_{3}=\frac{\psi (x_{3})}{\psi (x_{3})-\psi (x_{1})}(x_{1}-x_{3}). </math>
2536
|}
2537
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.89)
2538
|}
2539
2540
Similarly, the vector <math>x_{23}-x_{3}</math> can be written as
2541
2542
<span id="eq-3.90"></span>
2543
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2544
|-
2545
| 
2546
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2547
|-
2548
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> x_{23}-x_{3}=\frac{\psi (x_{3})}{\psi (x_{3})-\psi (x_{2})}(x_{2}-x_{3}). </math>
2549
|}
2550
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.90)
2551
|}
2552
2553
The weighted values <math>\omega _{13}</math> and <math>\omega _{23}</math> are conveniently defined as
2554
2555
<span id="eq-3.91"></span>
2556
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2557
|-
2558
| 
2559
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2560
|-
2561
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \omega _{13}=\frac{\psi (x_{3})}{\psi (x_{3})-\psi (x_{1})}\quad \hbox{and}\quad \omega _{23}=\frac{\psi (x_{3})}{\psi (x_{3})-\psi (x_{2})}. </math>
2562
|}
2563
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.91)
2564
|}
2565
2566
Then, taking advantage of the cross product, the fraction volume of the weak part can be computed as
2567
2568
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2569
|-
2570
| 
2571
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2572
|-
2573
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \frac{\Omega _{\Gamma }^{-}}{\Omega _{\Gamma }}=\frac{\frac{1}{2}|(x_{13}-x_{3})\times (x_{23}-x_{3})|}{\frac{1}{2}|(x_{1}-x_{3})\times (x_{2}-x_{3})|} </math>
2574
|}
2575
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.92)
2576
|}
2577
2578
and after introducing equation ([[#eq-3.89|3.89]]), ([[#eq-3.90|3.90]]) and ([[#eq-3.91|3.91]]) yields
2579
2580
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2581
|-
2582
| 
2583
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2584
|-
2585
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \frac{\Omega _{\Gamma }^{-}}{\Omega _{\Gamma }}=\frac{\frac{1}{2}\omega _{13}\omega _{23}|(x_{1}-x_{3})\times (x_{2}-x_{3})|}{\frac{1}{2}|(x_{1}-x_{3})\times (x_{2}-x_{3})|}=\omega _{13}\omega _{23} </math>
2586
|}
2587
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.93)
2588
|}
2589
2590
and, consequently, the fraction volume of the strong part results in
2591
2592
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2593
|-
2594
| 
2595
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2596
|-
2597
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \frac{\Omega _{\Gamma }^{+}}{\Omega _{\Gamma }}=1-\omega _{13}\omega _{23}. </math>
2598
|}
2599
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.94)
2600
|}
2601
2602
Thus, we end up with the expression of the regularized characteristic function of the mixed formulation in terms of the level-set function as
2603
2604
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2605
|-
2606
| 
2607
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2608
|-
2609
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \tilde{\chi }_{m}=1-\frac{\psi (x_{3})}{\psi (x_{3})-\psi (x_{1})}\frac{\psi (x_{3})}{\psi (x_{3})-\psi (x_{2})}. </math>
2610
|}
2611
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.95)
2612
|}
2613
2614
'''Case C:''' <math>\psi (x_{3})\geq \psi (x_{2})\geq{0}\geq \psi (x_{1}).</math> In this case, we compute the regularized characteristic function in the same manner of Case B, only by exchanging node 3 by node 1 and the fraction volume of the strong material by the fraction volume of the weak material (see Figure [[#img-13|13]]). For this purpose, we can define conveniently the weights <math>\omega _{21}</math> and <math>\omega _{31}</math> as
2615
2616
<span id="eq-3.96"></span>
2617
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2618
|-
2619
| 
2620
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2621
|-
2622
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \omega _{21}=\frac{\psi (x_{1})}{\psi (x_{1})-\psi (x_{2})}\quad \hbox{and}\quad \omega _{31}=\frac{\psi (x_{1})}{\psi (x_{1})-\psi (x_{3})}. </math>
2623
|}
2624
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.96)
2625
|}
2626
2627
and the fraction volume of the strong part as
2628
2629
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2630
|-
2631
| 
2632
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2633
|-
2634
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \frac{\Omega _{\Gamma }^{+}}{\Omega _{\Gamma }}=\omega _{21}\omega _{31}. </math>
2635
|}
2636
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.97)
2637
|}
2638
2639
Thus, in this case the regularized characteristic function of the mixed formulation in terms of the level-set function becomes
2640
2641
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2642
|-
2643
| 
2644
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2645
|-
2646
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \tilde{\chi }_{m}=\frac{\psi (x_{1})}{\psi (x_{1})-\psi (x_{2})}\frac{\psi (x_{1})}{\psi (x_{1})-\psi (x_{3})}. </math>
2647
|}
2648
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.98)
2649
|}
2650
2651
'''Case D:''' <math>\psi (x_{3})\geq \psi (x_{2})\geq \psi (x_{1})\geq{0}</math> Same as the <math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection approach. The characteristic function takes zero value on the three nodes, i.e.,
2652
2653
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2654
|-
2655
| 
2656
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2657
|-
2658
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \chi _{1}=\chi _{2}=\chi _{3}=0\quad \Rightarrow \tilde{\chi }_{m}=0. </math>
2659
|}
2660
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.99)
2661
|}
2662
2663
In this case, the element <math>T_{k}^{\Gamma }</math> is not  considered an interface element.
2664
2665
==Comparison with other approaches==
2666
2667
In comparison with other approaches (''In or Out'' or ''<math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection'' approach), the characteristic function on the interface <math display="inline">\tilde{\chi }_{m}</math> in the mixed formulation approach evolves continuously when moving the level-set function. Thus, the characteristic function is now defined in
2668
2669
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2670
|-
2671
| 
2672
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2673
|-
2674
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\tilde{\chi }_{m}\in [0,1] </math>
2675
|}
2676
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.100)
2677
|}
2678
2679
and, in trust, the constitutive tensor in the interface can also vary continuously from <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{-}</math> to <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{+}</math>, i.e.,
2680
2681
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2682
|-
2683
| 
2684
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2685
|-
2686
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{C}_{m}^{\Gamma }\in [\mathbb{C}^{-},\mathbb{C}^{+}]. </math>
2687
|}
2688
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.101)
2689
|}
2690
2691
In Table [[#table-2|2]], we summarize and compare the treatment of the interface in terms of the characteristic function and constitutive tensor by the ''In or Out approach'', ''<math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection approach'' and ''the Mixed formulation approach''.
2692
2693
{|  class="floating_tableSCP wikitable" style="text-align: center; margin: 1em auto;min-width:50%;"
2694
|+ style="font-size: 75%;" |<span id='table-2'></span>Table. 2 Summary of the different approaches used to treat with the interface elements. In the ''Mixed formulation approach'', in contrast to the others approaches, the fictitious constitutive tensor on the interface <math>\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }</math> is allowed to evolve continuously when varying the level-set function.
2695
|-
2696
| colspan='1' style="border-right: 2px solid;border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | 
2697
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |  '''In or Out''' 
2698
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |  '''<math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection''' 
2699
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |  '''Mixed formulation '''
2700
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
2701
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   ''<math>\begin{array}{c} \mathbf{\mathbf{\hbox{Case A}}}\\ 0\geq \psi (x_{3})\geq \psi (x_{2})\geq \psi (x_{1}) \end{array}</math>'' 
2702
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\tilde{\chi }_{io}=1</math> 
2703
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\tilde{\chi }_{p}=1</math> 
2704
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\tilde{\chi }_{m}=1</math>
2705
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
2706
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   ''<math>\begin{array}{c} \mathbf{\hbox{Case B}}\\ \psi (x_{3})\geq{0}\geq \psi (x_{2})\geq \psi (x_{1}). \end{array}</math>'' 
2707
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\tilde{\chi }_{io}=1</math> 
2708
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\tilde{\chi }_{p}=\frac{2}{3}</math> 
2709
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\begin{array}{ccc} \tilde{\chi }_{m} & = & 1-\omega _{13}\omega _{23}\\ \omega _{13} & = & \frac{\psi (x_{3})}{\psi (x_{3})-\psi (x_{1})}\\ \omega _{23} & = & \frac{\psi (x_{3})}{\psi (x_{3})-\psi (x_{2})} \end{array}</math>
2710
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
2711
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   ''<math>\begin{array}{c} \mathbf{\hbox{Case C}}\\ \psi (\chi _{3})\geq \psi (\chi _{2})\geq{0}\geq \psi (\chi _{1}) \end{array}</math>'' 
2712
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\tilde{\chi }_{io}=0</math> 
2713
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\tilde{\chi }_{p}=\frac{1}{3}</math> 
2714
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\begin{array}{ccc} \tilde{\chi }_{m} & = & 1-\omega _{21}\omega _{31}\\ \omega _{21} & = & \frac{\psi (x_{1})}{\psi (x_{1})-\psi (x_{2})}\\ \omega _{31} & = & \frac{\psi (x_{1})}{\psi (x_{1})-\psi (x_{3})} \end{array}</math>
2715
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
2716
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   ''<math>\begin{array}{c} \mathbf\hbox{Case D}\\ \psi (\chi _{3})\geq \psi (\chi _{2})\geq \psi (\chi _{1})\geq{0} \end{array}</math>'' 
2717
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\tilde{\chi }_{io}=0</math> 
2718
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\tilde{\chi }_{p}=0</math> 
2719
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\tilde{\chi }_{m}=0</math>
2720
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
2721
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\tilde{\chi }\mathbf\hbox{ domain}</math> 
2722
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\tilde{\chi }_{io}\in \{ 0,1\} </math> 
2723
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\tilde{\chi }_{p}\in \{ 0,\frac{1}{3},\frac{2}{3},1\} </math> 
2724
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\tilde{\chi }_{m}\in [0,1]</math>
2725
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;border-bottom: 2px solid;"
2726
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }\mathbf\hbox{ domain}</math> 
2727
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\mathbb{C}_{io}^{\Gamma }\in \{ \mathbb{C}^{-},\mathbb{C}^{+}\} </math> 
2728
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\begin{array}{cc} \mathbb{C}_{p}^{\Gamma }\in & \{ \mathbb{C}^{+},\frac{2}{3}\mathbb{C}^{+}+\frac{1}{3}\mathbb{C}^{-},\\  & \frac{1}{3}\mathbb{C}^{+}+\frac{2}{3}\mathbb{C}^{-},\mathbb{C}^{-}\}  \end{array}</math> 
2729
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\mathbb{C}_{m}^{\Gamma }\in [\mathbb{C}^{-},\mathbb{C}^{+}]</math>
2730
2731
|}
2732
2733
====Connections between the Mixed formulation approach and the Homogenization method====
2734
2735
By examining equation ([[#eq-3.84|3.84]]), the interface constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }</math>, defined in terms of regularized characteristic function <math display="inline">\tilde{\chi }_{m}</math>, can be seen as a replacement of the black-white element by a gray element. More specifically, the material properties of the interface element is taken as a combination of the material properties of the strong and the weak material. Consequently, the interface element can be interpreted as an homogenized RVE with fraction volume <math display="inline">\tilde{\chi }_{m}</math>. This is, in fact, the approach widely used by ''Allaire'' and co-workers in the reference book <span id='citeF-3'></span>[[#cite-3|[3]]] for solving the topology optimization problem. Nevertheless, in that case, the regularized characteristic function is defined over all the domain. In order to avoid large gray areas, sophisticated techniques, like the perimeter constraint, must be considered in the homogenization approach. In contrast, we make use of the mixed formulation (or homogenization) only on the interface, with the advantage of getting black-white topologies in the major part of the elements and gray only in the interface elements <math display="inline">T_{k}^{\Gamma }</math>. Thus, the proposed mixed formulation approach can be understood as a combination of the topological derivative approach on the domain and the homogenization approach on the interface.
2736
2737
With this homogenization technique, the interface elements have fictitious properties and no more purely black-and-white problems holds. However, two different compelling arguments encourage its use. On the one hand, from the physical point of view, the fictitious material with constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }</math> can be interpreted as an homogenization of a micro-structure with fraction volume <math display="inline">\tilde{\chi }</math> when Taylor boundary conditions are applied. See the multiscale sub-section [[#2.1.3 Micro-scale equilibrium equation and boundary conditions|2.1.3]] for further information. Thus, the regularized constitutive tensor corresponds to the homogenized constitutive tensor, i.e, <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }=\mathbb{C}^{h}</math>, which can be understood in physical terms. On the other hand, from the numerical point of view, since the homogenization is only applied on the interface, as the mesh becomes finner, the gray interface measure tends to zero.
2738
2739
====Connection between the Mixed formulation with the SIMP method====
2740
2741
In addition, at this point, it is possible to relate the mixed formulation with the popular SIMP method. Instead of relating the regularized constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }</math> with the regularized characteristic function <math display="inline">\tilde{\chi }_{m}</math> linearly, as stated in equation ([[#eq-3.84|3.84]]), a polynomial relation can be used. Following the notation of ''Sigmund'' book <span id='citeF-1'></span>[[#cite-1|[1]]], it is expressed as
2742
2743
<span id="eq-3.102"></span>
2744
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2745
|-
2746
| 
2747
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2748
|-
2749
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }=\tilde{\chi }_{m}^{p}\mathbb{C}^{+}+(1-\tilde{\chi }_{m}^{p})\mathbb{C}^{-} </math>
2750
|}
2751
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.102)
2752
|}
2753
2754
where the heuristic penalization parameter is usually set to <math display="inline">p=3</math>.
2755
2756
From the physical point of view, the SIMP method does not always fulfill the Hashim-Strikman bounds <span id='citeF-1'></span>[[#cite-1|[1]]] and, consequently, the regularized constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }</math> can not be interpreted always as a homogenized constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }\ne \mathbb{C}^{h}</math>.
2757
2758
===3.4.3 Treatment of the cost function and the topological derivative on the interface===
2759
2760
At this point, the following question arises: ''how does the Mixed formulation affects the optimization problem, and more specifically, the cost and the gradient?''
2761
2762
==Implications of the mixed formulation on the cost function==
2763
2764
Regarding the cost function <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}</math>, we examine the implications of the mixed formulation when considering the compliance function. It can usually be written as the work produced by the external forces, i.e.,
2765
2766
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2767
|-
2768
| 
2769
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2770
|-
2771
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{J}={\displaystyle \int }_{\Gamma _{N}}f\tilde{u}={\displaystyle \int }_{\Omega }\nabla ^{s}\tilde{u}:\mathbb{\tilde{\mathbb{C}}}:\nabla ^{s}\tilde{u}, </math>
2772
|}
2773
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.103)
2774
|}
2775
2776
where the displacements <math display="inline">\tilde{u}\in H_{0}^{1}(\Omega )</math> are the solution of the standard equilibrium equation
2777
2778
<span id="eq-3.104"></span>
2779
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2780
|-
2781
| 
2782
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2783
|-
2784
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>{\displaystyle \int }_{\Gamma _{N}}fv={\displaystyle {\displaystyle \int }}_{\Omega }\nabla ^{s}\tilde{u}:\mathbb{\tilde{\mathbb{C}}}:\nabla ^{s}v\quad \forall v\in H_{0}^{1}(\Omega ) </math>
2785
|}
2786
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.104)
2787
|}
2788
2789
and <math display="inline">\tilde{\mathbb{C}}</math> represents the regularized constitutive tensor described in equation ([[#eq-3.62|3.62]]). Thus, the implications of the mixed formulation on the cost function rely completely on the behavior of the regularized constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }</math> on the interface elements.
2790
2791
==Implications of the mixed formulation on the topological derivative==
2792
2793
In order to study the implications of the mixed formulation on the topological derivative, we first examine the stresses <math display="inline">\sigma </math>. To simplify the notation, let's define the averaging operator <math display="inline">s</math> as
2794
2795
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2796
|-
2797
| 
2798
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2799
|-
2800
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>s(a^{+},a^{-},\tilde{\chi })=\tilde{\chi }a^{+}+(1-\tilde{\chi })a^{-} </math>
2801
|}
2802
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.105)
2803
|}
2804
2805
where <math display="inline">a^{+}</math>and <math display="inline">a^{-}</math> represent an arbitrary variable on the domain <math display="inline">\Omega ^{+}</math> and <math display="inline">\Omega ^{-}.</math> Note that, on the definition of the regularized constitutive tensor on the interface, the operator <math display="inline">s</math> has already been used as
2806
2807
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2808
|-
2809
| 
2810
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2811
|-
2812
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }=s(\mathbb{C}^{+},\mathbb{C}^{-},\tilde{\chi }). </math>
2813
|}
2814
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.106)
2815
|}
2816
2817
In addition, it can be observed that when the two first variables are equal, the averaging operator becomes the identity operator. This occurs in the case of the strains since they are constant in each element, that is
2818
2819
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2820
|-
2821
| 
2822
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2823
|-
2824
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>s(\nabla ^{s}u,\nabla ^{s}u,\tilde{\chi })=\tilde{\chi }\nabla ^{s}u+(1-\tilde{\chi })\nabla ^{s}u=\nabla ^{s}u. </math>
2825
|}
2826
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.107)
2827
|}
2828
2829
Thus, the stresses on the interface are be computed as
2830
2831
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2832
|-
2833
| 
2834
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2835
|-
2836
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\sigma ^{\Gamma }=s(\mathbb{C}^{+}:\nabla ^{s}u,\mathbb{C}^{-}:\nabla ^{s}u,\tilde{\chi })=s(\mathbb{C}^{+},\mathbb{C}^{-},\tilde{\chi }):\nabla ^{s}u=\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }\nabla ^{s}u. </math>
2837
|}
2838
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.108)
2839
|}
2840
2841
Following the definition ([[#eq-3.62|3.62]]), the stresses over all the domain will be computed as
2842
2843
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2844
|-
2845
| 
2846
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2847
|-
2848
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\tilde{\sigma }=\sigma ^{+}=\mathbb{C}^{+}:\nabla ^{s}u  \hbox{ in }T_{k}^{+}</math>
2849
|-
2850
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \sigma ^{-}=\mathbb{C}^{-}:\nabla ^{s}u  \hbox{ in }T_{k}^{-}</math>
2851
|-
2852
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \sigma ^{\Gamma }=\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }:\nabla ^{s}u  \hbox{ in }T_{k}^{\Gamma } </math>
2853
|}
2854
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.109)
2855
|}
2856
2857
Note that, although the constitutive tensor is discontinuous inside the element, this formulation entails constant value of stresses inside the element. Bearing this in mind, we recall the standard expression, proposed in <span id='citeF-66'></span>[[#cite-66|[66]]], of the topological derivative:
2858
2859
<span id="eq-3.110"></span>
2860
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2861
|-
2862
| 
2863
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2864
|-
2865
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>g=\sigma :\mathbb{P}:\nabla ^{s}u=\nabla ^{s}u:\mathbb{C}:\mathbb{P}:\nabla ^{s}u. </math>
2866
|}
2867
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.110)
2868
|}
2869
2870
In this last expression, dependency not only on the stresses <math display="inline">\sigma </math> but also on the polarization tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}</math> are observed. Thus, following the regularization of the constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}</math>, the polarization tensor can also be treated with the same operator <math display="inline">s(a^{+},a^{-},\chi )</math> in the interface. This leads to define the regularized polarization tensor as <math display="inline">\tilde{\mathbb{P}}</math> as <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}^{+}</math> in the elements <math display="inline">T_{k}^{+}</math>, <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}^{-}</math>in the elements <math display="inline">T_{k}^{+}</math> and <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}^{\Gamma }</math> in the elements <math display="inline">T_{k}^{\Gamma }</math>, i.e.,
2871
2872
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2873
|-
2874
| 
2875
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2876
|-
2877
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\tilde{\mathbb{P}}=\mathbb{P}^{+}  \hbox{ in }T_{k}^{+},</math>
2878
|-
2879
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \mathbb{P}^{-}  \hbox{ in }T_{k}^{-},</math>
2880
|-
2881
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \mathbb{P}^{\Gamma }=s(\mathbb{P}^{+},\mathbb{P}^{-},\chi )  \hbox{ in }T_{k}^{\Gamma }. </math>
2882
|}
2883
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.111)
2884
|}
2885
2886
Proceeding similarly, the regularized topological derivative <math display="inline">\tilde{g}</math>, which is also element-wise constant, is defined as follows
2887
2888
<span id="eq-3.112"></span>
2889
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2890
|-
2891
| 
2892
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2893
|-
2894
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\tilde{g}=g^{+}=\sigma ^{+}:\mathbb{P}^{+}:\nabla ^{s}u  \hbox{ in }T_{k}^{+},</math>
2895
|-
2896
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> g^{-}=\sigma ^{-}:\mathbb{P}^{-}:\nabla ^{s}u  \hbox{ in }T_{k}^{-},</math>
2897
|-
2898
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> g^{\Gamma }=s(g^{+},g^{-},\tilde{\chi })  \hbox{ in }T_{k}^{\Gamma }. </math>
2899
|}
2900
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.112)
2901
|}
2902
2903
At this point, it is worth stressing the difference between computing first the topological derivative and then applying the regularization on the interface, with regularizing both the stresses <math display="inline">\tilde{\sigma }</math> and the polarization tensor <math display="inline">\tilde{\mathbb{P}}</math> and then computing the topological derivative. This difference only appears on the boundary and is written in mathematical terms as
2904
2905
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2906
|-
2907
| 
2908
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2909
|-
2910
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>g^{\Gamma }=s(g^{+},g^{-},\tilde{\chi })\neq \sigma ^{\Gamma }:\mathbb{P}^{\Gamma }:\nabla ^{s}u=s(\sigma ^{+},\sigma ^{-},\tilde{\chi })s(\mathbb{P}^{+},\mathbb{P}^{-},\tilde{\chi }):\nabla ^{s}u. </math>
2911
|}
2912
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.113)
2913
|}
2914
2915
Since the topological derivative is the main ingredient of the optimization algorithm, it is convenient to be as accurate as possible on its computation. Thus, we choose for <math display="inline">g^{\Gamma }=s(g^{+},g^{-},\chi )</math>, instead of the described alternative, because it introduces only one regularization (instead of two).
2916
2917
For a better understanding, in Figure [[#img-14|14]], we show how the material properties <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}</math>, <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}</math> and <math display="inline">\rho </math> are evaluated in the interface elements <math display="inline">T_{k}^{\Gamma }</math>. When an element is cut by the level-set into two sub-domains (black and white), we apply the average operator to the material properties, and consequently, the black-and-white element becomes a regularized element (gray) with interpolated material properties.
2918
2919
<div id='img-14'></div>
2920
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
2921
|-
2922
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-BlackWhite2Gray.png|600px|The zero level-set line splits into two parts (a strong part in black and a weak part in white) the interface element Tₖ<sup>Γ</sup>. The material properties \mathbbC<sup>±</sup>, \mathbbP<sup>±</sup> and ρ<sup>±</sup> are regularized through an average operator s achieving intermediate values \mathbbC<sup>Γ</sup>, \mathbbP<sup>Γ</sup> and ρ<sup>Γ</sup> on the boundary. Thus, as a physical interpretation, the resulting gray element can be understood as a homogenization of an RVE with fraction volume ̃χ when applying Taylor boundary conditions.]]
2923
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
2924
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 14:''' The zero level-set line splits into two parts (a strong part in black and a weak part in white) the interface element <math>T_{k}^{\Gamma }</math>. The material properties <math>\mathbb{C}^{\pm }</math>, <math>\mathbb{P}^{\pm }</math> and <math>\rho ^{\pm }</math> are regularized through an average operator <math>s</math> achieving intermediate values <math>\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }</math>, <math>\mathbb{P}^{\Gamma }</math> and <math>\rho ^{\Gamma }</math> on the boundary. Thus, as a physical interpretation, the resulting gray element can be understood as a homogenization of an RVE with fraction volume <math>\tilde{\chi }</math> when applying Taylor boundary conditions.
2925
|}
2926
2927
In Table [[#table-3|3]], we summarize the values that the main variables of the topology optimization problem take in the strong material elements, in the weak material elements and in the interface elements.
2928
2929
{|  class="floating_tableSCP wikitable" style="text-align: center; margin: 1em auto;min-width:50%;"
2930
|+ style="font-size: 75%;" |<span id='table-3'></span>Table. 3 Summary of the practical treatment of the interface in topology optimization. The volume averaging operator <math>s(\cdot ,\cdot ,\tilde{\chi })</math>, with fraction volume on the element <math>\tilde{\chi }</math>, regularizes the corresponding discontinuous property on such element. The regularization of the constitutive tensor ''<math>\tilde{\mathbb{C}}</math>'' can be understood as an homogenization (with Taylor boundary conditions) of an RVE with fraction volume <math>\tilde{\chi }</math>, i.e. <math>\tilde{\mathbb{C}}=\mathbb{C}^{h}</math>. 
2931
|-
2932
| colspan='1' style="border-right: 2px solid;border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | 
2933
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\begin{array}{c} \hbox{Strong material}\\ \mbox{elements} \end{array}</math> 
2934
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\begin{array}{c} \hbox{Weak material}\\ \mbox{elements} \end{array}</math> 
2935
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\begin{array}{c} \hbox{Interface}\\ \mbox{elements} \end{array}</math>
2936
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
2937
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   ''Constitutive tensor <math>\tilde{\mathbb{C}}</math>'' 
2938
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\mathbb{C\hbox{+}}</math> 
2939
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\mathbb{C}^{-}</math> 
2940
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\mathbb{C}^{\Gamma }=s(\mathbb{C}^{+},\mathbb{C}^{-},\tilde{\chi })</math>
2941
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
2942
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   ''Polarization tensor <math>\tilde{\mathbb{P}}</math>'' 
2943
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\mathbb{P\hbox{+}}</math> 
2944
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\mathbb{P}^{-}</math> 
2945
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\mathbb{P}^{\Gamma }=s(\mathbb{C}^{+},\mathbb{C}^{-},\tilde{\chi })</math>
2946
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
2947
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   ''Density <math>\tilde{\rho }</math>'' 
2948
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\rho ^{+}</math> 
2949
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\rho ^{-}</math> 
2950
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\rho ^{\Gamma }=s(\rho ^{+},\rho ^{-},\tilde{\chi })</math>
2951
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
2952
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   ''Displacement (with <math>\tilde{\mathbb{C}}</math>) '' 
2953
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\tilde{u}</math> 
2954
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\tilde{u}</math> 
2955
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\tilde{u}</math>
2956
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
2957
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   ''Strains ''<math>\nabla ^{s}\tilde{u}</math> 
2958
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\nabla ^{s}\tilde{u}</math> 
2959
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\nabla ^{s}\tilde{u}</math> 
2960
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\nabla ^{s}\tilde{u}</math>
2961
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
2962
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   ''Stresses <math>\tilde{\sigma }</math>'' 
2963
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\sigma ^{+}=\mathbb{C}^{+}:\nabla ^{s}u</math> 
2964
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\sigma ^{-}=\mathbb{C}^{-}:\nabla ^{s}u</math> 
2965
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\sigma ^{\Gamma }=s(\sigma ^{+},\mathbb{\sigma }^{-},\tilde{\chi })</math>
2966
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
2967
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   ''Compliance'' ''' <math>f\tilde{u}</math>''' 
2968
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |  '''<math>f\tilde{u}</math>''' 
2969
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>f\tilde{u}</math> 
2970
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>f\tilde{u}</math>
2971
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;border-bottom: 2px solid;"
2972
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   ''Topological derivative ''<math>\tilde{g}</math> 
2973
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\begin{array}{c} g^{+}=\sigma ^{+}:\mathbb{P}^{+}:\nabla ^{s}u\end{array}</math> 
2974
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\begin{array}{c} g^{-}=\sigma ^{-}:\mathbb{P}^{-}:\nabla ^{s}u\end{array}</math> 
2975
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>g^{\Gamma }=s(g^{+},g^{-},\tilde{\chi })</math>
2976
2977
|}
2978
2979
==3.5 Analysis of the ''Mixed formulation'' approach in topology optimization==
2980
2981
In order to show the numerical improvements of the ''Mixed formulation'' on the slerp algorithm, we present the following two numerical examples:
2982
2983
* A singular triangular element example to analyze the implications of the ''Mixed formulation'' on the regularized characteristic function.
2984
* A full domain example to analyze the implications of the ''Mixed formulation'' on the cost function and the topological derivative.
2985
2986
===3.5.1 The mixed formulation approach in a single triangular element===
2987
2988
Let's consider the interface triangular element delimited by the nodes <math display="inline">x_{1}=(\sqrt{1-0.5^{2}},1.5)</math>, <math display="inline">x_{2}=(2+\sqrt{1-0.5^{2}},-0.5)</math> and <math display="inline">x_{3}=(0,0)</math> represented in Figure [[#img-13|13]].
2989
2990
The level-set function is defined in <math display="inline">\psi \in V_{1}</math> and its nodal values evolve following the given law
2991
2992
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
2993
|-
2994
| 
2995
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
2996
|-
2997
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\psi (x_{1})=\psi _{1}==t-1,\quad \psi (x_{2})=\psi _{2}=t-0.5\quad \hbox{and}\quad \psi (x_{3})=\psi _{3}=t </math>
2998
|}
2999
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.114)
3000
|}
3001
3002
where <math display="inline">t\in [0,1]</math> represents the level-set evolving parameter. Note that, it fulfills <math display="inline">\psi (x_{3})\geq \psi (x_{2})\geq \psi (x_{1})</math>. By increasing parameter <math display="inline">t</math>, the different cases described in sub-section [[#3.4.2 Mixed formulation approach |3.4.2]] are retrieved. More specifically:
3003
3004
==Case A==
3005
3006
Imposing <math display="inline">t=0</math>, the condition <math display="inline">0\geq \psi (x_{3})\geq \psi (x_{2})\geq \psi (x_{1})</math> is fulfilled. In this case, since the level-set is all negative, the element is full of strong material.
3007
3008
==Case B==
3009
3010
The condition <math display="inline">\psi (x_{3})\geq{0}\geq \psi (x_{2})\geq \psi (x_{1})</math> is satisfied by means of considering <math display="inline">0<t\leq{0.5}</math>. In this case, an inner triangle of the weak material appears.
3011
3012
==Case C==
3013
3014
Considering <math display="inline">0.5<t\leq{1}</math>, the nodal level-set function satisfies <math display="inline">\psi (x_{3})\geq \psi (x_{2})\geq{0}\geq \psi (x_{1})</math>. In this case, an inner triangle of the strong material appears.
3015
3016
==Case D==
3017
3018
When <math display="inline">t=1</math>, the level-set function is full positive, i.e. <math display="inline">\psi (x_{3})\geq \psi (x_{2})\geq \psi (x_{1})\geq{0}</math> . In this case, the element is full of weak material.
3019
3020
The three different approaches (''In or Out'', ''<math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection'' and ''Mixed formulation'') described in sub-section ([[#3.4.2 Mixed formulation approach |3.4.2]] ) are used to compute the corresponding characteristic functions on the interface (<math display="inline">\tilde{\chi }_{io}</math>, <math display="inline">\tilde{\chi }_{p}</math> and <math display="inline">\tilde{\chi }_{m}</math>). In Figure [[#img-15|15]], we represent the possible different characteristic functions when varying the evolving level-set parameter <math display="inline">t</math>.
3021
3022
<div id='img-15'></div>
3023
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
3024
|-
3025
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-TriLevelSetAdvancing.png|600px|Variation of the regularized characteristic function when varying the level-set function. The evolving level-set parameter t makes the level-set function evolve along the element leading to Cases A, B, C and D. The regularized characteristic function computed in this cases by the different approaches (In or Out ̃χ<sub>io</sub>, \mathbbP₁-projection ̃χₚ, Mixed Formulation ̃χₘ) is represented. The Mixed Formulation approach, in contrast to the others approaches, presents a continuous variation of the regularized characteristic function ̃χₘ when varying the level-set function ψ. ]]
3026
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
3027
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 15:''' Variation of the regularized characteristic function when varying the level-set function. The evolving level-set parameter <math>t</math> makes the level-set function evolve along the element leading to Cases A, B, C and D. The regularized characteristic function computed in this cases by the different approaches (In or Out <math>\tilde{\chi }_{io}</math>, <math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection <math>\tilde{\chi }_{p}</math>, Mixed Formulation <math>\tilde{\chi }_{m}</math>) is represented. The Mixed Formulation approach, in contrast to the others approaches, presents a continuous variation of the regularized characteristic function <math>\tilde{\chi }_{m}</math> when varying the level-set function <math>\psi </math>. 
3028
|}
3029
3030
The ''In or Out ''approach, in comparison with the ''<math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection ''approach, presents a more substantial discontinuity in the characteristic function when evolving the level-set function. However, in both approaches, the characteristic function behaves as a step function while the ''Mixed formulation'' presents a significant larger smoothness. Certainly, the proposed methodology allows obtaining a continuous variation of the characteristic function when evolving the level-set function.
3031
3032
===3.5.2 The mixed formulation approach in a full domain example===
3033
3034
Let's consider a <math display="inline">1</math>x<math display="inline">1</math> microscopic domain <math display="inline">\Omega _{\mu }</math> discretized with a regular mesh of <math display="inline">6400</math> triangle elements and the elastic parameters of the strong material defined as <math display="inline">E_{\mu }=1,</math> <math display="inline">\nu _{\mu }=0.3</math>. The weak material takes a factor <math display="inline">\gamma=0.001</math> of the Young modulus and the same Poisson ratio. The level-set function is parametrized evolving level-set parameter <math display="inline">t</math> as
3035
3036
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3037
|-
3038
| 
3039
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3040
|-
3041
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\psi =\cos (\pi (x-x0))^{2}\cos (\pi (y-x0))^{2}-t </math>
3042
|}
3043
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.115)
3044
|}
3045
3046
where <math display="inline">x_{0}=0.5</math> and <math display="inline">y_{0}=0.5</math> stand for the center of the circumference represented in Figure ([[#img-16|16]]).
3047
3048
<div id='img-16'></div>
3049
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
3050
|-
3051
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-LevelSetAdvancing.png|600px|Representation of the level-set evolution, up to the red line, on a micro-structure domain. The change of the compliance, volume and topological derivative (in the blue node) is analyzed when moving the level-set. ]]
3052
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
3053
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 16:''' Representation of the level-set evolution, up to the red line, on a micro-structure domain. The change of the compliance, volume and topological derivative (in the blue node) is analyzed when moving the level-set. 
3054
|}
3055
3056
The evolving level-set parameter takes values in <math display="inline">t\in [0.5-\epsilon ,0.5+\epsilon ]</math> where <math display="inline">\epsilon=2\cdot{10}^{-2}</math> and it is discretized in <math display="inline">100</math> intervals. The proposed evolution produces a change of the circumference radius <math display="inline">r</math> in the interval <math display="inline">r\in [0.25,0.257]</math>, large enough to advance up to more than an element.
3057
3058
The objective of the example is to examine how the ''Mixed formulation'' approach, in comparison with the ''In or Out'' and ''<math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection'' approaches, affects the compliance, the volume and the topological derivative when evolving the level-set function.
3059
3060
Regarding the compliance, following equation (eq: compliance micro), it is defined as
3061
3062
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3063
|-
3064
| 
3065
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3066
|-
3067
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{J}(\tilde{\chi })=\sigma :\left(\mathbb{C}^{h}(\tilde{\chi })\right)^{-1}:\sigma  </math>
3068
|}
3069
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.116)
3070
|}
3071
3072
where the macroscopic stresses are taken as <math display="inline">\sigma =\bigl[\begin{array}{rcl} 0 & 0 & 1\end{array}\bigr]^{T}</math>. In Figure [[#img-17|17]], we can observe the different behavior between the compliance using the ''Mixed formulation'' approach <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}(\tilde{\chi }_{m})</math> and the compliance using the ''In or Out'' <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}(\tilde{\chi }_{io})</math> and ''<math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection'' <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}(\tilde{\chi }_{p})</math> approaches. The ''Mixed formulation'' approach presents a continuous behavior whereas the ''In or Out'' and ''<math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection'' approaches lead to discontinuities.
3073
3074
<div id='img-17'></div>
3075
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
3076
|-
3077
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-ComplianceVsRadiusMixedFormulation.png|600px|Compliance function change when evolving the level-set function. The compliance using the ''Mixed formulation'' approach \mathcalJ(̃χₘ) presents a continuous behavior whereas the compliance using the ''In or Out'' \mathcalJ(̃χ<sub>io</sub>) and ''\mathbbP₁-projection'' \mathcalJ(̃χₚ) approaches lead to discontinuities. ]]
3078
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
3079
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 17:''' Compliance function change when evolving the level-set function. The compliance using the ''Mixed formulation'' approach <math>\mathcal{J}(\tilde{\chi }_{m})</math> presents a continuous behavior whereas the compliance using the ''In or Out'' <math>\mathcal{J}(\tilde{\chi }_{io})</math> and ''<math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection'' <math>\mathcal{J}(\tilde{\chi }_{p})</math> approaches lead to discontinuities. 
3080
|}
3081
3082
Regarding the volume, following equation ([[#eq-3.10|3.10]]), it is defined as
3083
3084
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3085
|-
3086
| 
3087
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3088
|-
3089
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>V(\tilde{\chi })=\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\tilde{\chi }. </math>
3090
|}
3091
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.117)
3092
|}
3093
3094
In Figure [[#img-18|18]], we can observe again that the volume using the ''Mixed formulation'' <math display="inline">V(\tilde{\chi }_{m})</math> behaves continuously whereas the volume using the ''In or Out'' <math display="inline">V(\tilde{\chi }_{io})</math> and ''<math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection'' <math display="inline">V(\tilde{\chi }_{p})</math> lead to discontinuities.
3095
3096
<div id='img-18'></div>
3097
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
3098
|-
3099
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-VolumeVsRadiusMixedFormulation.png|600px|Volume function change when evolving the level-set function. The volume using the ''Mixed formulation'' approach V(̃χₘ) presents a continuous behavior whereas the volume using the ''In or Out'' V(̃χ<sub>io</sub>) and ''\mathbbP₁-projection'' V(̃χₚ) approaches lead to discontinuities. ]]
3100
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
3101
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 18:''' Volume function change when evolving the level-set function. The volume using the ''Mixed formulation'' approach <math>V(\tilde{\chi }_{m})</math> presents a continuous behavior whereas the volume using the ''In or Out'' <math>V(\tilde{\chi }_{io})</math> and ''<math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection'' <math>V(\tilde{\chi }_{p})</math> approaches lead to discontinuities. 
3102
|}
3103
3104
Finally, the topological derivative of the compliance in the node marked in Figure ([[#img-16|16]]) is also considered. Following equation ([[#eq-3.112|3.112]]), it is defined in the ''Mixed formulation'' as
3105
3106
<span id="eq-3.118"></span>
3107
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3108
|-
3109
| 
3110
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3111
|-
3112
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>g(\tilde{\chi }_{m})=g^{+}=\sigma _{\mu }^{+}:\mathbb{P}^{+}:\nabla ^{s}u_{\mu }  \hbox{ in }T_{k}^{+},</math>
3113
|-
3114
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> g^{-}=\sigma _{\mu }^{-}:\mathbb{P}^{-}:\nabla ^{s}u_{\mu }  \hbox{ in }T_{k}^{-},</math>
3115
|-
3116
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> g^{\Gamma }=s(g^{+},g^{-},\tilde{\chi }_{m})  \hbox{ in }T_{k}^{\Gamma }. </math>
3117
|}
3118
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.118)
3119
|}
3120
3121
and in the ''In or Out'' and ''<math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection'' approach as
3122
3123
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3124
|-
3125
| 
3126
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3127
|-
3128
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>g(\tilde{\chi }_{io})=\sigma (\tilde{\chi }_{io}):\mathbb{P}(\tilde{\chi }_{io}):\nabla ^{s}u\quad \hbox{and}\quad g(\tilde{\chi }_{p})=\sigma (\tilde{\chi }_{p}):\mathbb{P}(\tilde{\chi }_{p}):\nabla ^{s}u. </math>
3129
|}
3130
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.119)
3131
|}
3132
3133
Similarly, In Figure [[#img-18|18]], we can observe again that the topological derivative using the ''Mixed formulation'' <math display="inline">g(\tilde{\chi }_{m})</math> behaves continuously whereas the topological derivative using the ''In or Out'' <math display="inline">g(\tilde{\chi }_{io})</math> and ''<math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection'' <math display="inline">g(\tilde{\chi }_{p})</math> lead to discontinuities.
3134
3135
<div id='img-19'></div>
3136
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
3137
|-
3138
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-GradientVsRadiusMixedFormulation.png|600px|Topological derivative change when evolving the level-set function. The topological derivative using the ''Mixed formulation'' approach g(̃χₘ) presents a continuous behavior whereas the topological derivative using the ''In or Out'' g(̃χ<sub>io</sub>) and ''\mathbbP₁-projection'' g(̃χₚ) approaches lead to discontinuities. ]]
3139
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
3140
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 19:''' Topological derivative change when evolving the level-set function. The topological derivative using the ''Mixed formulation'' approach <math>g(\tilde{\chi }_{m})</math> presents a continuous behavior whereas the topological derivative using the ''In or Out'' <math>g(\tilde{\chi }_{io})</math> and ''<math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection'' <math>g(\tilde{\chi }_{p})</math> approaches lead to discontinuities. 
3141
|}
3142
3143
Thus, it seems that the improvements of the ''Mixed Formulation ''on the regularity of the characteristic function shown in the last single triangular element example result in a significant improvements on the regularity of the compliance, volume and topological derivative, evidenced in this full domain example.
3144
3145
==3.6 Element-to-node regularization of the topological derivative==
3146
3147
In the Augmented Lagrangian Slerp algorithm detailed in Algorithm [[#algorithm-1|1]], an inconsistency appears in the update of the level-set function in equation ([[#eq-3.33|3.33]]). According to expression ([[#eq-3.110|3.110]]), the topological derivative <math display="inline">g</math> depends directly on the stresses and strains, and consequently, is defined element-wise constant, this is, <math display="inline">g\in V_{0}</math>. Clearly, this kind of functions are not continuous <math display="inline">C(\Omega ,\mathbb{R}\hbox{)}</math> which is, in fact, the requirement for updating the level-set function <math display="inline">\psi </math>. Thus, updating the continuous level-set function can not be done by a combination of discontinuous element functions (<math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{0}</math> Finite Element functions in this case). As a remedy, a element-to-nodal regularization is considered.
3148
3149
Following the reference <span id='citeF-79'></span>[[#cite-79|[79]]], it can be formulated in optimization terms as, find the unique <math display="inline">\hat{g}(x)\in V_{1}\subseteq C(\Omega ,\mathbb{R}\hbox{)}</math> such that it minimizes its difference with <math display="inline">g(x)\in \mathbb{V}_{0}\not \subseteq C(\Omega ,\mathbb{R}\hbox{)}</math> in <math display="inline">L^{2}</math> norm. More precisely,
3150
3151
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3152
|-
3153
| 
3154
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3155
|-
3156
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{cc}\underset{\hat{g}\in \mathbb{P}_{1}}{\hbox{minimize}} & \Pi (\hat{g})=\frac{1}{2}\left(\hat{g}-g,\hat{g}-g\right)_{L^{2}}.\end{array} </math>
3157
|}
3158
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.120)
3159
|}
3160
3161
Imposing that the Gateaux derivative of the functional <math display="inline">\Pi (\hat{g})</math> on the <math display="inline">\eta \in \mathbb{P}_{1}</math> direction is zero, we obtain
3162
3163
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3164
|-
3165
| 
3166
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3167
|-
3168
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{rcl}\delta \Pi (\hat{g},\eta ) & = & \frac{1}{2}\left(\eta ,\hat{g}-g\right)_{L^{2}}+\frac{1}{2}\left(\eta{-}g,\hat{g}\right)_{L^{2}}\\  & = & \left(\eta ,\hat{g}-g\right)_{L^{2}}=0 \end{array} </math>
3169
|}
3170
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.121)
3171
|}
3172
3173
where we have taken advantage of the symmetry property of the scalar product. Thus,
3174
3175
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3176
|-
3177
| 
3178
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3179
|-
3180
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left(\eta ,\hat{g}\right)_{L^{2}}=\left(\eta ,g\right)\quad \forall \eta \in \mathbb{P}_{1} </math>
3181
|}
3182
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.122)
3183
|}
3184
3185
The discrete form of the above equation can be rewritten as
3186
3187
<span id="eq-3.123"></span>
3188
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3189
|-
3190
| 
3191
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3192
|-
3193
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\sum _{k=1}^{K}{\displaystyle \int _{T_{k}}}\eta \hat{g}^{h}=\sum _{k=1}^{K^{+}}{\displaystyle \int _{T_{k}}}\eta g^{h}=\sum _{k=1}^{K}{\displaystyle g^{h}\int _{T_{k}}}\eta  </math>
3194
|}
3195
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.123)
3196
|}
3197
3198
since the topological derivative <math display="inline">g_{h}</math> is element constant. Rewriting the discrete continuous topological derivative <math display="inline">\hat{g}^{h}</math> in terms of the basis function <math display="inline">N_{i}\in \mathbb{P}_{1}</math> , the <math display="inline">g^{h}</math> in terms of the basis <math display="inline">N_{k}^{0}\in \mathbb{P}_{0}</math> and taking <math display="inline">\eta </math> as all possible <math display="inline">N_{i}</math> basis function, equation ([[#eq-3.123|3.123]]) becomes
3199
3200
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3201
|-
3202
| 
3203
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3204
|-
3205
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\underbrace{\left(\sum _{k=1}^{K}{\displaystyle \int _{T_{k}}}N_{i}^{1}N_{j}^{1}\right)}_{M_{ij}}\hat{g}_{j}^{h}=\sum _{k=1}^{K}{\displaystyle g_{k}^{h}\int _{T_{k}}\underbrace{N_{k}^{0}}_{1}}N_{i}^{1}=\underbrace{\sum _{k=1}^{K}{\displaystyle g_{k}^{h}\int _{T_{k}}}N_{i}^{1}}_{F_{i}} </math>
3206
|}
3207
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.124)
3208
|}
3209
3210
which in matrix form is written as
3211
3212
<span id="eq-3.125"></span>
3213
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3214
|-
3215
| 
3216
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3217
|-
3218
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>M_{ij}\hat{g}_{j}^{h}=F_{i}. </math>
3219
|}
3220
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.125)
3221
|}
3222
3223
Note that the system of equation ([[#eq-3.125|3.125]]) has been solved by using the <math display="inline">L^{2}</math> norm. Considering the <math display="inline">H^{1}</math> norm is also possible. In practice, it consists on solving a similar system of equation by adding the stiffness matrix.
3224
3225
This element-to-nodal regularization has other names in the literature like least-square <math display="inline">L^{2}</math> projection <span id='citeF-79'></span>[[#cite-79|[79]]] or like Clément Finite Element interpolation <span id='citeF-80'></span>[[#cite-80|[80]]].
3226
3227
Although certain accuracy is lost due to the smoothing operator, the level-set updating of the slerp algorithm, described in equation equation ([[#eq-3.33|3.33]]), is now possible.
3228
3229
==3.7 Representative examples of the topological derivative for the macro-scale and the micro-scale==
3230
3231
Before plunging into the details of the multi-scale topological optimization problem and in order to show all the tools explained until now, we present some results of the topological derivative approach applied to the macroscopic and microscopic topology optimization problems. On the one hand, it shows the capacity of the method. On the other hand, we can observe the behavior of the slerp algorithm when using the ''Mixed formulation''.
3232
3233
===3.7.1 Representative macroscopic example===
3234
3235
As a representative macroscopic example, we focus on the Bridge example since it clearly shows the scope of the topology optimization techniques. In Figure [[#img-20|20]], it is represented, on the left, the model to be solved by the topology optimization algorithm and, on the right, a real case solution.
3236
3237
<div id='img-20'></div>
3238
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
3239
|-
3240
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-BridgeProblemReality.png|600px|Bridge topology optimization problem. On the left, sketch of the applied displacement boundary conditions and forces. On the right, inverted suspension bridge topology proposed by civil engineers after years of experience. ]]
3241
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
3242
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 20:''' Bridge topology optimization problem. On the left, sketch of the applied displacement boundary conditions and forces. On the right, inverted suspension bridge topology proposed by civil engineers after years of experience. 
3243
|}
3244
3245
Recalling the topology optimization problem, it is commonly stated on the macro-scale as
3246
3247
<span id="eq-3.126"></span>
3248
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3249
|-
3250
| 
3251
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3252
|-
3253
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{cc}\underset{\chi }{\hbox{minimize}} & l(u_{\chi })\\ \hbox{ subjected to:} & \int _{\Omega }\chi{-}V=0. \end{array} </math>
3254
|}
3255
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.126)
3256
|}
3257
3258
where <math display="inline">\chi \in L^{\infty }(\Omega )</math> stands for the characteristic function and <math display="inline">u_{\chi }\in H_{0}^{1}(\Omega )</math> is the displacement solution of the bilinear form
3259
3260
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3261
|-
3262
| 
3263
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3264
|-
3265
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>a(u,v,\chi )=l(v)\quad \forall v\in H_{0}^{1}(\Omega ) </math>
3266
|}
3267
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.127)
3268
|}
3269
3270
where the left and right hand side are given by
3271
3272
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3273
|-
3274
| 
3275
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3276
|-
3277
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>a(u,v,\chi )={\displaystyle {\displaystyle \int _{\Omega }}}\chi \nabla ^{s}u:\mathbb{C}:\nabla ^{s}u\quad \hbox{and}\quad l(v)={\displaystyle {\displaystyle \int _{\Gamma }fu}} </math>
3278
|}
3279
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.128)
3280
|}
3281
3282
where <math display="inline">f\in H^{-\frac{1}{2}}(\Gamma )</math> represents the external boundary forces.
3283
3284
According to Figure ([[#img-20|20]]), the high <math display="inline">H</math> and length <math display="inline">L</math> of the domain is set to <math display="inline">H=2</math> and <math display="inline">L=6</math>. It is discretized by means of an unstructured mesh of <math display="inline">19456</math> <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{\hbox{1}}</math> Finite Elements. The parameter <math display="inline">a</math>, <math display="inline">b</math> and <math display="inline">c</math> are taken as <math display="inline">a=0.3</math>, <math display="inline">b=0</math> and <math display="inline">c=1</math>. The distributed force <math display="inline">q</math> is taken unitary and the fraction volume <math display="inline">V=0.2</math>, the penalty parameter as <math display="inline">\rho=0.01</math> , the tolerance for the stopping criteria <math display="inline">\epsilon _{\theta }=1\hbox{º}</math> and the volume constraint tolerance <math display="inline">Tol<0.001</math>. Regarding the material properties, the elastic parameters are <math display="inline">E=1,</math> <math display="inline">\nu=0.3</math>, and the contrast parameter for the topological derivative is <math display="inline">\gamma=0.001.</math>
3285
3286
Figure [[#img-21|21]] shows different topologies obtained during the convergence process of the slerp algorithm. Certainly, the free-of-grays intermediate and final topologies evidence the suitability of using topological derivative in conjunction with a level-set function. In addition, the characteristic function presents no checkerboard instabilities.
3287
3288
<div id='img-21'></div>
3289
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
3290
|-
3291
|
3292
{|  style="text-align: center; margin: 1em auto;min-width:50%;width:100%;"
3293
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
3294
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   [[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-BridgeSimetric-1_macroNoir.png|300px|figures/BridgeSimetric-1_macroNoir]]
3295
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |  [[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-BridgeSimetric-2_macro.png|300px|figures/BridgeSimetric-2_macro]]
3296
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |  [[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-BridgeSimetric-3_macro.png|300px|figures/BridgeSimetric-3_macro]]
3297
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
3298
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   Iteration 1 
3299
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |  Iteration 5 
3300
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |  Iteration 15
3301
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
3302
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   [[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-BridgeSimetric-4_macro.png|300px|figures/BridgeSimetric-4_macro]]
3303
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |  [[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-BridgeSimetric-5_macro.png|300px|figures/BridgeSimetric-5_macro]]
3304
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |  [[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-BridgeSimetric-7_macro.png|300px|figures/BridgeSimetric-7_macro]]
3305
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;border-bottom: 2px solid;"
3306
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   Iteration 35 
3307
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |  Iteration 70 
3308
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |  Iteration 130
3309
3310
|}
3311
3312
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
3313
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 21:''' Bridge topology optimization problem. Topology representation of the initial, intermediate and final iterations. Note the similarity between the optimal topology computationally designed and the topology proposed by the industry (shown in Figure [[#img-20|20]]). 
3314
|}
3315
3316
It is remarkable how the topological optimization solution takes only few minutes by a standard PC and looks very similar to the one in Figure ([[#img-21|21]]).
3317
3318
===3.7.2 Representative microscopic examples===
3319
3320
Let's consider the micro-scale topology optimization problem as a second example to show the potential of the proposed methodology. The topology optimization problem is written as
3321
3322
<span id="eq-3.129"></span>
3323
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3324
|-
3325
| 
3326
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3327
|-
3328
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{cc}\underset{\chi _{\mu }}{\hbox{minimize}} & \sigma :\mathbb{C}_{h}^{-1}(\chi _{\mu }):\sigma \\ \hbox{ subjected to:} & \int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\chi _{\mu }=V_{\mu } \end{array} </math>
3329
|}
3330
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (3.129)
3331
|}
3332
3333
where <math display="inline">V_{\mu }</math> is the RVE solid-volume, <math display="inline">\sigma </math> stands for the given unit norm macroscopic stress tensor and <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}_{h}</math> is the homogenized constitutive tensor defined in equation ([[#eq-2.40|2.40]]).
3334
3335
As a matter of example, three different cases are computed. In all of them, the initial topology is selected as in <span id='citeF-27'></span>[[#cite-27|[27]]], the initial Lagrange multiplier is <math display="inline">\lambda _{0}=0</math>, the final solid-volume is <math display="inline">V_{\mu }=0.6</math>, the elastic parameters are <math display="inline">E_{\mu }=1,</math> <math display="inline">\nu _{\mu }=0.3</math>, the contrast parameter is <math display="inline">\gamma=0.001</math> and the penalty is chosen <math display="inline">\rho=1</math>. The RVE is selected squared and it is discretized by a structured mesh of <math display="inline">6400</math> <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{\hbox{1}}</math> Finite Elements. The algorithm stops when <math display="inline">\epsilon _{\theta }<1^{o}</math> and the volume constraint tolerance <math display="inline">Tol<0.001</math>. The following three cases are studied (in Voight notation):
3336
3337
* Uni-axial horizontal stress-state: <math display="inline">\sigma =\bigl[\begin{array}{rcl} 1 & 0 & 0\end{array}\bigr]^{T}</math>
3338
* Shear stress-state: <math display="inline">\sigma =\bigl[\begin{array}{rcl} 0 & 0 & 1\end{array}\bigr]^{T}</math>
3339
* Bulk stress-state: <math display="inline">\sigma =\bigl[\begin{array}{rcl} 1 & 1 & 0\end{array}\bigr]^{T}</math>
3340
3341
The obtained optimal topologies are presented in Figure Horizontal, shear, bulk.
3342
3343
<div id='img-22a'></div>
3344
<div id='img-22b'></div>
3345
<div id='img-22'></div>
3346
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
3347
|-
3348
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Figure4.png|600px|Horizontal, Shear and Bulk stress-state optimal RVE topologies]]
3349
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
3350
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 22:''' Horizontal, Shear and Bulk stress-state optimal RVE topologies
3351
|}
3352
3353
The evolution of the compliance, the volume, the angle <math display="inline">\theta </math> and the Lagrange multiplier along the iterations are depicted in Figure F_obj,theta,lambda,volum for bulk, horiz, shear.
3354
3355
<div id='img-23a'></div>
3356
<div id='img-23b'></div>
3357
<div id='img-23c'></div>
3358
<div id='img-23d'></div>
3359
<div id='img-23e'></div>
3360
<div id='img-23'></div>
3361
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
3362
|-
3363
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-CostMicros.png|600px|]]
3364
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-VolumeMicros.png|600px|]]
3365
|-
3366
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-LambdaMicros.png|600px|]]
3367
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-thetaMicros.png|600px|Relevant information evolution along the iterative process]]
3368
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
3369
| colspan="2" | '''Figure 23:''' Relevant information evolution along the iterative process
3370
|}
3371
3372
The presented curves show the standard behavior of the variables when solving a topology optimization problem.
3373
3374
Finally, in order to show the effect of the ''Mixed formulation'' on a real optimization example, we show in Figure ([[#img-24|24]]) the behavior of the cost function in terms of the line search parameter <math display="inline">\kappa </math> in the first iteration of the Shear case when <math display="inline">\lambda _{0}=8</math>.
3375
3376
<div id='img-24'></div>
3377
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
3378
|-
3379
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Compliance_LineSearch.png|600px|]]
3380
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Compliance_LineSearchZoom.png|600px|The ''Mixed formulation'', in comparison to ''In or Out'' and ''\mathbbP₁-projection'', does not add spurious local minima when determining the line search parameter κ]]
3381
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
3382
| colspan="2" | '''Figure 24:''' The ''Mixed formulation'', in comparison to ''In or Out'' and ''<math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection'', does not add spurious local minima when determining the line search parameter <math>\kappa </math>
3383
|}
3384
3385
Note that how the oscillations the ''In or Out'' and ''<math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection ''introduce many local spurious minimums, making the line-search parameter difficult to determine.
3386
3387
In addition, as it has been mentioned before, the stopping criteria depends on the angle <math display="inline">\theta </math> and, in turn, in the parallelism between the level-set function <math display="inline">\psi </math> and the topological derivative <math display="inline">g</math>. Since the level-set function is defined continuously <math display="inline">\psi \in C(\Omega ,\mathbb{R})</math>, the discontinuity of the topological derivative when using the ''In or Out'' and ''<math>\mathbb{P}_{1}</math>-projection ''approaches introduces large values on the the angle <math display="inline">\theta </math>, and consequently, difficulties on convergence, specially in cases with large variations of the topology (Bulk case). In the literature, see <span id='citeF-49'></span>[[#cite-49|[49]]], this problem is alleviated by re-meshing. In contrast, the ''Mixed Formulation ''approach may obtain small values of the angle <math display="inline">\theta </math> with no use of re-meshing. It is worth stressing that, in comparison with re-meshing, the additional computational cost when using the ''Mixed Formulation ''approach is negligible, only simple operations of the nodal level-set values must be computed. From the computational point of view, this fact represents the main contribution of the ''Mixed Formulation'' approach.
3388
3389
==3.8 Summary and conclusions==
3390
3391
As a summary, we outline the main work of this chapter. We have first introduced the optimality conditions for the topology optimization problem. Then, we have described the topological derivative for the macro and micro-scale in the case of isotropic materials, its mathematical and physical interpretation and the algorithm that must be used for solving the topology optimization problem. In addition, we have proposed the ''Mixed formulation'' approach as an alternative procedure of the interface treatment. Two numerical tests have evidenced the improvement on the continuity of the topology optimization variables. Additionally, we have also described the element-to-nodal operator necessary for using the topology optimization algorithm. Finally, we have presented a macroscopic and a microscopic numerical examples in order to show the behavior of all the numerical tools explained in this chapter.
3392
3393
As a conclusion of this chapter, in view of the two numerical test (level-set advancing in a single triangle and level-set advancing in a micro-structure domain), we can conclude that with the ''Mixed formulation ,'' in comparison with the approaches presented in the literature, we have increased the regularity of the compliance, the volume and the topological derivative. As seen in Figure [[#img-24|24]], this progress translates into two advantages: on the one hand, the choice of the line search parameter is exempt of spurious local minimizers; on the other hand, in contrast to other works in the literature, the re-meshing technique is no longer necessary to reach the convergence criterion <math display="inline">\theta{<\epsilon}_{\theta }</math> . This fact represents the main contribution of this chapter. In addition, unlike the SIMP method, no additional parameter is required to solve the problem.
3394
3395
=4 Topological derivative extension to anisotropic elastic materials =
3396
3397
==4.1 Motivation ==
3398
3399
Topological asymptotic analysis allows obtaining an asymptotic expansion of a given shape functional when a geometrical domain is singularly perturbed. This perturbation can be materialized by the insertion of holes, inclusions, source-terms or even cracks. The main concept arising from this analysis is the topological derivative <span id='citeF-66'></span>[[#cite-66|[66]]]. This derivative measures the sensitivity of the shape functional with respect to the infinitesimal singular domain perturbation and it was rigorously introduced in <span id='citeF-81'></span>[[#cite-81|[81]]]. Since then, this concept has proven extremely useful in the treatment of a wide range of problems; see, for instance, <span id='citeF-82'></span><span id='citeF-83'></span><span id='citeF-84'></span><span id='citeF-85'></span><span id='citeF-86'></span><span id='citeF-87'></span><span id='citeF-88'></span><span id='citeF-89'></span>[[#cite-82|[82,83,84,85,86,87,88,89]]]. Concerning the theoretical development of the topological asymptotic analysis, besides the monograph <span id='citeF-66'></span>[[#cite-66|[66]]], the reader is referred to <span id='citeF-90'></span><span id='citeF-91'></span>[[#cite-90|[90,91]]].
3400
3401
In order to introduce these concepts, let us consider an open and bounded domain <math display="inline">\Omega \subset R^{2}</math>, see figure [[#img-25|25]], which is subject to a non-smooth perturbation confined in a small region <math display="inline">\omega _{\epsilon }(\widehat{x})=\widehat{x}+\epsilon \omega </math> of size <math display="inline">\epsilon </math>. Here, <math display="inline">\widehat{x}</math> is an arbitrary point of <math display="inline">\Omega </math> and <math display="inline">\omega </math> is a fixed domain of <math display="inline">R^{2}</math>. Then, we assume that a given shape functional <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\Omega )</math>, associated to the topologically perturbed domain, admits the following topological asymptotic expansion <span id='citeF-66'></span>[[#cite-66|[66]]]
3402
3403
<span id="eq-4.1"></span>
3404
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3405
|-
3406
| 
3407
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3408
|-
3409
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\Omega )=\mathcal{J}(\Omega )+f(\epsilon )D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})+o(f(\epsilon ))\;, </math>
3410
|}
3411
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.1)
3412
|}
3413
3414
where <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}(\Omega )</math> is the shape functional associated to the unperturbed domain and <math display="inline">f(\epsilon )</math> is a positive function such that <math display="inline">f(\epsilon )\rightarrow{0}</math> when <math display="inline">\epsilon \rightarrow{0}^{+}</math>. The function <math display="inline">\widehat{x}\mapsto D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})</math> is termed the topological derivative of <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}</math> at <math display="inline">\widehat{x}</math>. Therefore, the term <math display="inline">f(\epsilon )D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})</math> represents a first order correction of <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}(\Omega )</math> to approximate <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\Omega )</math> in <math display="inline">\widehat{x}</math>. In this work, the singular perturbation is characterized by a circular disc, denoted <math display="inline">B_{\epsilon }</math>, with boundary <math display="inline">\partial B_{\epsilon }</math> and different constitutive properties, see figure [[#img-25|25]]. <div id='img-25'></div>
3415
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
3416
|-
3417
|[[Image:Draft_Samper_118254298_2192_Figure25.png|300px|Topological derivative concept.]]
3418
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
3419
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 25:''' Topological derivative concept.
3420
|}
3421
3422
From ([[#eq-4.1|4.1]]), we obtain the standard definition of the topological derivative by passing to the limit <math display="inline">\epsilon \rightarrow{0}^{+}</math>:
3423
3424
<span id="eq-4.2"></span>
3425
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3426
|-
3427
| 
3428
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3429
|-
3430
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})=\lim _{\epsilon \rightarrow{0}^{+}}\frac{\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\Omega )-\mathcal{J}(\Omega )}{f(\epsilon )}\;. </math>
3431
|}
3432
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.2)
3433
|}
3434
3435
Notice that, since we are dealing with singular domain perturbations, the shape functionals <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\Omega )</math> and <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}(\Omega )</math> are associated to topologically different domains. Therefore, the above limit is not trivial to be calculated. In particular, we need to perform an asymptotic analysis of the shape functional <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\Omega )</math> with respect to the small parameter <math display="inline">\epsilon </math>, i.e. we need information of <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\Omega )</math> when <math display="inline">\epsilon \rightarrow{0}^{+}</math>. As it was introduced in chapter [[#3 Topological derivative and topology optimization|3]], the shape functional difference ([[#eq-4.2|4.2]]) depends on the polarization tensor, which is considered a fundamental concept on the topological derivative topic. This tensor, also known in the literature as ''Pólya-Szegö polarization tensor'', arises from the asymptotic analysis in singularly perturbed geometrical domains <span id='citeF-92'></span>[[#cite-92|[92]]]. This mathematical concept permits to write an asymptotic expansion of the shape functional <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\Omega )</math> by means of functions evaluated in the unperturbed domain <math display="inline">\Omega </math> (without considering <math display="inline">B_{\epsilon }</math>). The polarization tensor is characterized by a matrix &#8211; ''polarization matrix'' &#8211; depending only on the constitutive properties of the problem and the shape of the singular domain perturbation <span id='citeF-93'></span>[[#cite-93|[93]]].
3436
3437
The topological derivative, in its closed form, has been fully developed for a wide range of physical phenomena, most of them, when considering homogeneous and isotropic constitutive behaviors. In fact, only a few works dealing with heterogeneous and anisotropic material behavior can be found in the literature, and, in general, the derived formulas are given in an abstract form (see, for instance, <span id='citeF-90'></span>[[#cite-90|[90]]]). Closed and analytical forms for this kind of constitutive behavior have been only developed for heat diffusion problems (see <span id='citeF-94'></span><span id='citeF-95'></span><span id='citeF-96'></span><span id='citeF-81'></span>[[#cite-94|[94,95,96,81]]]). For anisotropic elasticity, the existence and properties of the polarization tensor was studied in <span id='citeF-97'></span><span id='citeF-98'></span>[[#cite-97|[97,98]]]. However, the polarization tensor is given again in an abstract form. A technique for the numerical evaluation of the polarization tensor is presented in <span id='citeF-99'></span>[[#cite-99|[99]]].
3438
3439
In what follows, we derive the topological derivative in its closed form for the total potential energy, i.e, the compliance, associated to an anisotropic and heterogeneous elasticity problem. We assume as singular perturbation a small circular inclusion introduced at an arbitrary point of the domain. The constitutive properties of the small disc are also anisotropic and different from the elasticity properties of the matrix. In addition, we provide a full mathematical justification of the derived formula, and develop precise estimates for the remainders of the topological asymptotic expansion.
3440
3441
Bearing this in mind, the heterogeneous anisotropic topological derivative concept, can be applied in advanced technological research areas such as topology and structural optimization simultaneously combined with topological material-design. In fact, in multi-scale modeling, for a given microstructure the homogenized constitutive response is, in general, anisotropic. In addition, since in each macroscopical structural point we have a different microstructure, the constitutive homogenized response at the macro-scale varies from point to point, i.e., it is heterogeneous. Therefore, for a correct evaluation of the topological sensitivity in a structural optimization problem, a derivative (the topological derivative) for an anisotropic and heterogeneous constitutive behavior is needed.
3442
3443
==4.2 Problem formulation==
3444
3445
The topological asymptotic analysis of the total potential energy associated to an anisotropic and heterogeneous elasticity problem is calculated. Thus, the unperturbed shape functional is defined as:
3446
3447
<span id="eq-4.3"></span>
3448
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3449
|-
3450
| 
3451
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3452
|-
3453
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{J}(\Omega )=\frac{1}{2}\int _{\Omega }\sigma (u)\cdot \nabla ^{s}u+\int _{\Gamma _{N}}\bar{t}\cdot u\;, </math>
3454
|}
3455
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.3)
3456
|}
3457
3458
where the Cauchy stress tensor <math display="inline">\sigma (u)</math> is defined as usual:
3459
3460
<span id="eq-4.4"></span>
3461
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3462
|-
3463
| 
3464
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3465
|-
3466
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\sigma (\xi ):=\mathbb{C}\nabla ^{s}\xi \;. </math>
3467
|}
3468
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.4)
3469
|}
3470
3471
Note that the compliance differs from the total potential energy by a <math display="inline">\frac{1}{2}</math> factor. Instead of the compliance, the total potential energy has been preferred to consider since it is more in accordance with the shape functional described in work <span id='citeF-66'></span>[[#cite-66|[66]]].
3472
3473
In the above equations, <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}=\mathbb{C}(x)</math> is a symmetric fourth order elasticity tensor, <math display="inline">\nabla ^{s}</math> is used to denote the symmetric part of the gradient operator <math display="inline">\nabla </math> and <math display="inline">u</math> is the displacement field, solution of the following variational problem: find the field <math display="inline">u\in \mathcal{U}</math>, such that
3474
3475
<span id="eq-4.5"></span>
3476
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3477
|-
3478
| 
3479
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3480
|-
3481
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\int _{\Omega }\sigma (u)\cdot \nabla ^{s}\eta{+\int}_{\Gamma _{N}}\bar{t}\cdot \eta=0\qquad \forall \eta \in \mathcal{V}\;. </math>
3482
|}
3483
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.5)
3484
|}
3485
3486
In the variational problem ([[#eq-4.5|4.5]]) the space <math display="inline">\mathcal{U}</math> of admissible functions and the space <math display="inline">\mathcal{V}</math> of admissible variations are given by
3487
3488
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3489
|-
3490
| 
3491
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3492
|-
3493
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{U}:=\left\{\phi \in H^{1}(\Omega ;R^{2}):\phi |_{\Gamma _{D}}=\bar{u}\right\}\quad \hbox{and}\quad \mathcal{V}:=\left\{\phi \in H^{1}(\Omega ;R^{2}):\phi |_{\Gamma _{D}}=0\right\}. </math>
3494
|}
3495
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.6)
3496
|}
3497
3498
In addition, <math display="inline">\partial \Omega =\overline{\Gamma _{N}\cup \Gamma _{D}}</math> with <math display="inline">\Gamma _{N}\cap \Gamma _{D}=\varnothing </math>, where <math display="inline">\Gamma _{N}</math> and <math display="inline">\Gamma _{D}</math> are Neumann and Dirichlet boundaries, respectively. Thus, <math display="inline">\bar{u}</math> is a Dirichlet data on <math display="inline">\Gamma _{D}</math> and <math display="inline">\bar{t}</math> is a Neumann data on <math display="inline">\Gamma _{N}</math>, both assumed to be smooth enough, see Figure [[#img-26|26]]. <div id='img-26'></div>
3499
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
3500
|-
3501
|[[Image:Draft_Samper_118254298_8095_Figure26.png|340px|Description of the problem.]]
3502
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
3503
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 26:''' Description of the problem.
3504
|}
3505
3506
On the other hand, for our specific case, we consider a perturbation on the domain given by the nucleation of a small circular inclusion with constitutive properties given by a constant elastic tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{\star }</math>. Therefore, the perturbed shape functional can be written as:
3507
3508
<span id="eq-4.7"></span>
3509
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3510
|-
3511
| 
3512
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3513
|-
3514
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\Omega )=\frac{1}{2}\int _{\Omega }\sigma _{\epsilon }(u_{\epsilon })\cdot \nabla ^{s}u_{\epsilon }+\int _{\Gamma _{N}}\bar{t}\cdot u_{\epsilon }\;, </math>
3515
|}
3516
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.7)
3517
|}
3518
3519
where the stress tensor associated to he perturbed configuration is defined as:
3520
3521
<span id="eq-4.8"></span>
3522
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3523
|-
3524
| 
3525
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3526
|-
3527
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\sigma _{\epsilon }(\xi ):=\mathbb{C}_{\epsilon }\nabla ^{s}\xi{.} </math>
3528
|}
3529
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.8)
3530
|}
3531
3532
Here, we consider that the inclusion is made of a completely different material. Then, the elasticity tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}_{\epsilon }</math> can be written as follows
3533
3534
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3535
|-
3536
| 
3537
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3538
|-
3539
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{C}_{\epsilon }:=\left\{\begin{array}{lcl}\mathbb{C} & \hbox{ in} & \Omega \setminus \overline{B_{\epsilon }}\\ \mathbb{C}^{\star } & \hbox{ in} & B_{\epsilon } \end{array}\right.. </math>
3540
|}
3541
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.9)
3542
|}
3543
3544
In addition, in ([[#eq-4.7|4.7]]) the function <math display="inline">u_{\epsilon }</math> is solution of the following variational problem:
3545
3546
Find the field <math display="inline">u_{\epsilon }\in \mathcal{U}_{\epsilon }</math>, such that
3547
3548
<span id="eq-4.10"></span>
3549
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3550
|-
3551
| 
3552
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3553
|-
3554
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\int _{\Omega }\sigma _{\epsilon }(u_{\epsilon })\cdot \nabla ^{s}\eta{+\int}_{\Gamma _{N}}\bar{t}\cdot \eta=0\qquad \forall \eta \in \mathcal{V}_{\epsilon }\;, </math>
3555
|}
3556
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.10)
3557
|}
3558
3559
and both the set <math display="inline">\mathcal{U}_{\epsilon }</math> and the space <math display="inline">\mathcal{V}_{\epsilon }</math> are defined as
3560
3561
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3562
|-
3563
| 
3564
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3565
|-
3566
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{U}_{\epsilon }:=\left\{\phi \in \mathcal{U}:\lbrack\lbrack\phi \rbrack\rbrack\hbox{ on }\partial B_{\epsilon }\right\}\quad \hbox{and}\quad \mathcal{V}_{\epsilon }:=\left\{\phi \in \mathcal{V}:\lbrack\lbrack\phi \rbrack\rbrack\hbox{ on }\partial B_{\epsilon }\right\}, </math>
3567
|}
3568
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.11)
3569
|}
3570
3571
where we use <math display="inline">\lbrack\lbrack(\cdot )\rbrack\rbrack</math> to denotes the ''jump ''of function <math display="inline">(\cdot )</math> across the boundary <math display="inline">\partial B_{\epsilon }</math>. Note that the domain <math display="inline">\Omega </math> is topologically perturbed by the introduction of an inclusion <math display="inline">B_{\epsilon }(\widehat{x})</math> with complete different elastic constitutive properties (and in general anisotropic).
3572
3573
==4.3 Topological derivative==
3574
3575
Let us begin by choosing as admissible test function in problems ([[#eq-4.5|4.5]]) and ([[#eq-4.10|4.10]]), the function <math display="inline">\eta =u_{\epsilon }-u</math>. Then, we obtain as a consequence the following expressions
3576
3577
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3578
|-
3579
| 
3580
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3581
|-
3582
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\int _{\Omega }\sigma (u)\cdot \nabla ^{s}u  =  \int _{\Omega }\sigma (u_{\epsilon })\cdot \nabla ^{s}u+\int _{\Gamma _{N}}\bar{t}(u_{\epsilon }-u),</math>
3583
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.12)
3584
|-
3585
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \int _{\Omega }\sigma _{\epsilon }(u_{\epsilon })\cdot \nabla ^{s}u_{\epsilon }  =  \int _{\Omega }\sigma _{\epsilon }(u_{\epsilon })\cdot \nabla ^{s}u-\int _{\Gamma _{N}}\bar{t}(u_{\epsilon }-u). </math>
3586
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.13)
3587
|}
3588
|}
3589
3590
Therefore, the shape functionals ([[#eq-4.3|4.3]]) and ([[#eq-4.7|4.7]]) can be written as
3591
3592
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3593
|-
3594
| 
3595
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3596
|-
3597
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{J}(\Omega )  =  \frac{1}{2}\int _{\Omega }\sigma (u_{\epsilon })\cdot \nabla ^{s}u+\frac{1}{2}\int _{\Gamma _{N}}\bar{t}(u_{\epsilon }+u),</math>
3598
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.14)
3599
|-
3600
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\Omega )  =  \frac{1}{2}\int _{\Omega }\sigma _{\epsilon }(u_{\epsilon })\cdot \nabla ^{s}u+\frac{1}{2}\int _{\Gamma _{N}}\bar{t}(u_{\epsilon }+u). </math>
3601
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.15)
3602
|}
3603
|}
3604
3605
By considering the above results, the difference of the shape functionals <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\Omega )</math> and <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}(\Omega )</math> reads
3606
3607
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3608
|-
3609
| 
3610
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3611
|-
3612
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\Omega )-\mathcal{J}(\Omega )=\frac{1}{2}\int _{\Omega }\sigma _{\epsilon }(u_{\epsilon })\cdot \nabla ^{s}u-\frac{1}{2}\int _{\Omega }\sigma (u_{\epsilon })\cdot \nabla ^{s}u. </math>
3613
|}
3614
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.16)
3615
|}
3616
3617
Taking into account the definitions of the perturbed elasticity tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}_{\epsilon }</math> and perturbed stress tensor, we have that the difference of the total potential energy is given by an integral concentrated in the inclusion <math display="inline">B_{\epsilon }</math>, namely
3618
3619
<span id="eq-4.17"></span>
3620
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3621
|-
3622
| 
3623
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3624
|-
3625
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\Omega )-\mathcal{J}(\Omega )=\frac{1}{2}\int _{B_{\epsilon }}\Delta \mathbb{C}(\mathbb{C}^{\star })^{-1}\sigma _{\epsilon }(u_{\epsilon })\cdot \nabla ^{s}u, </math>
3626
|}
3627
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.17)
3628
|}
3629
3630
with <math display="inline">\Delta \mathbb{C}:=\mathbb{C}^{\star }-\mathbb{C}</math>.
3631
3632
Let us assume that the elasticity tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}(x)</math> is smooth enough such that it admits an expansion in Taylor series around the point <math display="inline">\widehat{x}</math> of the form <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}(x)=\mathbb{C}(\widehat{x})+\nabla \mathbb{C}(\zeta )(x-\widehat{x})</math>, where <math display="inline">\zeta \in (x,\widehat{x})</math>. Now, in order to analytically solve the integral ([[#eq-4.17|4.17]]), we introduce the following ansatz proposed in <span id='citeF-100'></span>[[#cite-100|[100]]] for the solution associated to the perturbed problem <math display="inline">u_{\epsilon }</math>:
3633
3634
<span id="eq-4.18"></span>
3635
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3636
|-
3637
| 
3638
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3639
|-
3640
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>u_{\epsilon }(x)=u(x)+\epsilon w(x/\epsilon )+\widetilde{u}_{\epsilon }(x), </math>
3641
|}
3642
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.18)
3643
|}
3644
3645
where the function <math display="inline">w(y)</math> is the solution of the following exterior problem independent of the small parameter <math display="inline">\epsilon </math>
3646
3647
<span id="eq-4.19"></span>
3648
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3649
|-
3650
| 
3651
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3652
|-
3653
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left\{\begin{array}{rlcl}\mathrm{div}\left(\sigma _{\epsilon }(w)\right)& =0 & \hbox{ in} & R^{2}\\ \sigma _{\epsilon }(w) & =\mathbb{C}_{\epsilon }(\widehat{x})\nabla ^{s}w\\ w & \rightarrow{0} & \hbox{ at} & \infty \\ \lbrack\lbrack w\rbrack\rbrack & =0 & \hbox{ on} & \partial B_{1}\\ \lbrack\lbrack\sigma _{\epsilon }(w)\rbrack\rbrack n & =-\mathbb{S}\sigma (u)(\widehat{x})n & \hbox{ on} & \partial B_{1} \end{array}\right., </math>
3654
|}
3655
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.19)
3656
|}
3657
3658
where <math display="inline">\mathbb{S}:=\mathbb{I}-\mathbb{C}^{\star }\mathbb{C}^{-1}</math>, <math display="inline">\mathbb{I}</math> denote the fourth-order identity tensor and it was used the change of variable <math display="inline">x=\epsilon y</math>. The remainder <math display="inline">\widetilde{u}_{\epsilon }</math> in ([[#eq-4.18|4.18]]) must satisfy the following equation:
3659
3660
<span id="eq-4.20"></span>
3661
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3662
|-
3663
| 
3664
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3665
|-
3666
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left\{\begin{array}{rlcl}\mathrm{div}(\sigma _{\epsilon }(\widetilde{u}_{\epsilon })) & =\epsilon \mathrm{div}(\nabla \mathbb{C}_{\epsilon }(\zeta )(x-\widehat{x})\nabla ^{s}w) & \hbox{ in} & \Omega \\ \widetilde{u}_{\epsilon } & =-\epsilon w & \hbox{ on} & \Gamma _{D}\\ \sigma (\widetilde{u}_{\epsilon })n & =-\epsilon \sigma (w)n & \hbox{ on} & \Gamma _{N}\\ \lbrack\lbrack\widetilde{u}_{\epsilon }\rbrack\rbrack & =0 & \hbox{ on} & \partial B_{\epsilon }\\ \lbrack\lbrack\sigma _{\epsilon }(\widetilde{u}_{\epsilon })\rbrack\rbrack n & =-\epsilon \lbrack\lbrack\left(\nabla \mathbb{C}_{\epsilon }\left(\zeta \right)n\right)\left(\nabla ^{s}u(\widehat{x})+\nabla ^{s}w\right)\rbrack\rbrack n & \hbox{ on} & \partial B_{\epsilon } \end{array}\right., </math>
3667
|}
3668
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.20)
3669
|}
3670
3671
which has the following estimate <math display="inline">\| \widetilde{u}_{\epsilon }\| _{H^{1}(\Omega ;R^{2})}\leq C\epsilon </math>, with the constant <math display="inline">C</math> independent of <math display="inline">\epsilon </math> (see [[#4.4 Estimation of the remainders |4.4]]). The exterior problem ([[#eq-4.19|4.19]]) is solved explicitly in Appendices [[#7 Analytical solution of the isotropic exterior problem|7]] and [[#8 Analytical solution of the anisotropic exterior problem|8]] for the isotropic and anisotropic materials. Some details are also provided in Sections [[#4.3.1 Exterior problem for isotropic materials|4.3.1]] and [[#4.3.2 Exterior problem for anisotropic materials|4.3.2]]. From Appendices [[#7 Analytical solution of the isotropic exterior problem|7]] and [[#8 Analytical solution of the anisotropic exterior problem|8]], the stress tensor <math display="inline">\sigma _{\epsilon }(w)</math> inside the inclusion <math display="inline">B_{\epsilon }</math> can be written as:
3672
3673
<span id="eq-4.21"></span>
3674
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3675
|-
3676
| 
3677
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3678
|-
3679
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\sigma _{\epsilon }(w)\vert _{B_{\epsilon }(\widehat{x})}=\mathbb{T}\sigma (u)(\widehat{x}), </math>
3680
|}
3681
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.21)
3682
|}
3683
3684
where <math display="inline">\mathbb{T}:=-\mathbb{A}\mathbb{S}</math> and the fourth order tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{A}</math> is determined again in Appendix [[#7 Analytical solution of the isotropic exterior problem|7]] and [[#8 Analytical solution of the anisotropic exterior problem|8]].
3685
3686
Taking into account ([[#eq-4.18|4.18]]), the difference of shape functionals ([[#eq-4.17|4.17]]) reads
3687
3688
<span id="eq-4.22"></span>
3689
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3690
|-
3691
| 
3692
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3693
|-
3694
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\Omega )-\mathcal{J}(\Omega )=\frac{1}{2}\int _{B_{\epsilon }}\Delta \mathbb{C}(\mathbb{C}^{\star })^{-1}(\sigma _{\epsilon }(u)+\sigma _{\epsilon }(w))\cdot \nabla ^{s}u+\mathcal{E}(\epsilon ), </math>
3695
|}
3696
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.22)
3697
|}
3698
3699
where the term <math display="inline">\mathcal{E}(\epsilon )</math> is given by
3700
3701
<span id="eq-4.23"></span>
3702
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3703
|-
3704
| 
3705
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3706
|-
3707
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{E}(\epsilon )=\frac{1}{2}\int _{B_{\epsilon }}\Delta \mathbb{C}(\mathbb{C}^{\star })^{-1}\sigma _{\epsilon }(\widetilde{u}_{\epsilon })\cdot \nabla ^{s}u, </math>
3708
|}
3709
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.23)
3710
|}
3711
3712
which has the following estimate <math display="inline">\mathcal{E}(\epsilon )=o(\epsilon ^{2})</math> as shown in section [[#4.4 Estimation of the remainders |4.4]]. Next, by using the interior elliptic regularity of the function <math display="inline">u</math> in <math display="inline">B_{\epsilon }</math>, the difference of the shape functionals ([[#eq-4.22|4.22]]) satisfies the following identity:
3713
3714
<span id="eq-4.24"></span>
3715
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3716
|-
3717
| 
3718
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3719
|-
3720
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\Omega )-\mathcal{J}(\Omega )=\frac{1}{2}\int _{B_{\epsilon }}\Delta \mathbb{C}(\widehat{x})(\mathbb{C}^{\star })^{-1}(\sigma _{\epsilon }(u)(\widehat{x})+\sigma _{\epsilon }(w))\cdot \nabla ^{s}u(\widehat{x})+o(\epsilon ^{2}), </math>
3721
|}
3722
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.24)
3723
|}
3724
3725
where the expansion of the tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}(x)</math> has been used again.
3726
3727
With the use of ([[#eq-4.21|4.21]]) and the change of variables <math display="inline">x=\epsilon y</math> the above expression can be analytically solved leading to
3728
3729
<span id="eq-4.25"></span>
3730
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3731
|-
3732
| 
3733
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3734
|-
3735
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\Omega )-\mathcal{J}(\Omega )=\pi \epsilon ^{2}\mathbb{P}\sigma (u)(\widehat{x})\cdot \nabla ^{s}u(\widehat{x})+o(\epsilon ^{2}), </math>
3736
|}
3737
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.25)
3738
|}
3739
3740
where <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}</math> can be recognized as the Pólya-Szegö polarization tensor, given explicitly by
3741
3742
<span id="eq-4.26"></span>
3743
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3744
|-
3745
| 
3746
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3747
|-
3748
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{P}=\frac{1}{2}\Delta \mathbb{C}(\widehat{x})[(\mathbb{C}(\widehat{x}))^{-1}+(\mathbb{C}^{\star })^{-1}\mathbb{T}]. </math>
3749
|}
3750
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.26)
3751
|}
3752
3753
Finally, using the definition ([[#eq-4.1|4.1]]) and taking <math display="inline">f(\epsilon )=|B_{\epsilon }|=\pi \epsilon ^{2}</math>, the topological derivative for the problem under consideration is given explicitly by
3754
3755
<span id="eq-4.27"></span>
3756
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3757
|-
3758
| 
3759
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3760
|-
3761
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})=\mathbb{P}\sigma (u)(\widehat{x})\cdot \nabla ^{s}u(\widehat{x})\qquad \forall \widehat{x}\in \Omega{.} </math>
3762
|}
3763
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.27)
3764
|}
3765
3766
Note that this formula is general, in the sense that, it measures the sensitivity of the total potential energy when two materials with completely different constitutive tensors are considered. Also, the polarization tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}</math> depends only of the constitutive tensors <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}(\widehat{x})</math> and <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{\star }</math>. This means that once defined <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}</math> and <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{\star }</math>, for the point <math display="inline">\widehat{x}</math>, the tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}</math> can be easily obtained by computing the components of <math display="inline">\mathbb{A}</math>, see Appendices [[#7 Analytical solution of the isotropic exterior problem|7]] and [[#8 Analytical solution of the anisotropic exterior problem|8]], and consequently so is <math display="inline">\mathbb{T}</math>.
3767
3768
From the final expression of the polarization tensor associated to the anisotropic and heterogeneous elasticity problem [[#eq-4.26|4.26]], we can analyze the limit case when the inclusion becomes a hole by taking the limit when <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{\star }\rightarrow{0}</math>. On the other hand, if we can analyze the sensitivity to the introduction of a rigid inclusion, we need to take the limit when <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{\star }\rightarrow \infty </math>. It should be noted that both limits exist and they can be easily obtained.
3769
3770
===4.3.1 Exterior problem for isotropic materials===
3771
3772
Although the topological derivative for isotropic materials in 2D plane stress has been obtained in many works <span id='citeF-66'></span>[[#cite-66|[66]]], <span id='citeF-101'></span>[[#cite-101|[101]]], from our point of view, it is not fully explained and we miss the description of some steps. In addition, in some works <span id='citeF-66'></span>[[#cite-66|[66]]], the final expression is given by assuming that the Poisson ratio in the matrix and in the inclusion coincide. We present full steps of the procedure for computing the topological derivative and the closed expression for general values of the Poisson ratio. Similar expressions can be found in <span id='citeF-93'></span>[[#cite-93|[93]]] and <span id='citeF-102'></span>[[#cite-102|[102]]].
3773
3774
The aim and the key ingredient of obtaining the topological derivative lies on solving the following exterior problem
3775
3776
<span id="eq-4.28"></span>
3777
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3778
|-
3779
| 
3780
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3781
|-
3782
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left\{\begin{array}{rlcl}\mathrm{div}\left(\sigma _{\epsilon }(w)\right)& =0 & \hbox{ in} & R^{2}\\ \sigma _{\epsilon }(w) & =\mathbb{C}_{\epsilon }(\widehat{x})\nabla ^{s}w\\ w & \rightarrow{0} & \hbox{ at} & \infty \\ \lbrack\lbrack w\rbrack\rbrack & =0 & \hbox{ on} & \partial B_{1}\\ \lbrack\lbrack\sigma _{\epsilon }(w)\rbrack\rbrack n & =Sn & \hbox{ on} & \partial B_{1} \end{array}\right., </math>
3783
|}
3784
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.28)
3785
|}
3786
3787
where <math display="inline">S</math> stands for an arbitrary second order tensor. According to ([[#eq-4.19|4.19]]), in our case, it becomes
3788
3789
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3790
|-
3791
| 
3792
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3793
|-
3794
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> S=\mathbb{S}\sigma (u). </math>
3795
|}
3796
|}
3797
3798
Note that, precisely, the aim of the work lies on determining the expression of the polarization tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}.</math> In this section, we only give the necessary ingredients for computing the expression of the polarization tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}</math>. In Appendix [[#7 Analytical solution of the isotropic exterior problem|7]], all the steps for solving the exterior problem ([[#eq-4.28|4.28]]) are described.
3799
3800
Defining the real adimensional numbers <math display="inline">d_{1}</math> and <math display="inline">d_{2}</math> in terms of the constitutive properties <math display="inline">E</math> and <math display="inline">\nu </math> (background material), and <math display="inline">E^{\star }</math> and <math display="inline">\nu ^{\star }</math> (inclusion) as
3801
3802
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3803
|-
3804
| 
3805
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3806
|-
3807
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>d_{1}=\frac{1}{1+\frac{E(1-\nu ^{*})}{E^{*}(1-\nu )}}\qquad d_{2}=\frac{1}{1+\frac{E(1+\nu ^{*})}{E^{*}(3-\nu )}}, </math>
3808
|}
3809
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.29)
3810
|}
3811
3812
the matrix <math display="inline">A</math> can be written as follows
3813
3814
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3815
|-
3816
| 
3817
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3818
|-
3819
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>A_{i}=\frac{1}{2}\left[\begin{array}{ccc}-d_{1}-d_{2} & -d_{1}-d_{2} & 0\\ d_{2}-d_{1} & d_{2}-d_{1} & 0\\ 0 & 0 & -2d_{2} \end{array}\right]. </math>
3820
|}
3821
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.30)
3822
|}
3823
3824
The components of the matrix <math display="inline">A_{i}</math> are related to the components of the tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{A}</math> by the standard contracted notation (or Voigt notation) using the following rules for replacing the subscript:
3825
3826
<span id="eq-4.31"></span>
3827
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3828
|-
3829
| 
3830
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3831
|-
3832
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>11\rightarrow{1},\quad{22}\rightarrow{2}\quad \hbox{and}\quad{12}\rightarrow{3} </math>
3833
|}
3834
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.31)
3835
|}
3836
3837
After solving problem ([[#eq-4.28|4.28]]), see Appendix [[#7 Analytical solution of the isotropic exterior problem|7]], the stresses in the inclusion can be written, in terms of the tensor <math display="inline">S</math> and consequently in terms of the stresses in the unperturbed domain <math display="inline">\sigma (u)</math> as
3838
3839
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3840
|-
3841
| 
3842
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3843
|-
3844
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \sigma _{\epsilon }(w)\vert _{B_{\epsilon }(\widehat{x})}=\mathbb{A}S=-A_{i}\mathbb{S}\sigma (u) </math>
3845
|}
3846
|}
3847
3848
where the fourth order tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{S}</math> reads as
3849
3850
<span id="eq-4.32"></span>
3851
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3852
|-
3853
| 
3854
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3855
|-
3856
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{S}:=\mathbb{I}-\mathbb{C}^{\star }\mathbb{C}^{-1}. </math>
3857
|}
3858
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.32)
3859
|}
3860
3861
In view of the symmetries of <math display="inline">\sigma _{\epsilon }(w)</math> and <math display="inline">S</math>, the tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{A}</math> enjoys the following symmetry properties:
3862
3863
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3864
|-
3865
| 
3866
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3867
|-
3868
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{A}_{ijkl}=\mathbb{A}_{jikl}\quad \hbox{and}\quad \mathbb{A}_{ijkl}=\mathbb{A}_{ijlk}. </math>
3869
|}
3870
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.33)
3871
|}
3872
3873
Finally, after defining the fourth order tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{T}</math> as
3874
3875
<span id="eq-4.34"></span>
3876
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3877
|-
3878
| 
3879
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3880
|-
3881
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{T}=A_{i}\mathbb{S} </math>
3882
|}
3883
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.34)
3884
|}
3885
3886
we can, precisely, obtain the polarization tensor of equation [[#eq-4.26|4.26]] for plane stress as the following fourth-order isotropic polarization tensor:
3887
3888
<span id="eq-4.35"></span>
3889
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3890
|-
3891
| 
3892
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3893
|-
3894
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{P}=-\frac{1}{2}\frac{1}{\beta \gamma{+\tau}_{1}}\left[(1+\beta )(\tau _{1}-\gamma )\mathbb{I}+\frac{1}{2}(\alpha{-\beta})\frac{\gamma (\gamma{-2}\tau _{3})+\tau _{1}\tau _{2}}{\alpha \gamma{+\tau}_{2}}(I\otimes I)\right], </math>
3895
|}
3896
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.35)
3897
|}
3898
3899
where
3900
3901
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3902
|-
3903
| 
3904
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3905
|-
3906
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\alpha =\frac{1+\nu }{1-\nu },\,\beta =\frac{3-\nu }{1+\nu },\,\gamma =\frac{E^{\star }}{E\quad \quad },\, </math>
3907
|}
3908
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.36)
3909
|}
3910
3911
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3912
|-
3913
| 
3914
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3915
|-
3916
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\tau _{1}=\frac{1+\nu ^{\star }}{1+\nu \quad \quad },\,\tau _{2}=\frac{1-\nu ^{\star }}{1-\nu \quad \quad }\quad \hbox{and}\quad \tau _{3}=\frac{\nu ^{\star }(3\nu{-4)}+1}{\nu (3\nu{-4)}+1}. </math>
3917
|}
3918
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.37)
3919
|}
3920
3921
Note that, by considering <math display="inline">\nu ^{\star }=\nu </math>, the parameters <math display="inline">\tau _{i}=1</math> (with <math display="inline">i=1..3</math>), expression ([[#eq-4.35|4.35]]) becomes the polarization tensor for isotropy elasticity widely used in structural topological design <span id='citeF-66'></span>[[#cite-66|[66]]].
3922
3923
As a remark, in order to recover the standard topology optimization problem, the material parameters of the strong domain <math display="inline">\Omega ^{+}</math> are denoted by <math display="inline">E^{+}</math> and <math display="inline">\nu ^{+}</math> and the parameters of the weak domain <math display="inline">\Omega ^{-}</math> are commonly considered as <math display="inline">E^{-}=\gamma _{0}E^{+}</math> and <math display="inline">\nu ^{-}=\nu ^{+}</math>, where <math display="inline">\gamma _{0}</math> stands for the jump of stiffness. Thus, we consider two scenarios: first, considering an inclusion of the weak material (or void) inserted in the strong material (<math display="inline">x\in \Omega ^{+}</math>) and the second one when an inclusion of the strong material appears in the weak material (<math display="inline">x\in \Omega ^{-}</math>). Consequently, rewriting the polarization tensor as <math display="inline">\mathbb{P=\mathbb{P}}(\alpha ,\beta ,\gamma ,\tau _{\hbox{1}},\tau _{\hbox{2}},\tau _{3})</math>, both cases enjoy the following properties
3924
3925
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3926
|-
3927
| 
3928
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3929
|-
3930
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{P}=\begin{array}{ccc}\mathbb{P}^{+}= & \mathbb{P}(\alpha ,\beta ,\gamma _{0},1,1,1) & x\in \Omega ^{+}\\ \mathbb{P}^{-}= & \mathbb{P}(\alpha ,\beta ,\frac{1}{\gamma _{0}},1,1,1) & x\in \Omega ^{-}. \end{array}</math>
3931
|}
3932
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.38)
3933
|}
3934
3935
Note that <math display="inline">\gamma _{0}>0</math> is a parameter small enough for modeling a void and large enough to entail invertibility properties to the stiffness matrix. Typically, <math display="inline">\gamma _{0}=10^{-3}.</math>
3936
3937
===4.3.2 Exterior problem for anisotropic materials===
3938
3939
In the case of anisotropic materials, a part from the work <span id='citeF-99'></span>[[#cite-99|[99]]], there are no references that address the computation of the topological derivative closed-form. Similarly to the isotropic materials, we have to solve the following exterior problem
3940
3941
<span id="eq-4.39"></span>
3942
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3943
|-
3944
| 
3945
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3946
|-
3947
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left\{\begin{array}{rlcl}\mathrm{div}\left(\sigma _{\epsilon }(w)\right)& =0 & \hbox{ in} & R^{2}\\ \sigma _{\epsilon }(w) & =\mathbb{C}_{\epsilon }(\widehat{x})\nabla ^{s}w\\ w & \rightarrow{0} & \hbox{ at} & \infty \\ \lbrack\lbrack w\rbrack\rbrack & =0 & \hbox{ on} & \partial B_{1}\\ \lbrack\lbrack\sigma _{\epsilon }(w)\rbrack\rbrack n & =Sn & \hbox{ on} & \partial B_{1} \end{array}\right., </math>
3948
|}
3949
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.39)
3950
|}
3951
3952
where, in this case, the constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}_{\epsilon }(\widehat{x})</math> has an anisotropic behavior in the inclusion and in the matrix. Since the polarization tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}</math> can be obtained by equation ([[#eq-4.26|4.26]]), and the tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{T}</math> by equation ([[#eq-4.34|4.34]]), the concerns lie on seeking matrix <math display="inline">A_{i}</math>. The full details of solving problem ([[#eq-4.39|4.39]]) are described in Appendix [[#8 Analytical solution of the anisotropic exterior problem|8]].
3953
3954
By using the complex variable method, a final expression of matrix <math display="inline">A_{i}</math> is obtained as
3955
3956
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3957
|-
3958
| 
3959
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3960
|-
3961
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>A_{i}=I_{2}\left(K_{G}^{I}\right)^{-1}K_{G}^{m}I_{2}^{T} </math>
3962
|}
3963
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.40)
3964
|}
3965
3966
where the logical matrices <math display="inline">I_{1}</math>, <math display="inline">I_{2}</math>, <math display="inline">I_{3}</math> and <math display="inline">I_{S}</math> are defined by
3967
3968
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3969
|-
3970
| 
3971
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3972
|-
3973
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{ccc}I_{1}=\left[\begin{array}{ccc}1 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 1\\ 0 & 1 & 0 \end{array}\right]& \quad & I_{2}=\left[\begin{array}{cccc}1 & 0 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 1 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 1 & 0 \end{array}\right]\\ \\ I_{3}=\left[\begin{array}{cccc}0 & 0 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 0 & 1\\ 0 & 0 & 0 & -1\\ 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 \end{array}\right]& \quad & I_{S}=\left[\begin{array}{cccc}0 & 1 & 0 & 0\\ -1 & 0 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 0 & 1\\ 0 & 0 & -1 & 0 \end{array}\right] \end{array} </math>
3974
|}
3975
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.41)
3976
|}
3977
3978
and the complex matrices <math display="inline">K_{G}^{I}</math> and <math display="inline">K_{G}^{m}</math> by
3979
3980
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3981
|-
3982
| 
3983
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3984
|-
3985
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> K_{G}^{I}=K_{u}K_{\sigma }^{-1}M_{\sigma }-M_{u}(\tilde{\alpha }_{I}+I_{3})\quad \hbox{and}\quad K_{G}^{m}=K_{u}K_{\sigma }^{-1}M_{\sigma }. </math>
3986
|}
3987
|}
3988
3989
In addition, the modified inverse constitutive matrix <math display="inline">\tilde{\alpha }_{I}</math> is defined as
3990
3991
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
3992
|-
3993
| 
3994
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
3995
|-
3996
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\tilde{\alpha }_{I}=I_{1}\alpha _{I}I_{2} </math>
3997
|}
3998
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.42)
3999
|}
4000
4001
where the inverse constitutive tensor of the inclusion <math display="inline">\alpha _{I}</math> is expressed as
4002
4003
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4004
|-
4005
| 
4006
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4007
|-
4008
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\alpha _{I}=\left[\begin{array}{ccc}\alpha _{11}^{I} & \alpha _{12}^{I} & \alpha _{13}^{I}\\ \alpha _{12}^{I} & \alpha _{22}^{I} & \alpha _{23}^{I}\\ \alpha _{13}^{I} & \alpha _{23}^{I} & \alpha _{33}^{I} \end{array}\right]. </math>
4009
|}
4010
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.43)
4011
|}
4012
4013
The values <math display="inline">\alpha _{ij}^{I}</math>, with <math display="inline">(i,j)=1..3</math>, are the components of <math display="inline">\left(\mathbb{C}^{*}\right)^{-1}</math> (in matrix notation). The real matrices <math display="inline">M_{u}</math> and <math display="inline">M_{\sigma }</math> take the following expressions
4014
4015
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4016
|-
4017
| 
4018
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4019
|-
4020
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>M_{u}=\left[\begin{array}{cccc}a & 0 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & b & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & a & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 0 & b \end{array}\right]\quad M_{\sigma }=\left[\begin{array}{cccc}0 & a & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & -b & 0\\ 0 & 0 & -a & 0\\ b & 0 & 0 & 0 \end{array}\right] </math>
4021
|}
4022
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.44)
4023
|}
4024
4025
where <math display="inline">a</math> and <math display="inline">b</math> are the semi-axes of the elliptic inclusion. Since we are interested on circular inclusion, they are given by values <math display="inline">a=b=1.</math>
4026
4027
The product of the complex matrices <math display="inline">K_{u}K_{\sigma }^{-1}</math> deserves special attention. Due to some properties explained in Appendix ([[#8 Analytical solution of the anisotropic exterior problem|8]]), it can be written as
4028
4029
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4030
|-
4031
| 
4032
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4033
|-
4034
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{rcl}K_{u}K_{\sigma }^{-1} & = & \Re (K_{u_{0}}K_{\sigma _{0}}^{-1})-\Im (K_{u_{0}}K_{\sigma _{0}}^{-1})I_{S}\end{array} </math>
4035
|}
4036
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.45)
4037
|}
4038
4039
where <math display="inline">\Re </math> and <math display="inline">\Im </math> take the real and imaginary part of the complex matrix <math display="inline">K_{u_{0}}K_{\sigma _{0}}^{-1}</math> which reads as
4040
4041
<span id="eq-4.46"></span>
4042
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4043
|-
4044
| 
4045
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4046
|-
4047
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>K_{u_{0}}K_{\sigma _{0}}^{-1}=\left[\begin{array}{cccc}\lambda & 0 & -\kappa & 0\\ 0 & \lambda & 0 & -\kappa \\ \rho & 0 & -\gamma & 0\\ 0 & \rho & 0 & -\gamma  \end{array}\right] </math>
4048
|}
4049
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.46)
4050
|}
4051
4052
and the complex numbers <math display="inline">\lambda </math>, <math display="inline">\kappa </math>, <math display="inline">\rho </math> and <math display="inline">\gamma </math> are defined as
4053
4054
<span id="eq-4.47"></span>
4055
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4056
|-
4057
| 
4058
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4059
|-
4060
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\lambda =\frac{p_{1}\mu _{\hbox{2}}-p_{2}\mu _{1}}{\mu _{1}-\mu _{2}}\quad \kappa =\frac{p_{1}-p_{2}}{\mu _{1}-\mu _{2}}\quad \rho =\frac{q_{1}\mu _{\hbox{2}}-q_{2}\mu _{1}}{\mu _{1}-\mu _{2}}\quad \gamma =\frac{q_{1}-q_{2}}{\mu _{1}-\mu _{2}}. </math>
4061
|}
4062
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.47)
4063
|}
4064
4065
Finally, the complex numbers <math display="inline">\mu _{1}</math> and <math display="inline">\mu _{2}</math> are the solution of the following characteristic equation
4066
4067
<span id="eq-4.48"></span>
4068
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4069
|-
4070
| 
4071
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4072
|-
4073
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\alpha _{11}\mu ^{4}-2\alpha _{13}\mu ^{3}+(2\alpha _{12}+\alpha _{33})\mu ^{2}-2\alpha _{23}\mu{+\alpha}_{22}=0, </math>
4074
|}
4075
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.48)
4076
|}
4077
4078
and the complex numbers <math display="inline">p_{i}</math> and <math display="inline">q_{i}</math> are expressed as
4079
4080
<span id="eq-4.49"></span>
4081
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4082
|-
4083
| 
4084
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4085
|-
4086
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>p_{i}  =  \alpha _{11}\mu _{i}^{2}+\alpha _{12}-\alpha _{13}\mu _{i},</math>
4087
|-
4088
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> q_{i}  =  \alpha _{12}\mu _{i}+\alpha _{22}/\mu _{i}-\alpha _{23},\quad i=1,2\,. </math>
4089
|}
4090
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.49)
4091
|}
4092
4093
Unfortunately, the final expression of the matrix <math display="inline">A_{i}</math> and the polarization tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}</math> are cumbersome and can not be written explicitly. However, due to symbolic algebra, they can be easily calculated and saved as a computational function, ready for its implementation in a home-made topological optimization code.
4094
4095
Similarly to the isotropic case, we consider two scenarios: the case where the inclusion is inserted by a weak material <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{-}</math> on the strong one <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{+}</math> or the opposite case. Consequently, rewriting the polarization tensor as <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}=\mathbb{\mathbb{P}}(\mathbb{C},\mathbb{C}^{*})</math>, both cases result to
4096
4097
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4098
|-
4099
| 
4100
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4101
|-
4102
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{P}=\begin{array}{ccc}\mathbb{P}^{+}= & \mathbb{\mathbb{P}}(\mathbb{C}^{+},\mathbb{C}^{-}) & x\in \Omega ^{+}\\ \mathbb{P}^{-}= & \mathbb{\mathbb{P}}(\mathbb{C}^{-},\mathbb{C}^{+}) & x\in \Omega ^{-}. \end{array}</math>
4103
|}
4104
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.50)
4105
|}
4106
4107
==4.4 Estimation of the remainders ==
4108
4109
In this Section the estimation of the remainders in the topological asymptotic expansion is performed. This estimations has been used in the derivation of the topological derivative expression ([[#eq-4.27|4.27]]) presented in Section [[#4.3 Topological derivative|4.3]]. In particular, we study the asymptotic behavior of the remainder <math display="inline">\widetilde{u}_{\epsilon }</math> in ([[#eq-4.20|4.20]]) and the residue <math display="inline">\mathcal{E}(\epsilon )</math> defined in ([[#eq-4.23|4.23]]). Let us start by introducing the following lemma that ensures the existence of the topological derivative for the problem under analysis:
4110
4111
<span id='theorem-lem:ueps-u'></span> 1: Let <math display="inline">u</math> and <math display="inline">u_{\epsilon }</math> be solutions to ([[#eq-4.5|4.5]]) and ([[#eq-4.10|4.10]]), respectively. Then, we have that the estimate <math display="inline">\| u_{\epsilon }-u\| _{H^{1}(\Omega ;R^{2})}=O(\epsilon )</math> holds true.
4112
4113
Proof 1: We start by subtracting the variational problem ([[#eq-4.5|4.5]]) and ([[#eq-4.10|4.10]]) to obtain:
4114
4115
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4116
|-
4117
| 
4118
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4119
|-
4120
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\int _{\Omega }\sigma _{\epsilon }(u_{\epsilon }-u)\cdot \nabla ^{s}\eta =\int _{B_{\epsilon }}\mathbb{S}\sigma (u)\cdot \nabla ^{s}\eta \,. </math>
4121
|}
4122
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.51)
4123
|}
4124
4125
with <math display="inline">\mathbb{S}=\mathbb{I}-\mathbb{C}^{\star }\mathbb{C}^{-1}</math>. Now, by taking <math display="inline">\eta =u_{\epsilon }-u</math> as test function in the above equation, we obtain the following equality:
4126
4127
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4128
|-
4129
| 
4130
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4131
|-
4132
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\int _{\Omega }\sigma _{\epsilon }(u_{\epsilon }-u)\cdot \nabla ^{s}(u_{\epsilon }-u)=\int _{B_{\epsilon }}\mathbb{S}\sigma (u)\cdot \nabla ^{s}(u_{\epsilon }-u)\,. </math>
4133
|}
4134
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.52)
4135
|}
4136
4137
From the Cauchy-Schwartz and Poincaré inequality it follows that
4138
4139
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4140
|-
4141
| 
4142
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4143
|-
4144
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\int _{\Omega }\sigma _{\epsilon }(u_{\epsilon }-u)\cdot \nabla ^{s}(u_{\epsilon }-u)  \leq  C_{1}\| \sigma (u)\| _{L^{2}(B_{\epsilon };R^{2})}\| \nabla ^{s}(u_{\epsilon }-u)\| _{L^{2}(B_{\epsilon };R^{2})}</math>
4145
|-
4146
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>   \leq  C_{2}\epsilon \| \nabla ^{s}(u_{\epsilon }-u)\| _{L^{2}(B_{\epsilon };R^{2})}</math>
4147
|-
4148
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>   \leq  C_{3}\epsilon \| \nabla ^{s}(u_{\epsilon }-u)\| _{H^{1}(\Omega ;R^{2})}</math>
4149
|-
4150
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>   \leq  C_{4}\epsilon \| u_{\epsilon }-u\| _{H^{1}(\Omega ;R^{2})}, </math>
4151
|}
4152
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.53)
4153
|}
4154
4155
where we have used the elliptic regularity of function <math display="inline">u</math>. Finally, from the coercivity of the bilinear form of ([[#eq-4.10|4.10]]), namely
4156
4157
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4158
|-
4159
| 
4160
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4161
|-
4162
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>c\| u_{\epsilon }-u\| _{H^{1}(\Omega ;R^{2})}^{2}\leq \int _{\Omega }\sigma _{\epsilon }(u_{\epsilon }-u)\cdot \nabla ^{s}(u_{\epsilon }-u), </math>
4163
|}
4164
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.54)
4165
|}
4166
4167
we obtain the result with the constant <math display="inline">C_{4}/c</math> independent of the small parameter <math display="inline">\epsilon </math>.
4168
4169
<span id='theorem-lem:uepstilde'></span> 2: Let <math display="inline">\widetilde{u}_{\epsilon }</math> be solution to ([[#eq-4.20|4.20]]). Then, the following estimate holds true:
4170
4171
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4172
|-
4173
| 
4174
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4175
|-
4176
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\| \widetilde{u}_{\epsilon }\| _{H^{1}(\Omega ;R^{2})}\leq C\epsilon \,, </math>
4177
|}
4178
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.55)
4179
|}
4180
4181
with the constant <math display="inline">C</math> independent of the small parameter <math display="inline">\epsilon </math>.
4182
4183
Proof 2: From the ansatz proposed in ([[#eq-4.18|4.18]]) for <math display="inline">u_{\epsilon }</math> and making use of the triangular inequality, we obtain:
4184
4185
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4186
|-
4187
| 
4188
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4189
|-
4190
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>|\widetilde{u}_{\epsilon }|_{H^{1}(\Omega ;R^{2})}  =  |u_{\epsilon }-u-\epsilon w|_{H^{1}(\Omega ;R^{2})}</math>
4191
|-
4192
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>   \leq  |u_{\epsilon }-u|_{H^{1}(\Omega ;R^{2})}+\epsilon |w|_{H^{1}(\Omega ;R^{2})}</math>
4193
|-
4194
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>   \leq  \| u_{\epsilon }-u\| _{H^{1}(\Omega ;R^{2})}+\epsilon |w|_{H^{1}(R^{2};R^{2})}</math>
4195
|-
4196
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>   \leq  C_{1}\epsilon \,, </math>
4197
|}
4198
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.56)
4199
|}
4200
4201
where we have used the change of variables <math display="inline">x=\epsilon y</math>, the equivalence between the semi-norm and the norm in <math display="inline">H^{1}(\Omega ;R^{2})</math> and the estimate in Lemma [[#theorem-lem:ueps-u|1]]. Finally, the results comes out from the Poincaré inequality.
4202
4203
3: Let <math display="inline">\widetilde{u}_{\epsilon }</math> and <math display="inline">u</math> be solutions to ([[#eq-4.20|4.20]]) and ([[#eq-4.5|4.5]]), respectively. Then, we have the following estimate for the remainder <math display="inline">\mathcal{E}(\epsilon )</math> in ([[#eq-4.23|4.23]]):
4204
4205
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4206
|-
4207
| 
4208
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4209
|-
4210
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\frac{1}{2}\int _{B_{\epsilon }}\Delta \mathbb{C}(\mathbb{C}^{\star })^{-1}\sigma _{\epsilon }(\widetilde{u}_{\epsilon })\cdot \nabla ^{s}u=o(\epsilon ^{2}). </math>
4211
|}
4212
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.57)
4213
|}
4214
4215
Proof 3: From the Cauchy-Schwartz inequality we obtain
4216
4217
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4218
|-
4219
| 
4220
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4221
|-
4222
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{E}(\epsilon )  =  \frac{1}{2}\int _{B_{\epsilon }}\Delta \mathbb{C}(\mathbb{C}^{\star })^{-1}\sigma _{\epsilon }(\widetilde{u}_{\epsilon })\cdot \nabla ^{s}u</math>
4223
|-
4224
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>   \leq  C_{1}\| \nabla ^{s}u\| _{L^{2}(B_{\epsilon };R^{2})}\| \nabla ^{s}\widetilde{u}_{\epsilon }\| _{L^{2}(B_{\epsilon };R^{2})}</math>
4225
|-
4226
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>   \leq  \epsilon C_{2}\| \nabla ^{s}\widetilde{u}_{\epsilon }\| _{L^{2}(B_{\epsilon };R^{2})}\,. </math>
4227
|}
4228
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.58)
4229
|}
4230
4231
Note that from problem ([[#eq-4.20|4.20]]) that the r.h.s. depends explicitly on the small parameter <math display="inline">\epsilon </math>. Therefore, since this problem is linear and in view of Lemma [[#theorem-lem:uepstilde|2]], we can write <math display="inline">\widetilde{u}_{\epsilon }=\epsilon v_{0}</math>. Then, we have
4232
4233
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4234
|-
4235
| 
4236
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4237
|-
4238
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathcal{E}(\epsilon )  \leq  \epsilon ^{2}C_{3}\| \nabla ^{s}v_{0}\| _{L^{2}(B_{\epsilon };R^{2})}</math>
4239
|-
4240
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>   \leq  \epsilon ^{3}C_{4}\,. </math>
4241
|}
4242
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.59)
4243
|}
4244
4245
which leads to the result.
4246
4247
==4.5 Numerical validation of the topological derivative==
4248
4249
The analytical formula for the topological derivative presented in ([[#eq-4.27|4.27]]), can be validated by using the following computational framework. Let's define (for a finite value of <math display="inline">\epsilon </math>) the function <math display="inline">T_{\epsilon }(\widehat{x})</math> as:
4250
4251
<span id="eq-4.60"></span>
4252
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4253
|-
4254
| 
4255
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4256
|-
4257
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>D_{T}\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\hat{x}):=\frac{\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\Omega )-\mathcal{J}(\Omega )}{f(\epsilon )}. </math>
4258
|}
4259
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.60)
4260
|}
4261
4262
Clearly, the above definition has the following property,
4263
4264
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4265
|-
4266
| 
4267
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4268
|-
4269
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\underset{\epsilon \rightarrow{0}}{\lim }\; D_{T}\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\hat{x})=D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})\,. </math>
4270
|}
4271
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.61)
4272
|}
4273
4274
A numerical approximation of <math display="inline">D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})</math> can be obtained by calculating the functions <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\Omega )</math> and <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}(\Omega )</math>, for a sequences of decreasing values of <math display="inline">\epsilon </math> and, then, using ([[#eq-4.60|4.60]]) to compute the corresponding estimates <math display="inline">D_{T}\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }(\hat{x})</math> for <math display="inline">D_{T}\mathcal{J}(\hat{x})</math>. The values of the function <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}</math> and <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }</math> are computed numerically by means of standard finite element procedures for the elasticity problem. The domain considered in the verification is a unit square (see fig. [[#img-27|27]]). The perturbed domains are obtained by introducing circular inclusions of radius
4275
4276
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4277
|-
4278
| 
4279
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4280
|-
4281
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\epsilon \in \{ 0.160,0.080,0.040,0.010,0.005\} , </math>
4282
|}
4283
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.62)
4284
|}
4285
4286
centered at <math display="inline">\widehat{x}=(0.5,0.5)</math>, with the origin of the coordinate system positioned at the bottom left corner. The finite element mesh used to discretize the perturbed domain contains a total number of <math display="inline">3850240</math> <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{1}</math> elements and <math display="inline">1926401</math> nodes.
4287
4288
To solve the anisotropic elastic problem, we prescribe the displacement on <math display="inline">\Gamma _{D}</math> to be <math display="inline">\bar{u}=0</math> and traction <math display="inline">\bar{t}=1</math> on <math display="inline">\Gamma _{N}</math>, (see fig. [[#img-27|27]]). <div id='img-27'></div>
4289
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4290
|-
4291
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-NumTestAxis.png|400px|Domain and boundary conditions.]]
4292
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4293
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 27:''' Domain and boundary conditions.
4294
|}
4295
4296
The study is conducted for four combinations of elasticity tensors <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}</math> and <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{\star }</math>. The analyzed cases are detailed in the following box:
4297
4298
{|  class="floating_tableSCP wikitable" style="text-align: center; margin: 1em auto;min-width:50%;"
4299
|-
4300
| colspan='1' style="border-right: 2px solid;border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | 
4301
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |  Matrix constitutive tensor 
4302
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |  Inclusion constitutive tensor
4303
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
4304
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   Case A 
4305
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\mathbb{C}=\begin{pmatrix}0.905 & 0.845 & -0.017\\ 0.845 & 1.405 & -0.415\\ -0.017 & -0.415 & 0.385 \end{pmatrix}</math> 
4306
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\mathbb{C}^{\star }=\left(\begin{array}{rrc} 1.562 & 0.312 & 0.0\\ 0.312 & 1.562 & 0.0\\ 0.0 & 0.0 & 0.625 \end{array}\right)</math>
4307
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
4308
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   Case B 
4309
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\mathbb{C}=\begin{pmatrix}1.099 & 0.329 & 0.0\\ 0.329 & 1.099 & 0.0\\ 0.0 & 0.0 & 0.385 \end{pmatrix}</math> 
4310
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\mathbb{C}^{\star }=\left(\begin{array}{rrc} 1.562 & 0.312 & 0.0\\ 0.312 & 1.562 & 0.0\\ 0.0 & 0.0 & 0.625 \end{array}\right)</math>
4311
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
4312
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   Case C 
4313
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\mathbb{C}=\left(\begin{array}{rrr} 2.083 & 0.416 & 0.0\\ 0.416 & 4.160 & 0.0\\ 0.0 & 0.0 & 0.833 \end{array}\right)</math> 
4314
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\mathbb{C}^{\star }=\left(\begin{array}{rrr} 1.099 & 0.329 & 0.0\\ 0.329 & 1.099 & 0.0\\ 0.0 & 0.0 & 0.385 \end{array}\right)</math>
4315
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;border-bottom: 2px solid;"
4316
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" |   Case D 
4317
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\mathbb{C}=\left(\begin{array}{rrr} 2.083 & 0.416 & 0.0\\ 0.416 & 4.160 & 0.0\\ 0.0 & 0.0 & 0.833 \end{array}\right)</math> 
4318
| style="border-left: 2px solid;border-right: 2px solid;" | <math>\mathbb{C}^{\star }=\begin{pmatrix}0.905 & 0.845 & -0.017\\ 0.845 & 1.405 & -0.415\\ -0.017 & -0.415 & 0.385 \end{pmatrix}</math>
4319
4320
|}
4321
4322
The normalized obtained results (<math display="inline">D_{T}\mathcal{J}_{\epsilon }/D_{T}\mathcal{J}</math>) are plotted in fig. [[#img-28|28]], in terms of the analytical topological derivative and the numerical approximations for each value of <math display="inline">\epsilon </math> are shown. It can be seen that the numerical topological derivatives converge to the corresponding analytical value for all cases. This confirms the validity of the proposed formula ([[#eq-4.27|4.27]]). <div id='img-28'></div>
4323
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4324
|-
4325
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-NumVerJ.png|500px|Results of numerical verification.]]
4326
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4327
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 28:''' Results of numerical verification.
4328
|}
4329
4330
==4.6 Representative Numerical Simulations==
4331
4332
In order to assess the potential application of the topological derivative concept for anisotropic and heterogeneous materials, some numerical examples are shown in this section. All the examples are computed with the slerp algorithm described in the sub-section ([[#3.3 The Slerp algorithm|3.3]]) and the ''Mixed Formulation'' technique described in sub-section ([[#3.4.3 Treatment of the cost function and the topological derivative on the interface|3.4.3]]). As it is commonly used, a minimum compliance objective function, subject to a certain fraction volume constraint, will be solved. To this end, the material distribution in <math display="inline">\Omega </math> will be identified by a characteristic function <math display="inline">\chi </math>. Thus, the objective function <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}(\Omega )</math> can be written as a function of <math display="inline">\chi </math> as: <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}(\Omega _{\chi })</math>, where <math display="inline">\Omega _{\chi }</math> is used to denote the geometrical dependency of the domain on the characteristic function <math display="inline">\chi </math>. Then, the optimization problem reads:
4333
4334
Find the characteristic function <math display="inline">\chi </math> such that,
4335
4336
<span id="eq-4.63"></span>
4337
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4338
|-
4339
| 
4340
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4341
|-
4342
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{cc}\underset{\chi }{\hbox{min.}} & \mathcal{J}(\Omega _{\chi })\;\\ \hbox{ s.t.} & c(\chi )=\int _{\Omega }\chi{-}V=0\;, \end{array} </math>
4343
|}
4344
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (4.63)
4345
|}
4346
4347
where <math display="inline">\mathcal{J}(\Omega _{\chi })</math> is the total potential energy of an standard elastic equilibrium problem ([[#eq-4.5|4.5]]) and <math display="inline">V</math> the final intended volume. Note that the constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}</math> can be heterogeneous and anisotropic. Some numerical examples with homogeneous and heterogeneous material distribution are considered. All them are solved below 2D elastic plane stress assumptions.
4348
4349
===4.6.1 Homogeneous material distribution===
4350
4351
The constitutive behavior is considered homogeneous in the design domain. Besides, the constitutive tensor in the inclusion is defined with the contrast parameter <math display="inline">\gamma </math> as: <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{-}=\gamma \mathbb{C}</math> with <math display="inline">\gamma=10^{-4}</math>. The 2x1 domain is discretized with a structured mesh of <math display="inline">5200</math> P1 triangular elements. The volume fraction is taken as <math display="inline">V=0.4</math> and the penalty as <math display="inline">\rho=0.5</math>. All the examples are stated to be converged when <math display="inline">\theta{<1}^{\hbox{o}}</math> and <math display="inline">|c(\psi )|<0.001</math>. In the figures showing the results, the black and white colors are used to represent the part of the domain with constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{+}=\mathbb{C}</math> and <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{-}</math>, respectively. The elasticity of the inclusion <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{-}</math> is weak enough to mimic a void.
4352
4353
====Case 1: Homogeneous Tension rod====
4354
4355
<div id='img-29'></div>
4356
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4357
|-
4358
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-TractionBeamSketch.png|300px|Schematic drawing of a tension rod with homogeneous material distribution]]
4359
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4360
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 29:''' Schematic drawing of a tension rod with homogeneous material distribution
4361
|}
4362
4363
Regarding boundary conditions shown in Figure [[#img-29|29]], the domain is fixed at the left side and has a horizontal unitary force at the middle of the right end. Some representative cases, in terms of the selected constitutive tensor, have been considered (see second column in Figure [[#img-30|30]]). <div id='img-30'></div>
4364
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4365
|-
4366
|[[Image:Draft_Samper_118254298_6711_TractionBeam.png|600px|Representative optimal homogeneous tension rod topologies: (a) Isotropic (E=1 and ν=0.3) as a reference, (b)-(e) Orthotropic, (f) Anisotropic. In the second column, the constitutive tensor used is shown, which is obtained by a classical homogenization procedure of the micro-structure displayed on the third column, see [Sanchez-PalenciaBook1980]. In the fourth one and fifth column, the final optimal topology for the structure and the value of the compliance are also shown.]]
4367
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4368
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 30:''' Representative optimal homogeneous tension rod topologies: (a) Isotropic (<math>E=1</math> and <math>\nu=0.3</math>) as a reference, (b)-(e) Orthotropic, (f) Anisotropic. In the second column, the constitutive tensor used is shown, which is obtained by a classical homogenization procedure of the micro-structure displayed on the third column, see [Sanchez-PalenciaBook1980]. In the fourth one and fifth column, the final optimal topology for the structure and the value of the compliance are also shown.
4369
|}
4370
4371
Notice the strong influence of the selected micro-structure topology and, consequently, of the resulting homogenized constitutive tensor, on the obtained optimal macro-structure topology.
4372
4373
====Case 2: Homogeneous Cantilever beam====
4374
4375
<div id='img-31'></div>
4376
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4377
|-
4378
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-CantileverSketch.png|300px|Schematic drawing of a cantilever beam with homogeneous material distribution]]
4379
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4380
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 31:''' Schematic drawing of a cantilever beam with homogeneous material distribution
4381
|}
4382
4383
Now a standard cantilever beam is solved. All data are as in Case 1, except for the direction of the applied force (see Figure [[#img-31|31]]). <div id='img-32'></div>
4384
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4385
|-
4386
|[[Image:Draft_Samper_118254298_4418_CantileverBeam.png|600px|Representative optimal homogeneous Cantilever beam topologies: (a) Isotropic (E=1 and ν=0.3) as a reference, (b)-(e) Orthotropic, (f) Anisotropic. In the second column, the constitutive tensor used is shown, which is obtained by a classical homogenization procedure of the micro-structure displayed on the third column, see [Sanchez-PalenciaBook1980]. In the fourth one and fifth column, the final optimal topology for the structure and the value of the compliance are also shown.]]
4387
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4388
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 32:''' Representative optimal homogeneous Cantilever beam topologies: (a) Isotropic (<math>E=1</math> and <math>\nu=0.3</math>) as a reference, (b)-(e) Orthotropic, (f) Anisotropic. In the second column, the constitutive tensor used is shown, which is obtained by a classical homogenization procedure of the micro-structure displayed on the third column, see [Sanchez-PalenciaBook1980]. In the fourth one and fifth column, the final optimal topology for the structure and the value of the compliance are also shown.
4389
|}
4390
4391
The isotropic case is used also as a reference. Some unconventional topologies are obtained, specially in the orthotropic case (micro-structure with horizontal and vertical bars) and full anisotropic case (last row). It can be observed, that the resulting macro-structure topology, tends to arrange following the principal directions of the micro-structure topology.
4392
4393
===4.6.2 Heterogeneous material distribution ===
4394
4395
A heterogeneous distribution of material is used for a classical cantilever beam optimal design. The contrast parameter is taken <math display="inline">\gamma=10^{-4}</math>. The 2x1 domain is discretized through a structured mesh of <math display="inline">6272</math> <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{1}</math> elements. The geometry is vertically partitioned in four domains with the same width (1/4). The top and bottom regions are endowed with a constitutive tensor different from the center one (see Figures [[#img-33|33]] and [[#img-35|35]]). The intended volume fraction is <math display="inline">V=0.4</math> and the considered penalty value is <math display="inline">\rho=0.5</math>. Again the iterative solution algorithm is declared converged when <math display="inline">\theta{<1}^{\hbox{o}}</math> and <math display="inline">|c(\psi )|<0.001</math>.
4396
4397
====Case 1: Heterogeneous Cantilever beam with horizontal-shear micro-structures====
4398
4399
In this example, the top and bottom regions are endowed with a microstructure topology yielding horizontally-dominant microscopic stiffness, where the center region, microscopic topology enforces shear-dominant stiffness.
4400
4401
<div id='img-33'></div>
4402
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4403
|-
4404
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-HeteroCantileverHorizShearSketch.png|300px|Heterogeneous cantilever beam with regions of different constitutive properties (enforced via microscopic material topology). ]]
4405
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4406
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 33:''' Heterogeneous cantilever beam with regions of different constitutive properties (enforced via microscopic material topology). 
4407
|}
4408
4409
The material arrangement and distribution are sketched in Figure [[#img-33|33]]. The corresponding values for the resulting homogenized constitutive properties are detailed in Figure [[#img-34|34]].
4410
4411
<div id='img-34'></div>
4412
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4413
|-
4414
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-HeteroCantileverHorizShear.png|600px|Heterogeneous cantilever beam. Material properties and obtained results (case 1). ]]
4415
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4416
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 34:''' Heterogeneous cantilever beam. Material properties and obtained results (case 1). 
4417
|}
4418
4419
It is worth noting that both constitutive tensors are again anisotropic. In addition, note that the optimal topology with the anisotropic heterogeneous material distribution is quite different from the homogeneous isotropic case (first row of Figure [[#img-32|32]]) and the homogeneous anisotropic case (last row of Figure [[#img-32|32]]). Again, it can be observed that the macroscopic topology tends to mimic the microscopic one in the different considered regions.
4420
4421
====Case 2: Heterogeneous Cantilever beam with horizontal-vertical micro-structures====
4422
4423
Now the top and bottom regions at the beam are endowed with a microstructure yielding horizontally-dominant elastic stiffness, whereas the central region is endowed with a vertically-dominant one.
4424
4425
<div id='img-35'></div>
4426
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4427
|-
4428
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-HeteroCantileverHorizVertSketch.png|300px|Heterogeneous cantilever beam. Material properties and obtained results (case 2) ]]
4429
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4430
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 35:''' Heterogeneous cantilever beam. Material properties and obtained results (case 2) 
4431
|}
4432
4433
Figure [[#img-35|35]] shows an schematic picture of this case. Details of the resulting homogenized elastic properties are given in Figure [[#img-36|36]]. <div id='img-36'></div>
4434
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4435
|-
4436
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-HeteroCantileverHorizVert.png|600px|Optimal heterogeneous Cantilever beam topology. Constitutive tensor value and its corresponding micro-structure representation are also detailed. ]]
4437
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4438
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 36:''' Optimal heterogeneous Cantilever beam topology. Constitutive tensor value and its corresponding micro-structure representation are also detailed. 
4439
|}
4440
4441
In Figure [[#img-36|36]], the resulting (non trivial) optimal topology obtained for this case is shown.
4442
4443
Regarding numerical aspects, problems of convergence of the involved numerical schemes have not been found.
4444
4445
Besides, no substantial differences, in terms of the involved computational effort, have been found by considering the isotropic and anisotropic cases. Thus, the anisotropic topological derivative generalize the isotropic one. In all cases less than five minutes of computation are needed with a standard PC (3.40GHz processor in a 64-bit architecture) in a Matlab<math display="inline">^{\mbox{©}}</math> environment.
4446
4447
==4.7 Conclusions==
4448
4449
In this chapter an analytical and closed-form expression for the topological derivative in heterogeneous and anisotropic elastic problems has been presented. We consider as singular perturbation the introduction of a circular disc, with an anisotropic constitutive tensor completely different from the background material, in an arbitrary point. From the asymptotic analysis, it has been proven that the heterogeneous behavior of the material properties does not contribute to the first order topological derivative. The polarization tensor for this problem is obtained from a very simple (and inexpensive) matrix evaluation, in terms of the constitutive properties of the unperturbed problem and the inclusion. The derived formula are general for any kind of anisotropy in two dimensional problems, where orthotropy and isotropy (of the background material or the inclusion or a combination of both) can be derived as particular cases.
4450
4451
We recall that the development presented in this work for the total potential energy, in particular the solution of the so-called exterior problem, can be applied for other cost functionals and that the derivation of the associated topological derivative can be easily done.
4452
4453
With theses results in mind, the presented numerical simulation shows that the selected material properties heavily affect the optimal topology in an standard topology optimization problem. Since real applications involve non homogeneous isotropic material, the obtained closed formula of the topological derivative for heterogeneous anisotropic materials generalizes the concept of topology optimization for any kind of material properties and distribution. This progress is, in fact, the main contribution of the chapter.
4454
4455
In addition, a the influence of the microscopic topology on the optimal macroscopic topology is observed which, in some cases, becomes very relevant.
4456
4457
=5 Two-scale topology optimization=
4458
4459
==5.1 Motivation==
4460
4461
Let's recall the macroscopic and microscopic topology optimization problems.
4462
4463
==Macroscopic topology optimization==
4464
4465
Macroscopic topology optimization corresponds to the standard and genuine topology optimization problem. It aims at removing material from a macroscopic domain, subjected to external forces and boundary conditions, so that its stiffness is maximized. Usually, the problem is written as:
4466
4467
<span id="eq-5.1"></span>
4468
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4469
|-
4470
| 
4471
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4472
|-
4473
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{rl}\underset{\chi ,\sigma }{\hbox{minimize}} & \int _{\Omega }\chi \sigma :\mathbb{C}^{-1}:\sigma \\ \hbox{ subjected to:} & \int _{\Omega }\chi{-}V=0. \end{array} </math>
4474
|}
4475
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.1)
4476
|}
4477
4478
where <math display="inline">\sigma </math> stands for the stresses, solution of a standard equilibrium equation, <math display="inline">\chi </math> for the characteristic function, <math display="inline">V</math> for the fraction volume and <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}</math> for the constitutive tensor.
4479
4480
In Figure [[#img-37|37]], a representation of the macroscopic domain in the initial configuration and a representation of the optimal topology of the standard Cantilever beam is shown.
4481
4482
<div id='img-37'></div>
4483
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4484
|-
4485
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-MacroTopOpt.png|600px|Standard structural optimization solution for the Cantilever beam case ]]
4486
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4487
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 37:''' Standard structural optimization solution for the Cantilever beam case 
4488
|}
4489
4490
==Microscopic topology optimization==
4491
4492
A similar approach is applied in microscopic topology optimization. The main idea, in this case, is to design the topology of the the RVE in order to maximize the stiffness obtained by the constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}_{h}</math> so that a particular fraction volume is fulfilled. The reader is referred to <span id='citeF-103'></span>[[#cite-103|[103]]] for some examples. Usually, the microscopic topology optimization is formulated as
4493
4494
<span id="eq-5.2"></span>
4495
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4496
|-
4497
| 
4498
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4499
|-
4500
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{cc}\underset{\chi _{\mu }}{\hbox{minimize}} & \sigma :\mathbb{C}_{h}^{-1}(\chi _{\mu }):\sigma \\ \hbox{ subjected to:} & \int _{\Omega }\chi _{\mu }=V_{\mu }\\ \\ \end{array} </math>
4501
|}
4502
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.2)
4503
|}
4504
4505
where <math display="inline">\mu </math> sub-index is used to refer to material design (more specifically to micro-structures). Note that <math display="inline">\sigma </math>, in this case, is an input data, and may be thought as the projection direction of the inverse of the constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}_{h}^{-1}</math> . A full description of the computation of the constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}_{h}</math> is presented in section [[#2.1.1 Multi-scale variational framework|2.1.1]]. A micro-cell or the RVE (Representative Volume Element) initial configuration, the applied stresses <math display="inline">\sigma </math> and the final topology are shown in Figure [[#img-38|38]]. <div id='img-38'></div>
4506
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4507
|-
4508
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-MicroTopOpt.png|600px|Material design solution of a square micro-cell under a given stress state]]
4509
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4510
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 38:''' Material design solution of a square micro-cell under a given stress state
4511
|}
4512
4513
The multi-scale methodology, jointly with the microscopic topology optimization problem (both fully explained in Chapter [[#2 Background and review of the state of the art|2]]), opens up the possibility of increasing the global stiffness via the topological design at the microstructure in each integration point. Hereafter, this problem is termed ''Point-to-point material design problem''. It is worth stressing that conceptually the ''Point-to-point material design problem'' differs from the macroscopic topology optimization in the set of design variables. In the former, the macroscopic characteristic <math display="inline">\chi </math> function is used as a design variable; while the latter uses the microscopic characteristic function <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu }</math>.
4514
4515
At this point, from the numerical point of view, many questions arise: ''how the Point-to-point material design problem can be solved? What kind of algorithm should be used? In comparison with the macroscopic topology optimization problem, how much is the cost function reduced? ''
4516
4517
Since ''the Point-to-point material design ''involves multiscale and topology optimization techniques, significant time-consuming computations are expected. Additionally, as will be discussed later, the problem presents strong non-linear behavior. ''How can these difficulties be mitigated?'' Appropriate reduction techniques and algorithms are required. On top of this, the manufacturability issue appears as another relevant concern. For this purpose, appropiate numerical strategies must be devised.
4518
4519
Finally, instead of comparing the ''Point-to-point material design'' approach with the macroscopic topology optimization approach, a more stimulating strategy would be a combination of both approaches to increase even more the stiffness of the structure. In mathematical terms, it would consist in considering the macroscopic characteristic function <math display="inline">\chi </math> jointly with the microscopic characteristic function <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu }</math>. Similar questions arise: ''how this problem, hereafter termed Point-to-point multiscale topology optimization problem, can be solved? What kind of algorithm should be used? In comparison with the macroscopic topology optimization and the Point-to-point material design, how much the cost function is reduced? How the time-consuming difficulties and nonlinearities are alleviate? How manufacturability constraints can be considered?''
4520
4521
==5.2 Point-to-point material design problem ==
4522
4523
In order to shed light to the posed questions, we introduce first the ''Point-to-point material design problem. ''Conceptually, it makes use of the computational multi-scale homogenization framework and the micro-structure topology optimization technique. More specifically, it attempts to determine the optimal micro-structure topology at every point of the macro-structure domain such that a macroscopic functional is maximized (see a representative sketch in Figure [[#img-39|39]]).
4524
4525
<div id='img-39'></div>
4526
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4527
|-
4528
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Figure6.png|600px|''Point-to-point material design problem'']]
4529
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4530
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 39:''' ''Point-to-point material design problem''
4531
|}
4532
4533
Here the classical single-scale problem of determining the optimum distribution of a certain material mass at the macro-scale (or structural scale) is reformulated as a two-scale problem in the following sense: the goal is the optimal distribution of a given material mass, ''but now at the micro-scale'' level for every structural point (given the shape and topology at the structural scale).
4534
4535
===5.2.1 Formulation of the Point-to-point material design problem ===
4536
4537
The ''Point-to-point material design'' is mathematically stated through:
4538
4539
<span id="eq-5.3"></span>
4540
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4541
|-
4542
| 
4543
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4544
|-
4545
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{cc}\underset{\sigma ,\chi _{\mu }}{\hbox{minimize}} & \int _{\Omega }\sigma :\mathbb{C}_{h}^{-1}(\chi _{\mu }):\sigma \\ \hbox{ subjected to:} & \int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\chi _{\mu }-V_{\mu }\leq{0},\\  & \nabla \cdot \sigma =\rho b,\\  & \hbox{ + Boundary conditions.} \end{array} </math>
4546
|}
4547
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.3)
4548
|}
4549
4550
where the macroscopic stresses <math display="inline">\sigma </math> are defined by
4551
4552
<span id="eq-5.4"></span>
4553
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4554
|-
4555
| 
4556
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4557
|-
4558
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\sigma =\mathbb{C}_{h}(\chi _{\mu }):\nabla ^{s}u </math>
4559
|}
4560
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.4)
4561
|}
4562
4563
and <math display="inline">u\in H^{1}(\Omega )</math> are the displacement solution of the equilibrium equation.
4564
4565
In equation ([[#eq-5.3|5.3]]), <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu }\in \left\{0,1\right\}</math>, refers to the characteristic function at the RVE, whose optimal spatial distribution (defining the topology of the RVE) is aimed at being obtained, and <math display="inline">V_{\mu }</math> refers to the volume fraction of the RVE. In this respect, the following aspects, specific for this multi-scale problem, have to be highlighted:
4566
4567
<ol>
4568
4569
<li>The objective function to be minimized is highly nonlinear and defined at the macro-scale level. </li>
4570
<li>The design variables (the values of the characteristic function <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu }</math>) are defined at the micro-scale </li>
4571
<li>The equilibrium equation couples both macro and micro levels since, although the stresses are defined at the macrostructure, the constitutive equation ([[#eq-5.4|5.4]]) depends on the micro-structural topology. </li>
4572
<li>Since the number of design variables will be, in the discrete sense, of the order of the product of the macroscopic Gauss-point and microscopic Gauss-points (each RVE must be designed), the optimization problem may become computationally unaffordable. </li>
4573
4574
</ol>
4575
4576
Note the slightly but essential difference formulation between the ''Point-to-point material design problem'', described in equation ([[#eq-5.3|5.3]]), with the ''macroscopic topology optimization'' problem, described in equation ([[#eq-5.1|5.1]]). The macroscopic characteristic design variable <math display="inline">\chi </math> turns into the microscopic characteristic design variable <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu }</math>.
4577
4578
==Algorithmic separability==
4579
4580
As pointed-out above, the addressed minimization problem in equation ([[#eq-5.3|5.3]]) entails multi-scale coupling and non-linear dependencies. A separation of the minimization problem is introduced here to overcome those difficulties. The original problem in equation ([[#eq-5.3|5.3]]) is rephrased as:
4581
4582
<span id="eq-5.5"></span>
4583
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4584
|-
4585
| 
4586
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4587
|-
4588
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{cc}\underset{\sigma }{\hbox{minimize}} & \begin{array}{cc}\underset{\chi _{\mu }}{\hbox{minimize}} & \int _{\Omega }\sigma :\mathbb{C}_{h}^{-1}(\chi _{\mu }):\sigma \\ \hbox{ subjected to} & \frac{\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\chi _{\mu }}{V_{\mu }}-1\leq{0}, \end{array}\\ \hbox{ subjected to} & \nabla \cdot \sigma =\rho b,\\  & \hbox{ + Boundary conditions.} \end{array} </math>
4589
|}
4590
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.5)
4591
|}
4592
4593
This subtle change could be thought as a different notation of the same problem or, even more stimulating, a way of solving the problem. Once in that stage, and inspired by the divide and conquer approach, a tentative second step consists of solving the minimization problem locally, i.e., rewriting equation ([[#eq-5.5|5.5]]) as,
4594
4595
<span id="eq-5.6"></span>
4596
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4597
|-
4598
| 
4599
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4600
|-
4601
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{cc}\underset{\sigma }{\hbox{minimize}}\int _{\Omega } & \begin{array}{cc}\underset{\chi _{\mu }}{\hbox{minimize}} & \sigma :\mathbb{C}_{h}^{-1}(\chi _{\mu }):\sigma \\ \hbox{ subjected to} & \frac{\int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\chi _{\mu }}{V_{\mu }}-1\leq{0}, \end{array}\\ \hbox{ subjected to} & \nabla \cdot \sigma =\rho b,\\  & \hbox{ + Boundary conditions.} \end{array} </math>
4602
|}
4603
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.6)
4604
|}
4605
4606
where the leading change is the exchange between the minimization and the integral operator. Note that the equilibrium equation plus the boundary conditions are solved as a standard FEM equilibrium problem, that is,
4607
4608
<span id="eq-5.7"></span>
4609
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4610
|-
4611
| 
4612
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4613
|-
4614
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>K(\chi _{\mu })u  =  F. </math>
4615
|}
4616
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.7)
4617
|}
4618
4619
Since all the unknowns and constraints of the minimization subproblem are defined locally at equation ([[#eq-5.5|5.5]]), the exchange can be done without altering the global solution. In other words, ''the micro-scale topologies that provide the minimum global (structural) compliance, are those micro-structure topologies that provide minimal “local compliances”.''
4620
4621
==Algorithmic complexity==
4622
4623
The algorithmic complexity (here understood as the number of operations to be performed) is tackled by considering a typical FEM discretization, involving, say, <math display="inline">n</math> finite elements at every scale and <math display="inline">o(n^{2})</math> design variables (<math display="inline">o(n)</math> values of the characteristic function <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu }</math> at the RVE, times <math display="inline">o(n)</math> macroscopic sampling points). Hence, one optimization problem with a total of <math display="inline">n_{T}=o(n^{2})</math> design variables has to be solved.
4624
4625
In contrast, problem ([[#eq-5.6|5.6]]), may be seen as a ''<math>o(n)</math> local design-variable optimization problem, solved <math>o(n)</math>'' ''times'' (one for every macroscopic sampling point). This makes an enormous difference in terms of the problem complexity and the corresponding computational cost.
4626
4627
With this new strategy, the local optimization problem is then sought, as iteratively solving the global equilibrium equation, starting with a given initial micro-structure topology distribution, and modifying it by a microscopic topology optimization algorithm leading to a new RVE topology (in an uncoupled way from the other RVE's), until convergence. Thus, a natural strategy to solve the problem consists of solving each local optimization in a parallel fashion, or, in other words, with these approach, the problem becomes embarrassingly parallel. A similar approach is presented in <span id='citeF-104'></span>[[#cite-104|[104]]].
4628
4629
===5.2.2 Vademecum-based approach for computational cost reduction===
4630
4631
Despite resorting to parallel computation, problem ([[#eq-5.6|5.6]]) still exhibits high complexity and it becomes computationally unaffordable for real-life problems. For this scenario, a more efficient approach is proposed here. The main idea consists of optimizing a priori a very large discrete-set of micro-structures, in the set of possible macro-stresses acting on the RVE, leading to the so-called Material Catalogue or Computational Vademecum <span id='citeF-105'></span>[[#cite-105|[105]]]. Then, when in the ''Point-to-point material design problem'' a certain optimal microstructure topology is requested, for a given stress-state at the macro-scale sampling point, the Vademecum is consulted and the closest optimal solution is extracted.
4632
4633
More precisely: given the mechanical properties of the base-material, the expensive computations requested for the Vademecum construction are done once-for-ever, in an off-line step, and the Vademecum outputs (typically the homogenized constitutive tensor, <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}_{h}</math>, solution of equation ([[#eq-3.129|3.129]]), are stored in a data-base for, a sufficiently large, discrete set of entries <math display="inline">\sigma{.}</math>
4634
4635
The actual multi-scale material design problem is then performed on-line, and it only involves a recursive equilibrium analysis at the micro-scale combined with ''consultations of the Vademecum''. This translates into an impressive reduction of the computational cost of the on-line material design process. It is highlighted that the Vademecum remains the same for a given base-material, independently of the macro-scale structural problem aimed at being optimized.
4636
4637
<div id='img-40'></div>
4638
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4639
|-
4640
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-VademecumProcess.png|600px|Vademecum-based approach for ''material design'' problem. All the possible microscopic topology optimization problems are pre-computed. Instead of solving the corresponding microscopic topology optimization problem in each macroscopic Gauss point, the optimal topology is selected from the database (''Computational Vademecum'') leading to significant computational savings.]]
4641
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4642
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 40:''' Vademecum-based approach for ''material design'' problem. All the possible microscopic topology optimization problems are pre-computed. Instead of solving the corresponding microscopic topology optimization problem in each macroscopic Gauss point, the optimal topology is selected from the database (''Computational Vademecum'') leading to significant computational savings.
4643
|}
4644
4645
==Parametric domain description==
4646
4647
The parametric domain defines the range of the the space of all possible macroscopic stresses <math display="inline">\sigma </math>. Inspection of equation ([[#eq-5.6|5.6]]) shows that the modulus of <math display="inline">\sigma </math> does not play any role in the determination of the optimal RVE topology. In fact, it can be readily proven that
4648
4649
<span id="eq-5.8"></span>
4650
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4651
|-
4652
| 
4653
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4654
|-
4655
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{rcl}\chi _{\mu } & = & \hbox{ arg}\left\{\begin{array}{cc}\underset{\chi _{\mu }}{\hbox{minimize}} & \sigma :\mathbb{C}_{h}^{-1}(\chi _{\mu }):\sigma \\ \hbox{ s.t.} & \int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\chi _{\mu }=V_{\mu } \end{array}\right\}=\\ \\  & = & \hbox{ arg}\left\{\begin{array}{cc}\underset{\chi _{\mu }}{\hbox{minimize}} & \frac{\sigma }{||\sigma ||}:\mathbb{C}_{h}^{-1}(\chi _{\mu }):\frac{\sigma }{||\sigma ||}\\ \hbox{ s.t.} & \int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\chi _{\mu }=V_{\mu } \end{array}\right\} \end{array} </math>
4656
|}
4657
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.8)
4658
|}
4659
4660
Therefore, <math display="inline">\frac{\sigma }{||\sigma ||}</math> is the actual Vademecum entry. For 2D cases, the relevant entries are then made of unit-modulus stress vectors, which lie in the unit-radius sphere and can be parametrized in terms of the two Euler angles, <math display="inline">\phi </math> and <math display="inline">\theta </math>. This is,
4661
4662
<span id="eq-5.9"></span>
4663
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4664
|-
4665
| 
4666
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4667
|-
4668
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\sigma =\begin{array}{c} \sigma _{x}\\ \sigma _{y}\\ \sigma _{xy} \end{array}=\begin{array}{c} \hbox{cos}(\phi )\hbox{cos}(\theta )\\ \hbox{sin}(\phi )\hbox{cos}(\theta )\\ \hbox{sin}(\theta ) \end{array}. </math>
4669
|}
4670
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.9)
4671
|}
4672
4673
Hence, the parametric domain is represented by the unit radius sphere. Each point of the sphere can be seen as a micro-structure optimization case, which returns some homogenized elastic properties associated to an optimal topology (see Figure [[#img-41|41]]).
4674
4675
<div id='img-41'></div>
4676
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4677
|-
4678
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Figure7.png|600px|The unit-radius spherical parametric domain (Computational Vademecum)]]
4679
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4680
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 41:''' The unit-radius spherical parametric domain (Computational Vademecum)
4681
|}
4682
4683
==Parametric domain discretization==
4684
4685
For the subsequent examples, the sphere has been discretized by means of a structured mesh of 16386 points. However, the bottom half points need not to be computed because they have an homologous point at the top half of the sphere. This is because <math display="inline">\sigma </math> or <math display="inline">-\sigma </math>, plugged in problem ([[#eq-5.8|5.8]]), result in the same objective function. Besides, only a quarter part of the top half of the sphere must be computed due to symmetries and mirroring. Consequently, an eighth of the whole sphere has been actually considered for the computations, resulting into 2145 points to be actually computed. It is also noticeable that every case/point is fully uncoupled from the others and, therefore, the Vademecum construction is optimally parallelizable in a distributed memory computer cluster.
4686
4687
By the use of the topological derivative and the Slerp algorithm fully explained in Chapter [[#3 Topological derivative and topology optimization|3]], some examples of this optimal RVE topologies can be seen in Figure [[#img-42|42]].
4688
4689
<div id='img-42'></div>
4690
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4691
|-
4692
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Figure8.png|600px|Typical micro-structure topology outputs of the Computational Vademecum]]
4693
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4694
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 42:''' Typical micro-structure topology outputs of the Computational Vademecum
4695
|}
4696
4697
All the microscopic topologies have been computed fulfilling a solid volume fraction <math display="inline">V_{\mu }=0.6</math>. It is worth mentioning that construction of such Vademecum requires a very robust methodology for the RVE topological design, so that, without the use of re-meshing, none of the desired entry points fails to be computed. In this sense, it has to be remarked that these results are obtained thanks to the use of the topological derivative concept, the Slerp algorithm and the ''Mixed Formulation'' (see Chapter [[#3 Topological derivative and topology optimization|3]]). All cases converged for a constant value of the penalty <math display="inline">\rho=1</math>, with a convergence tolerance <math display="inline">\epsilon _{\theta }<1^{o}</math> and a tolerance on the volume constraint <math display="inline">\hbox{TOL}<0.001</math>. In Figure [[#img-43|43]], we show the structured mesh with 6400 linear triangle elements.
4698
4699
<div id='img-43'></div>
4700
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4701
|-
4702
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-MicroStructure.png|600px|Structured mesh used in the micro-structure topology optimization problem with 6400 standard linear triangular elements. Note that, the Slerp algorithm jointly with the ''Mixed formulation'' explained in Chapter [[#3 Topological derivative and topology optimization|3]] has converged in 2145 cases without considering re-meshing techniques.]]
4703
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4704
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 43:''' Structured mesh used in the micro-structure topology optimization problem with 6400 standard linear triangular elements. Note that, the Slerp algorithm jointly with the ''Mixed formulation'' explained in Chapter [[#3 Topological derivative and topology optimization|3]] has converged in 2145 cases without considering re-meshing techniques.
4705
|}
4706
4707
It is also remarkable from Figure [[#img-42|42]], that, for many cases, the obtained optimal topologies are far from being intuitive. Associated to the optimal topologies, and based on problem ([[#eq-5.8|5.8]]), the corresponding RVE compliances for every point of the parametric space are computed, and they are displayed in Figure [[#img-44|44]].
4708
4709
<div id='img-44'></div>
4710
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4711
|-
4712
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Figure9.png|600px|Optimal compliance values over the parametric domain]]
4713
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4714
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 44:''' Optimal compliance values over the parametric domain
4715
|}
4716
4717
It has to be emphasized that, from the theoretical point of view, achieving a global minimum in all cases is not guaranteed, although numerical experiences have evidenced that the obtained compliances remain similar when changing the initial guess.
4718
4719
As explained in Chapter [[#2 Background and review of the state of the art|2]], the homogenized constitutive operator, <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}_{h}</math>, constitutes the relevant output of the Vademecum since this is the only data retrieved from the micro-scale to the macro-scale computations (see equation ([[#eq-5.8|5.8]])). Accordingly, in Figure [[#img-45|45]], the Vademecum outputs for the optimal homogenized components of <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}_{h}</math> are presented.
4720
4721
<div id='img-45'></div>
4722
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4723
|-
4724
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Figure10.png|600px|Maps of the constitutive tensor components on the unit-radius spherical parametric domain. ]]
4725
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4726
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 45:''' Maps of the constitutive tensor components on the unit-radius spherical parametric domain. 
4727
|}
4728
4729
There, the major symmetries of <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{h}</math> (symmetric character of the maps of the symmetric components) as well as the rotated mirroring <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}_{11}</math>- <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}_{22}</math> and <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}_{13}</math>- <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}_{23}</math> can be observed.
4730
4731
===5.2.3 Algorithm for the Point-to-point material design  ===
4732
4733
The strategy of the problem relies on the alternate direction algorithm, widely used in literature, see <span id='citeF-106'></span>[[#cite-106|[106]]]. We explain carefully the details in Algorithm [[#algorithm-2|2]]. 
4734
{| style="margin: 1em auto;border: 1px solid darkgray;"
4735
|-
4736
|
4737
:'''Input:''' Set an initial micro-structure topology distribution <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu }^{0}</math> with <math display="inline">\sigma _{0}</math> as the stresses obtained by ([[#eq-5.7|5.7]]).
4738
4739
<ol>
4740
4741
<li>Selecting from the Computational Vademecum (the nearest point), solve </li>
4742
4743
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4744
|-
4745
| 
4746
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4747
|-
4748
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \chi _{\mu }^{k+1}=\hbox{arg}\left\{\begin{array}{cc} \underset{\chi _{\mu }}{\hbox{minimize}} & {\sigma _{k}}:\mathbb{C}_{h}^{-1}(\chi _{\mu }):\sigma _{k}\\ \hbox{ s.t.} & \int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\chi _{\mu }=V_{\mu } \end{array}\right\} </math>
4749
|}
4750
|}
4751
4752
<li>Solve an standard equilibrium equation (<math display="inline">u_{k+1},\sigma _{k+1}</math>) with <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu }^{k+1}</math> in ([[#eq-5.7|5.7]]). </li>
4753
<li>Update stopping criteria <math display="inline">\epsilon _{k}=\frac{||u_{k+1}-u_{k}||}{||u_{0}||}</math>. </li>
4754
<li>If <math display="inline">\epsilon _{k}<</math> TOL, then STOP. Otherwise increase iteration <math display="inline">k=k+1</math> and return to 1). </li>
4755
4756
</ol>
4757
4758
4759
|-
4760
| style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"|
4761
<span id='algorithm-2'></span>'''Algorithm. 2''' Alternate directions algorithm for the ''Point-to-point material design problem''. 
4762
|}
4763
4764
===5.2.4 Numerical results of the Point-to-point material design problem ===
4765
4766
In order to assess the proposed approach some numerical examples are presented next. In all cases the solid volume fraction at the RVE is fixed to <math display="inline">V_{\mu }=0.6</math>. As start point in the iterative process, a micro-structure with a centered circular void fulfilling the volume fraction constraint is considered over all the macroscopic domain (see Figure [[#img-46|46]]-(a)).
4767
4768
==Cantilever Beam==
4769
4770
The ''Point-to-point material design approach'' is first applied to the Cantilever beam example shown in Figure [[#img-46|46]]. The dimensions are 2 meter length <math display="inline">\times </math> 1 meter height, and plane stress conditions are assumed. The beam is loaded by a unit vertical point force, at the right end center, and it is clamped at the left end.
4771
4772
This rectangular macroscopic domain, is discretized into <math display="inline">2618</math> <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{1}</math> triangular elements. The elastic properties of the basis material are: Young Modulus <math display="inline">E_{\mu }=1</math> and Poisson ratio <math display="inline">\nu _{\mu }=0.3</math>. In Figure [[#img-46|46]], the evolution of the micro-structure topology, along the iterative design process is displayed.
4773
4774
<div id='img-46'></div>
4775
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4776
|-
4777
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Figure11.png|600px|''Point-to-point material design approach ''applied to the Cantilever beam example. Due to the alternate direction algorithm, convergence is achieved in few iterations. In addition, due to the ''Computational Vademecum'' or Material Catalogue, the cost of solving a microscopic topology optimization problem in each macroscopic sampling point is replaced by selecting the pre-computed optimal microscopic topology. ]]
4778
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4779
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 46:''' ''Point-to-point material design approach ''applied to the Cantilever beam example. Due to the alternate direction algorithm, convergence is achieved in few iterations. In addition, due to the ''Computational Vademecum'' or Material Catalogue, the cost of solving a microscopic topology optimization problem in each macroscopic sampling point is replaced by selecting the pre-computed optimal microscopic topology. 
4780
|}
4781
4782
In Figure [[#img-47|47]], the evolution of the global cost function (structural compliance) and of the residue (in terms of displacements) of the alternate directions algorithm is depicted. As it can be checked there, four iterations suffice to achieve full convergence with a 30% reduction of the original compliance. The convergence ratio of the iterative process is at most linear, as expected from the used alternate directions algorithm.
4783
4784
<div id='img-47'></div>
4785
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4786
|-
4787
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Figure12.png|600px|Compliance and residue evolution of the alternate directions algorithm applied to the Cantilever beam example solved by the ''Point-to-point material design approach''.]]
4788
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4789
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 47:''' Compliance and residue evolution of the alternate directions algorithm applied to the Cantilever beam example solved by the ''Point-to-point material design approach''.
4790
|}
4791
4792
==Bending Beam==
4793
4794
The ''Point-to-point material design approach'' is now applied to a standard supported Bending beam. The same macroscopic domain is now discretized in <math display="inline">5056</math> linear triangular elements. The beam is loaded with a vertical unitary force at the mid-span (see Figure [[#img-48|48]]). The elastic properties of the basis material are: Young Modulus <math display="inline">E_{\mu }=1</math> and Poisson ratio <math display="inline">\nu _{\mu }=0.3</math>.
4795
4796
<div id='img-48'></div>
4797
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4798
|-
4799
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Figure13.png|600px|''Point-to-point material design approach ''applied to the Bending beam example. Due to the alternate direction algorithm, convergence is achieved in few iterations. In addition, due to the ''Computational Vademecum'' or Material Catalogue, the cost of solving a microscopic topology optimization problem in each macroscopic sampling point is replaced by selecting the pre-computed optimal microscopic topology.]]
4800
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4801
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 48:''' ''Point-to-point material design approach ''applied to the Bending beam example. Due to the alternate direction algorithm, convergence is achieved in few iterations. In addition, due to the ''Computational Vademecum'' or Material Catalogue, the cost of solving a microscopic topology optimization problem in each macroscopic sampling point is replaced by selecting the pre-computed optimal microscopic topology.
4802
|}
4803
4804
The evolving micro-structure distribution during the iterative design process is depicted in Figure [[#img-48|48]]. In Figure [[#img-49|49]], a fast convergence is achieved also in this case (six iterations) leading to almost 40% reduction of the structural compliance.
4805
4806
<div id='img-49'></div>
4807
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4808
|-
4809
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Figure14.png|600px|Compliance and residue evolution of the alternate directions algorithm applied to the Bending beam example solved by the ''Point-to-point material design approach''.]]
4810
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4811
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 49:''' Compliance and residue evolution of the alternate directions algorithm applied to the Bending beam example solved by the ''Point-to-point material design approach''.
4812
|}
4813
4814
Note that, due to the Computational Vademecum, these two numerical examples have been solved in less than one minute of computation with a standard PC (3.40GHz processor in a 64-bit architecture) in a Matlab<math display="inline">^{\mbox{©}}</math> environment.
4815
4816
==5.3 Component-based approach for material design problem==
4817
4818
One may argue that alternate direction algorithm [[#algorithm-2|2]] theoretically solves the ''Point-to-point material design'' problem ([[#eq-5.6|5.6]]). However, the results of the ''Point-to-point material design approach ''present relevant manufacturing limitations. Designing the material of a structure which has different micro-structure point to point seems unrealistic. Since this work aims at presenting clear realistic results, some additional constraints in problem ([[#eq-5.6|5.6]]) are now considered. It gives rise to the hereafter termed ''Component-based material design problem.''
4819
4820
===5.3.1 Formulation of the problem===
4821
4822
In order to establish such manufacturing constraints, the macro-structure is divided in several sub-domains and a constant micro-structure is imposed in each sub-domain. In optimization terms, it can be cast as,
4823
4824
<span id="eq-5.10"></span>
4825
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4826
|-
4827
| 
4828
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4829
|-
4830
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{cc}\underset{\sigma ,\chi _{\mu _{i}}}{\hbox{minimize}} & \underset{i}{\overset{n}{\sum }}\int _{\Omega _{i}}\sigma :\mathbb{C}_{h}^{-1}(\chi _{\mu _{i}}):\sigma \\ \hbox{ subjected to:} & \int _{\Omega _{\mu _{i}}}\chi _{\mu _{i}}\leq V_{\mu },\\  & \nabla \cdot \sigma=0,\\  & \hbox{ + Boundary conditions.} \end{array} </math>
4831
|}
4832
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.10)
4833
|}
4834
4835
where <math display="inline">\Omega _{i}</math> stands for the volume of each sub-domain ( <math display="inline">\underset{i}{\overset{n}{\cup }}\Omega _{i}=\Omega </math>) . Figure [[#img-50|50]] depicts roughly how the ''Point-to-Point material design problem ''becomes'' the Component-based material design problem. ''
4836
4837
<div id='img-50'></div>
4838
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4839
|-
4840
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-DiscreteOneScale.png|600px|Representation of how the ''Point-to-Point material design problem ''becomes'' the Component-based material design problem''. The domain is now divided in sub-domains (components) and the micro-structure is imposed to be homogeneous in each sub-domain in order to fulfill manufacturing constraints. ]]
4841
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4842
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 50:''' Representation of how the ''Point-to-Point material design problem ''becomes'' the Component-based material design problem''. The domain is now divided in sub-domains (components) and the micro-structure is imposed to be homogeneous in each sub-domain in order to fulfill manufacturing constraints. 
4843
|}
4844
4845
In this approach, it is supposed that the partition of the domain is provided by the user depending on its interests and manufacturing capacities. Nevertheless, aeronautical industry, among others, trusts on first producing by components and then assemble them. Thus, each component is build and manufactured independently and the partition of the domain is straightforwardly decided (each components stands for a sub-domain). In Figure [[#img-51|51]], a representation of the component-based manufacturability is shown.
4846
4847
<div id='img-51'></div>
4848
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4849
|-
4850
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Component-based figure.png|600px|]]
4851
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-WingComponents.png|600px|Aeronautical industry trusts on first producing the components and after assembling them. The components appear as a natural partition of the domain and entail manufacturing constraints that must be added to the topology optimization problem. ]]
4852
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4853
| colspan="2" | '''Figure 51:''' Aeronautical industry trusts on first producing the components and after assembling them. The components appear as a natural partition of the domain and entail manufacturing constraints that must be added to the topology optimization problem. 
4854
|}
4855
4856
From the optimization point of view, the manufacturability constraints impose the same micro-structure in each component. This turns into a decrease of the number of design variables. Thus, the'' Component-based material design problem'' ([[#eq-5.10|5.10]]) can be seen a priori more affordable than ''the Point-to-Point material design ''problem. However, the opposite happens. On the one hand, the decoupling, shown in equation ([[#eq-5.8|5.8]]), no longer holds. On the other hand, the number of design variables increase simultaneously with the number of components.
4857
4858
===5.3.2 Sub-optimal formulation of the component-based material design problem===
4859
4860
These reasons give rise to propose, as a remedy, a re-formulation of the'' Component-based material design problem'' ([[#eq-5.10|5.10]]). In mathematical terms, we propose the following (sub-optimal but feasible) problem:
4861
4862
<span id="eq-5.11"></span>
4863
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4864
|-
4865
| 
4866
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4867
|-
4868
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{cc}\underset{\sigma ,\chi _{\mu _{i}}\in \mathbb{V}}{\hbox{minimize}} & \underset{i}{\overset{n}{\sum }}\int _{\Omega _{i}}\sigma :\mathbb{C}_{h}^{-1}(\chi _{\mu _{i}}):\sigma \\ \hbox{ subjected to:} & \nabla \cdot \sigma=0,\\  & \hbox{ + Boundary conditions.}\\ \\ \end{array} </math>
4869
|}
4870
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.11)
4871
|}
4872
4873
where <math display="inline">\mathbb{V}</math> corresponds to the ''Vademecum'' space
4874
4875
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4876
|-
4877
| 
4878
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4879
|-
4880
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\mathbb{V}=\{ \chi _{\mu }\in L^{\infty }(\Omega ,\{ 0,1\} )\,\,|\,\,\chi _{\mu }\hbox{ solves problem (5.2)}\}  </math>
4881
|}
4882
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.12)
4883
|}
4884
4885
and <math display="inline">n</math> stands for the number of sub-domains. In other words, the possible micro-structure topologies are going to be searched in the ''Computational Vademecum'', i.e., in the database generated off-line, even if they are not optimal with respect the current stress state of the sub-domain.
4886
4887
Instead of looking for the optimal micro-structure topologies of a sub-domain in the all possible micro-structure topology set, we rather prefer seeking it in the already computed Vademecum set. Certainly, as a disadvantage, it leads to sub-optimal solutions. Nevertheless, as an advantage, the computations of solving all the microscopic topology optimization problems (in each component in each iteration) are saved.
4888
4889
Defining <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu }^{p2p}</math> the solution of the ''Point-to-Point material design problem'' ([[#eq-5.5|5.5]]), <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu }^{man}</math> the solution of ''Component-based material design problem'' ([[#eq-5.10|5.10]]), and <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu \hbox{ }}^{com}</math> the solution of the ''Sub-optimal'' ''component-based material design problem'' ([[#eq-5.11|5.11]]), the cost function certainly satisfies
4890
4891
<span id="eq-5.13"></span>
4892
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4893
|-
4894
| 
4895
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4896
|-
4897
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>J(\chi _{\mu }^{p2p})\leq J(\chi _{\mu }^{man})\leq J(\chi _{\mu \hbox{ }}^{com}). </math>
4898
|}
4899
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.13)
4900
|}
4901
4902
Since the ''Component-based material design problem ''([[#eq-5.10|5.10]]) will not be tackled, hereafter the ''Sub-optimal'' ''component-based material design problem ''will be termed ''Component-based material design problem'' indistinguishably.
4903
4904
===5.3.3 Algorithm of the component-based material design problem ===
4905
4906
As proposed in the ''Point-to-Point material design problem'' ([[#eq-5.5|5.5]]), an alternate direction algorithm is used for solving the ''Component-based material design problem'' ([[#eq-5.11|5.11]]). The resulting strategy mainly mimics, roughly speaking, the one proposed in the ''Point-to-Point material design problem''. It takes advantage of the separability property (the sub-domains plays the role of the Gauss points) and the computational savings due to the micro-structure database (''Computational Vademecum'').
4907
4908
However, for the material design iteration of Algorithm [[#algorithm-2|2]], an slightly different problem must be solved. More specifically, for a stress state value, instead of problem ([[#eq-5.2|5.2]]), the micro-structure topologies must solve the following problem
4909
4910
<span id="eq-5.14"></span>
4911
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4912
|-
4913
| 
4914
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4915
|-
4916
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{cc}\underset{\chi _{\mu _{i}}\in \mathbb{V}}{\hbox{minimize}} & {\displaystyle \int _{\Omega _{i}}}\sigma :\mathbb{C}_{h}^{-1}(\chi _{\mu _{i}}):\sigma \end{array}. </math>
4917
|}
4918
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.14)
4919
|}
4920
4921
In turn, since the ''Computational Vademecum'' space <math display="inline">\mathbb{V}</math> (unit sphere) can be parameterized in two variables (<math display="inline">\theta </math> and <math display="inline">\phi </math>), problem ([[#eq-5.14|5.14]]) can be rewritten in the following terms,
4922
4923
<span id="eq-5.15"></span>
4924
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4925
|-
4926
| 
4927
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4928
|-
4929
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{cc}\underset{\theta ,\phi }{\hbox{minimize}} & \int _{\Omega _{i}}\sigma :\mathbb{C}_{h}^{-1}(\theta ,\phi ):\sigma{.}\end{array} </math>
4930
|}
4931
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.15)
4932
|}
4933
4934
In fact, an optimization problem of two variables must be solved for each sub-domain. More specifically, the optimization problem consists in finding in the unit sphere (''Computational Vademecum''), the point (micro-structure) that minimize the most the compliance.
4935
4936
In our case, we try all the possible constitutive tensors of our database, selecting the one that provides the minimum value of the cost. Certainly, better and more efficient procedures can be proposed. However, since the value of the constitutive tensor is already stored, only simple matrix-vector product must be computed. Our experience shows that this computational operation is much less significant than solving the FEM system of equations which, in computational terms, represents the bottle-neck of the problem. This strategy is summarized in Algorithm [[#algorithm-3|3]].
4937
4938
4939
{| style="margin: 1em auto;border: 1px solid darkgray;"
4940
|-
4941
|
4942
:'''Input:''' Set an initial micro-structure topology distribution <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu _{i}}^{0}</math> with <math display="inline">\sigma _{0}</math> as the stresses obtained by ([[#eq-5.7|5.7]]).
4943
4944
<ol>
4945
4946
<li>For each sub-domain <math display="inline">i</math>, selecting from all the Computational Vademecum <math display="inline">\mathbb{V}</math>, take </li>
4947
4948
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
4949
|-
4950
| 
4951
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
4952
|-
4953
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \chi _{\mu _{i}}^{k+1}=\hbox{arg}\left\{\begin{array}{cc} \underset{\chi _{\mu _{i}}\in \mathbb{V}}{\hbox{minimize}} & \int _{\Omega _{i}}\sigma _{k}:\mathbb{C}_{h}^{-1}(\chi _{\mu _{i}}):\sigma _{k}\end{array}\right\} </math>
4954
|}
4955
|}
4956
4957
<li>Solve a standard equilibrium equation (<math display="inline">u_{k+1},\sigma _{k+1}</math>) with <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu _{i}}^{k+1}</math> in ([[#eq-5.7|5.7]]). </li>
4958
<li>Update stopping criteria <math display="inline">\epsilon _{k}=\frac{||u_{k+1}-u_{k}||}{||u_{0}||}</math>. </li>
4959
<li>If <math display="inline">\epsilon _{k}<</math> TOL, then STOP. Otherwise increase iteration <math display="inline">k=k+1</math> and return to 1). </li>
4960
4961
</ol>
4962
4963
4964
|-
4965
| style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"|
4966
<span id='algorithm-3'></span>'''Algorithm. 3''' Alternate directions for the ''Component-based material design problem''.
4967
|}
4968
4969
===5.3.4 Numerical results of the component-based material design problem===
4970
4971
Two numerical examples are performed in order to show the ''Component-based material design'' strategy.
4972
4973
==Aerodynamic profile==
4974
4975
We consider an aerodynamic profile as the first numerical example. Note that, from the structural point of view, it stands for a standard wing rib.
4976
4977
Although the bending forces and the instabilities such as buckling, strongly determine the optimal design, we assume plane stress state. In addition, the aerodynamic forces (Lift <math display="inline">L=10</math> and Drag <math display="inline">D=1</math>) are modeled as singular forces applied on the aerodynamic center (see Figure [[#img-52|52]]). The aerodynamic profile is discretized with the unstructured mesh and the domain is partitioned in four components (see Figure [[#img-52|52]]).
4978
4979
<div id='img-52'></div>
4980
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4981
|-
4982
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-AirfoilForces2.png|600px|]]
4983
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-RibOneScaleWithComponents.png|600px|Boundary conditions and discretization of the aerodynamic profile with an unstructured mesh. The partition of the domain by components is also shown.]]
4984
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
4985
| colspan="2" | '''Figure 52:''' Boundary conditions and discretization of the aerodynamic profile with an unstructured mesh. The partition of the domain by components is also shown.
4986
|}
4987
4988
As a starting point, micro-structure topologies with a circular hole that fulfills the desired fraction value <math display="inline">V_{\mu }=0.6</math> are considered. Thus, the initial iteration corresponds indeed to a feasible iteration. In order to shed light on the alternate direction algorithm [[#5.3.3 Algorithm of the component-based material design problem |5.3.3]] of the component-based material design problem, we show, in Figure [[#img-53|53]], the descent different directions in different columns. In the first column, we solve an equilibrium equation, which in optimization terms, leads to minimize the compliance respect to the stresses <math display="inline">\sigma </math>. The decrease on the cost due to the equilibrium is represented in blue on the cost function line. On the contrary, the decrease on the cost when selecting the optimal micro-structures (minimizing respect to <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu }</math>) is shown in red and it is represented on the second column of Figure [[#img-53|53]].
4989
4990
<div id='img-53'></div>
4991
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
4992
|-
4993
|
4994
{|  style="text-align: center; margin: 1em auto;min-width:50%;width:100%;"
4995
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
4996
| style="border-left: 2px solid;" |  Minimizing respect to <math>\sigma </math> 
4997
| style="border-right: 2px solid;" | 
4998
| style="border-left: 2px solid;" | 
4999
| style="border-right: 2px solid;" | Minimizing respect to <math>\chi _{\mu }</math>
5000
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
5001
| style="border-left: 2px solid;" |  [[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Airfoil1.png|300px|figures/Airfoil1]]
5002
| style="border-right: 2px solid;" | 
5003
| style="border-left: 2px solid;" | 
5004
| style="border-right: 2px solid;" | [[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Airfoil2.png|300px|figures/Airfoil2]]
5005
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
5006
| style="border-left: 2px solid;" |  [[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Airfoil3.png|300px|figures/Airfoil3]]
5007
| style="border-right: 2px solid;" | 
5008
| style="border-left: 2px solid;" | 
5009
| style="border-right: 2px solid;" | [[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Airfoil4.png|300px|figures/Airfoil4]]
5010
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;"
5011
| style="border-left: 2px solid;" |  [[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Airfoil5.png|300px|figures/Airfoil5]]
5012
| style="border-right: 2px solid;" | 
5013
| style="border-left: 2px solid;" | 
5014
| style="border-right: 2px solid;" | [[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Airfoil6.png|300px|figures/Airfoil6]]
5015
|- style="border-top: 2px solid;border-bottom: 2px solid;"
5016
| style="border-left: 2px solid;" |  [[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Airfoil7.png|300px|figures/Airfoil7]]
5017
| style="border-right: 2px solid;" | 
5018
| style="border-left: 2px solid;" | 
5019
| style="border-right: 2px solid;" | [[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Airfoil8.png|300px|figures/Airfoil8]]
5020
5021
|}
5022
5023
|-
5024
5025
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
5026
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 53:''' Aerodynamic profile example of the problem. Representation of the micro-structure history iterations. In the left column, the cost is minimized respect to <math>\sigma </math> and it is shown in blue in the cost. In the right column, the cost is minimized respect to <math>\chi _{\mu }</math> and it is represented in red. This representation of the iterations spreads the spirit of the alternate direction algorithm.
5027
|}
5028
5029
Note that the algorithm converges extremely fast, almost one iteration of minimizing with respect to <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu }</math> is needed to decrease the major part of the cost function. In this case, the optimal ''component-based material design'' solution provides an increasing of around a 16% of the stiffness with respect to the initial iteration by providing appropriate micro-structures on each component.
5030
5031
==Bending beam==
5032
5033
We present the bending beam as the second ''Component-based material design'' example. The dimensions are 2 meter length <math display="inline">\times </math> 1 meter height, and plane stress conditions are assumed. The domain is discretized with a non-structured mesh with <math display="inline">5056</math> linear triangular element. The elastic properties of the basis material are: Young Modulus <math display="inline">E_{\mu }=1</math> and Poisson ratio <math display="inline">\nu _{\mu }=0.3</math>. In addition, the domain is regularly partitioned in 8 sub-domains (see Figure [[#img-54|54]]). The starting micro-structure topologies are taken as in the aerodynamic profile example. In Figure [[#img-54|54]], intermediate and final iterations are also shown.
5034
5035
<div id='img-54a'></div>
5036
<div id='img-54b'></div>
5037
<div id='img-54'></div>
5038
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
5039
|-
5040
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-InitialGuessOneScaleDiscrete.png|600px|Iteration 1]]
5041
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-DiscreteIteration1OneScale.png|600px|Iteration 2]]
5042
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
5043
| (a) Iteration 1
5044
| (b) Iteration 2
5045
|-
5046
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-DiscreteIteration3OneScale.png|600px|]]
5047
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-DiscreteSolutionOneScale.png|600px|C''omponent-based material design'' problem applied to the bending beam example. Homogeneous material distribution is used in the first iteration and different micro-structures appear during the iteration process. The material is not designed ''Point-to-point'', the same micro-structure is designed in all the sub-domain (fulfilling manufacturing constrains).]]
5048
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
5049
| colspan="2" | '''Figure 54:''' C''omponent-based material design'' problem applied to the bending beam example. Homogeneous material distribution is used in the first iteration and different micro-structures appear during the iteration process. The material is not designed ''Point-to-point'', the same micro-structure is designed in all the sub-domain (fulfilling manufacturing constrains).
5050
|}
5051
5052
Note that, in this case, the C''omponent-based material design'' algorithm converges in just four iterations.
5053
5054
===5.3.5 Comparison between Point-to-point and Component-based material design problem===
5055
5056
At this point, it is convenient to compare the ''Point-to-point'' and ''Component-based material design ''approaches. Certainly, both approaches tackle the same optimization problem with the difference that the former includes more number of design variables. According to equation ([[#eq-5.13|5.13]]), this fact should result into smaller values of the cost function. In Figure [[#img-55|55]], the cost function for both approaches, in the case of the Bending beam example, is depicted. As expected, the ''Point-to-point material design'' approach achieves smaller values of the cost function.
5057
5058
In the case of ''Point-to-point material design approach,'' the compliance decreases around 35% while in the case of ''Component-based material design approach'' the compliance decreases around 18% In both cases the stopping criteria is taken as <math display="inline">\epsilon _{k}=10^{-2}.</math> Note that, although a strong non linearity is faced, convergence is achieved in just few iterations. Additionally, it is worth stressing that, due to the Computational Vademecum, this two numerical examples have been solved in less than five minutes of computation with a standard PC (3.40GHz processor in a 64-bit architecture) in a Matlab<math display="inline">^{\mbox{©}}</math> environment.
5059
5060
<div id='img-55'></div>
5061
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
5062
|-
5063
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-DiscreteVsContiousOneScale.png|600px|Compliance comparison between ''Point-to-point'' (blue) and ''Component-based material design ''approach (red) for the Bending beam example. ]]
5064
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
5065
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 55:''' Compliance comparison between ''Point-to-point'' (blue) and ''Component-based material design ''approach (red) for the Bending beam example. 
5066
|}
5067
5068
===5.3.6 Consistency and efficiency===
5069
5070
At this point, two different kind of approaches have been proposed to solve the problem: the ''Point-to-point'' ''material design ''approach that leads to optimal solutions without considering manufacturing conditions and the ''Component-based material design approach'' that considers manufacturing conditions at the cost of achieving sub-optimal solutions.
5071
5072
As mentioned in ([[#eq-5.11|5.11]]), the main idea of the ''Component-based material design approach'' lies on assuming homogeneous material distribution in each sub-domain. In principle, the sub-domain partition is a priory decided by the user depending on the particularities of the problem. However, it seems clear that, for a fixed domain, the number of variables of the optimization problem increases insofar as the number of sub-domains increases and, consequently, the objective function may decrease.
5073
5074
Therefore, the following question arises naturally: ''does a sequence of problems solved by the Component-based material design approach, in which the number of subdivisions increases, converge to the solution of the problem solved by the Point-to-point material design approach when the size of the sub-domains coincides with the size of the elements?''. In other words, if the ''Component-based material design approach'' is applied to a problem with the size of the elements of the size of the sub-domain and its compliance is compared with the compliance obtained by the ''Point-to-point'' ''material design ''approach, do we obtain the same values? If this is the case, we say that the'' Component-based material design ''approach is a consistent approach.
5075
5076
Similarly, the second question arises as:'' if in the case of the study, the size of the sub-domain can be arbitrary decided, which size should be selected, and how will it influence on the cost function?'' This second question, later explained, is related with the efficiency concept.
5077
5078
==Consistency==
5079
5080
Let's study a sequence of ''Component-based material design'' problems in which the number of sub-domains increases so that in the last cast each sub-domain coincides with the size of the elements. Then, we compare with the solution of the same problem solved by the ''Point-to-point material design ''approach.
5081
5082
To this end, we apply both methodologies to the Bending beam example. The domain is discretized with a regular coarse mesh of <math display="inline">128</math> <math display="inline">\mathbb{Q}_{1}</math> elements. We consider <math display="inline">\mathbb{Q}_{1}</math> Finite Elements since they can be easily identified as a square sub-domain.
5083
5084
The sequence of problems with different sub-domains starts by considering the problem with only one sub-domain (homogeneous material distribution over all the domain). Then it is divided in <math display="inline">2,</math> <math display="inline">8,</math> <math display="inline">32</math> and <math display="inline">128</math> sub-domains. A full illustration of the sequence of problems used for the computations is shown in Figure [[#img-56|56]]. Regarding the boundary conditions, a concentrated force is applied in the middle top part of the domain and it is supported on the bottom corners. The dimension of the domain is <math display="inline">2\hbox{x}1</math>.
5085
5086
<div id='img-56'></div>
5087
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
5088
|-
5089
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-1SubDomain.png|300px|]]
5090
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-2SubDomain.png|300px|]]
5091
|-
5092
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-8SubDomain.png|300px|]]
5093
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-32SubDomains.png|300px|]]
5094
|-
5095
| colspan="2"|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-128SubDomains.png|300px|A sequence of problems, with different number of sub-domains, is represented. The aim is to study the convergence of the ''Component-based material design ''approach to the ''Point-to-point'' ''material design ''approach. ]]
5096
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
5097
| colspan="2" | '''Figure 56:''' A sequence of problems, with different number of sub-domains, is represented. The aim is to study the convergence of the ''Component-based material design ''approach to the ''Point-to-point'' ''material design ''approach. 
5098
|}
5099
5100
We depict in Figure [[#img-57|57]] the values of the compliance.
5101
5102
<div id='img-57'></div>
5103
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
5104
|-
5105
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-ConsistencyFigure.png|600px|Representation of the compliance values as a function of the number of iterations for the sequence of sub-problems shown in Figure [[#img-56|56]]. In sky-blue, the compliance for the ''Point-to-point material design'' approach is depicted. As expected, the ''Point-to-point material design'' solution behaves as a lower bound of the ''Component-based material design'' approach. ]]
5106
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
5107
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 57:''' Representation of the compliance values as a function of the number of iterations for the sequence of sub-problems shown in Figure [[#img-56|56]]. In sky-blue, the compliance for the ''Point-to-point material design'' approach is depicted. As expected, the ''Point-to-point material design'' solution behaves as a lower bound of the ''Component-based material design'' approach. 
5108
|}
5109
5110
We observe that in each case the minimums of the compliance decrease monotonically as the number of sub-domains increases. The increasing number of iterations required to reach the optimal solution should not be worrisome since in real applications, the number of sub-domains are expected to be small enough.   Clearly, this behavior is a consequence of the increment of design variables produced by the increment of sub-domains.
5111
5112
The compliance of the ''Point-to-point material design approach ''is also included in Figure [[#img-57|57]] as a reference. This solution can be interpreted a lower bound of the ''Component-based material design approach''. This result illustrates the inequality constraint state in relation ([[#eq-5.13|5.13]]). Note that the compliance value obtained in this case of <math display="inline">128</math> sub-domains, in which the elements and sub-domains coincides, is not equal to the value of the ''Point-to-point material design approach''. The reason lies in the fact that, in the <math display="inline">128</math> sub-domains, the four Gauss point of each <math display="inline">\mathbb{Q}_{\hbox{1}}</math> element takes the same micro-structure while this is not the case in the ''Point-to-point material design approach''. Hence, it achieves smaller values on the cost. In Figure [[#img-58|58]], we can observe how the solution of the ''Point-to-point material design'' approach converges to the ''Component-based material design a''pproach.
5113
5114
<div id='img-58'></div>
5115
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
5116
|-
5117
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-ConsistencyFinal.png|600px|Convergence of the ''Component-based material design'' approach to the ''Point-to-point material design'' approach. The compliance values are represented in blue for the sequence of problems using the ''Component-based material design'' approach shown in Figure [[#img-56|56]]. In red, the optimal value of the compliance obtained by the ''Point-to-point material design'' approach. Note the convergence of both approaches as the number of sub-domains converge to the number of elements. ]]
5118
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
5119
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 58:''' Convergence of the ''Component-based material design'' approach to the ''Point-to-point material design'' approach. The compliance values are represented in blue for the sequence of problems using the ''Component-based material design'' approach shown in Figure [[#img-56|56]]. In red, the optimal value of the compliance obtained by the ''Point-to-point material design'' approach. Note the convergence of both approaches as the number of sub-domains converge to the number of elements. 
5120
|}
5121
5122
==Efficiency==
5123
5124
To this end, we define the efficiency parameter <math display="inline">\eta _{eff}</math> as the normalized difference between the optimal solution obtained by the ''Point-to-point material design'' <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu }^{p2p}</math> and the sub-optimal solution obtained by the ''Component-based material design'' <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu }^{com}</math> with a fixed number of sub-domains, that is,
5125
5126
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5127
|-
5128
| 
5129
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5130
|-
5131
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\eta _{eff}=\frac{\left|J(\chi _{\mu }^{com})-J(\chi _{\mu }^{p2p})\right|}{\left|J(\chi _{\mu }^{p2p})\right|}. </math>
5132
|}
5133
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.16)
5134
|}
5135
5136
According to the compliance inequalities stated in relation ([[#eq-5.13|5.13]]) holds, the efficiency parameter takes always positive values. In Figure [[#img-59|59]], we depict the variation of the efficiency parameter with the number of sub-domains.
5137
5138
<div id='img-59'></div>
5139
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
5140
|-
5141
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-EfficiencyFinal.png|600px|Representation of the efficiency parameter η<sub>eff</sub> as a function of the number of sub-domains. With just a small number of sub-domains, the solution is close the optimal (theoretical) solution. In view of this, ''Component-based material design'' allows obtaining manufacturing design at the cost of slightly reducing the stiffness of the structure. ]]
5142
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
5143
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 59:''' Representation of the efficiency parameter <math>\eta _{eff}</math> as a function of the number of sub-domains. With just a small number of sub-domains, the solution is close the optimal (theoretical) solution. In view of this, ''Component-based material design'' allows obtaining manufacturing design at the cost of slightly reducing the stiffness of the structure. 
5144
|}
5145
5146
We first observe how the efficiency value increases when the number of sub-domains increases but this is at the cost of adding manufacturing limitations. Thus, the problem is governed by a trade-off between efficiency and manufacturing aspects. Figure [[#img-59|59]], rather than determining the optimal number of sub-domain, shows the dependency between the efficiency and the number of sub-domains. The determination of the appropriate number of sub-domains falls on the interests and limitations of the user. In this sense, note that, in Figure [[#img-59|59]], with only one sub-domain, i.e, by just deciding the optimal micro-structure used in the whole domain, we obtain almost a <math display="inline">50%</math> of efficiency. Note that the efficiency considerably increases with a slight increase of the number of sub-domains. This result shows that with just a small number of sub-domains, the solution is close to the optimal (theoretical) value.
5147
5148
==5.4 Multi-scale topology optimization==
5149
5150
At this point, instead of the standard macroscopic topology optimization problem, the ''Point-to-point material design ''approach (or the ''Component-based material design'' approach when considering manufacturing constraints) has been used to maximize the stiffness of the structure by considering the micro-structure topologies, instead of the macroscopic topology, as a design variable. However, one could maximize the stiffness of a structure by designing at the same time the macroscopic topology and the material design (microscopic topology in each macroscopic Gauss point). Hence, this problem is, hereafter, termed ''multi-scale topology optimization''. Similarly, the multi-scale topology optimization may result into a ''Point-to-point'' or ''Component-based'' topological optimization.
5151
5152
===5.4.1 Point-to-point multi-scale topology optimization===
5153
5154
The main idea relies on solving a macro-structural optimization problem and, simultaneously, solve a ''Point-to-point material design'' problem in each iteration. This procedure is possible because of the efficient and the reduced time-consuming approach produced by the Computational Vademecum strategy. In mathematical terms, it can be understood as a generalization of the alternate direction algorithm by adding a new variable <math display="inline">\chi </math>, which corresponds to the standard macro-structure topology optimization design variable. More specifically, due to the alternate direction algorithm, during the iterations, we can uncouple the macroscopic topology problem with the ''Point-to-point material design'' problem. For solving the latter, we naturally take profit of the algorithm proposed in section [[#5.2.3 Algorithm for the Point-to-point material design  |5.2.3]] .
5155
5156
==Formulation==
5157
5158
Formally, the two-scale topology optimization problem can be presented in the following terms,
5159
5160
<span id="eq-5.17"></span>
5161
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5162
|-
5163
| 
5164
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5165
|-
5166
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{cc}\underset{\sigma ,\chi _{\mu },\chi }{\hbox{minimize}} & \int _{\Omega }\chi \sigma :\mathbb{C}_{h}^{-1}(\chi _{\mu }):\sigma \\ \hbox{ subjected to:} & \int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\chi _{\mu }\leq V_{\mu },\\  & \nabla \cdot \sigma=0,\\  & \hbox{ + Boundary conditions.} \end{array} </math>
5167
|}
5168
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.17)
5169
|}
5170
5171
The addition of the characteristic function <math display="inline">\chi </math> extends the ''Point-to-point material design'' problem to the ''Point-to-point multi-scale topology optimization'' problem. Certainly, the comments described in the material design version remains true in the multi-scale version. Only, the additional difficulties of designing the macro-scale must be considered. Thus, the ''multi-scale topology optimization'' problem presents, even more evidently, strong non-linearities and high time-consuming computations. The number of design variables are of the order of the macroscopic Gauss-points times the microscopic Gauss-points for <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu }</math> plus the order of macroscopic Gauss-points of <math display="inline">\sigma </math> and <math display="inline">\chi </math>. Thus, in this problem, finding remedies to tackle the unaffordable computational cost of ''multi-scale topology optimization'' problem is mandatory.
5172
5173
==Algorithm==
5174
5175
We propose a particular alternate direction algorithm in order to solve problem [[#eq-5.17|5.17]]. More specifically, for each macroscopic topology optimization iteration, we solve a ''Point-to-point material design'' problem. Thus, the proposed alternate direction algorithm, alternates non-uniformly between the directions. In mathematical terms, we can re-formulate problem ([[#eq-5.17|5.17]]) as
5176
5177
<span id="eq-5.18"></span>
5178
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5179
|-
5180
| 
5181
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5182
|-
5183
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{ccc}\underset{\chi }{\hbox{min.}} & \underset{\sigma ,\chi _{\mu }}{\hbox{min.}} & \int _{\Omega }\chi \sigma :\mathbb{C}_{h}^{-1}(\chi _{\mu }):\sigma \\  & \hbox{ s. t.} & \int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\chi _{\mu }\leq V_{\mu },\\  &  & \nabla \cdot \sigma=0,\\  &  & \hbox{ + Boundary conditions.} \end{array} </math>
5184
|}
5185
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.18)
5186
|}
5187
5188
Thus, the problem is to find, for a fixed macroscopic topology <math display="inline">\chi </math>, the solution of the inner '''<math>\underset{\sigma ,\chi _{\mu }}{\hbox{min}}</math>''' problem (or loop) and then compute an iteration of the'''<math>\underset{\chi }{\hbox{min}}</math>''' problem (or outer loop) in the Slerp algorithm. Therefore, the algorithm can be devised as an appropriate combination of the Slerp algorithm [[#algorithm-1|1]] and the ''Point-to-point material design'' algorithm [[#algorithm-2|2]]. Full details are described in Algorithm [[#algorithm-4|4]].
5189
5190
5191
{| style="margin: 1em auto;border: 1px solid darkgray;"
5192
|-
5193
|
5194
:
5195
5196
'''Init:''' choose initial <math display="inline">\psi _0</math>, <math display="inline">\theta _{min}</math>, tol, <math display="inline">\kappa _{min}</math>, <math display="inline">\lambda _0</math>, <math display="inline">\rho </math> and <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{h}_{0}</math> 
5197
5198
'''while''' <math>\theta _{n} \geq \theta _{min} \mathbf{or} r_n \geq tol</math> '''do'''
5199
5200
::Update <math display="inline">\psi _{n+1}</math>, <math display="inline">r_{n+1}</math>, <math display="inline">\lambda _{n+1}</math>, <math display="inline">\theta _{n+1}</math>, <math display="inline">g_{n+1}</math> from Algorithm [[#algorithm-1|1]] with <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{h}_{n}</math>. 
5201
5202
::Compute <math display="inline">\sigma _{n+1}</math>, <math display="inline">u_{n+1}</math> and <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{h}_{n+1}</math>  as a converged solution of problem ([[#eq-5.5|5.5]]) using Algorithm [[#algorithm-2|2]].  
5203
5204
5205
|-
5206
| style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"|
5207
<span id='algorithm-5'></span>'''Algorithm. 5''' ''Point-to-point multi-scale topology optimization'' algorithm. It is devised as a shrewd combination of the Slerp and alternate directions algorithm. For each macroscopic topology optimization iteration of the Slerp algorithm, we solve a ''Point-to-point material design'' problem.
5208
|}
5209
5210
5211
It is worth stressing that this strategy is only possible because of the reduced time-consuming computation (due to the ''Computational Vademecum'') needed for solving the ''Point-to-point material design'' problem.
5212
5213
===5.4.2 Component-based multi-scale topology optimization===
5214
5215
A further step entails manufacturing considerations. Emphasis is placed on the complexity of the problem. The addressed two-scale optimization problem presents not only strong non-linearities and large time-consuming computations, but also manufacturing constraints. To tackle it, we mimic the remedies proposed in the ''Component-based material design'' problem described in [[#eq-5.11|5.11]] for considering the manufacturing constraints. Thus, on the one hand, the ''material design'' problem is constrained to adopt, in each sub-domain, the same micro-structure. On the other hand, since the micro-structures are limited to the ones computed in the data-base, we solve a modified and sub-optimal problem.
5216
5217
==Formulation==
5218
5219
More concretely, the ''Component-based multi-scale topology optimization'' can be formally formulated as
5220
5221
<span id="eq-5.19"></span>
5222
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5223
|-
5224
| 
5225
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5226
|-
5227
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{cc}\underset{\sigma ,\chi ,\,\,\chi _{\mu _{i}}\in \mathbb{V}}{\hbox{minimize}} & \underset{i}{\overset{n}{\sum }}\int _{\Omega _{i}}\chi \sigma :\mathbb{C}_{h}^{-1}(\chi _{\mu _{i}}):\sigma \\ \hbox{ subjected to:} & \int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\chi _{\mu }\leq V_{\mu },\\  & \nabla \cdot \sigma=0,\\  & \hbox{ + Boundary conditions.} \end{array} </math>
5228
|}
5229
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.19)
5230
|}
5231
5232
where <math display="inline">n</math> stands again for the number of sub-domains. Although the micro-structure topology is constant in each sub-domain, the optimization problem still considers a huge number of design variables. Note that, in the'' Component-based material design problem'', the micro-structure is requested to be found in the Computational Vademecum.
5233
5234
==Algorithm==
5235
5236
A natural way of extending the ''Component-based material design'' algorithm [[#algorithm-3|3]] to the ''Component-based multiscale topology optimization'' problem is to adapt ''Point-to-point multiscale topology optimization'' algorithm [[#algorithm-4|4]]. In fact, the major difference lies on the way that the microscopic topologies <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu _{i}}</math> are determined. Accordingly, these variables, instead of being solved from the ''Point-to-Point material design'' problem ([[#eq-5.3|5.3]]) with Algorithm [[#algorithm-2|2]], will be determined by solving the ''Component-based material design'' problem ([[#eq-5.11|5.11]]) with Algorithm [[#algorithm-3|3]]. Note that again, this algorithm, alternates non-uniformly between directions. In mathematical terms, it consists of re-formulating problem ([[#eq-5.19|5.19]]) into
5237
5238
<span id="eq-5.20"></span>
5239
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5240
|-
5241
| 
5242
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5243
|-
5244
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{ccc}\underset{\chi }{\hbox{min.}} & \underset{\sigma ,\chi _{\mu _{i}}\in \mathbb{V}}{\hbox{min.}} & \underset{i}{\overset{n}{\sum }}\int _{\Omega _{i}}\chi \sigma :\mathbb{C}_{h}^{-1}(\chi _{\mu _{i}}):\sigma \\  & \hbox{ s. t.} & \int _{\Omega _{\mu }}\chi _{\mu }\leq V_{\mu },\\  &  & \nabla \cdot \sigma=0,\\  &  & \hbox{ + Boundary conditions.} \end{array} </math>
5245
|}
5246
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.20)
5247
|}
5248
5249
Thus, similarly to the point-to-point version, the problem is, first, to solve and converge the inner '''<math>\underset{\sigma ,\chi _{\mu _{i}}\in \mathbb{V}}{\hbox{min.}}</math>''' problem (or loop) and then compute an iteration of the '''<math>\underset{\chi }{\hbox{min.}}</math>''' problem (or outer loop) in the Slerp algorithm. This final strategy is presented in Algorithm [[#algorithm-5|5]].
5250
5251
5252
{| style="margin: 1em auto;border: 1px solid darkgray;"
5253
|-
5254
|
5255
:
5256
5257
'''Init:''' choose initial <math display="inline">\psi _0</math>, <math display="inline">\theta _{min}</math>, tol, <math display="inline">\kappa _{min}</math>, <math display="inline">\lambda _0</math>, <math display="inline">\rho </math> and <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}^{h}_{0}</math> 
5258
5259
'''while''' <math>\theta _{n} \geq \theta _{min} \mathbf{or} c_n \geq tol</math> '''do'''
5260
5261
::Update <math>\psi _{n+1}</math>, <math>c_{n+1}</math>, <math>\lambda _{n+1}</math>, <math>\theta _{n+1}</math>, <math>g_{n+1}</math> from Algorithm [[#algorithm-1|1]] with <math>\mathbb{C}^{h}_{n}</math>. 
5262
5263
::Compute <math>\sigma _{n+1}</math>, <math>u_{n+1}</math> and <math>\mathbb{C}^{h}_{n+1}</math>  as a converged solution of problem ([[#eq-5.13|5.13]]) using Algorithm [[#algorithm-4|4]].  
5264
5265
5266
|-
5267
| style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"|
5268
<span id='algorithm-6'></span>'''Algorithm. 6''' ''Component-based multi-scale topology optimization'' algorithm. It is devised as a shrewd combination of the Slerp and alternate directions algorithm. For each macroscopic topology optimization iteration of the Slerp algorithm, we solve a ''Component-based material design'' problem.
5269
|}
5270
5271
Again, the Computation Vademecum strategy allows this problem in affordable times.
5272
5273
===5.4.3 Numerical results===
5274
5275
In the following, two numerical examples are shown in order to asses the performance of the ''Point-to-point ''and'' Component-based'' ''multiscale topology optimization'' problems.
5276
5277
==Cantilever beam==
5278
5279
As a first example, the standard Cantilever beam is considered. The <math display="inline">2\hbox{x}1</math> domain is discretized with a structured mesh of <math display="inline">10704</math> elements. As shown in Figure [[#img-60|60]], a concentrated force in the right side is applied whereas homogeneous Dirichlet boundary conditions (clamped) in the left side are imposed. The simultation starts with full material everywhere, the fraction volume is enforced to be <math display="inline">V=0.6</math> and we take <math display="inline">\lambda _{0}=0</math> and <math display="inline">\rho=1</math>. The stop criterion is taken as <math display="inline">\epsilon _{\theta }=1\hbox{º}</math> and <math display="inline">TOL=10^{-3}</math>.
5280
5281
<div id='img-60'></div>
5282
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
5283
|-
5284
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-CantileverSketch.png|300px|Schematic drawing of a Cantilever beam ]]
5285
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
5286
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 60:''' Schematic drawing of a Cantilever beam 
5287
|}
5288
5289
The aim is to compare all the proposed strategies and obtain an insight of its performance. In Figure [[#img-61|61]], we evaluate the improvement of the compliance. First, in the left column, fixed micro-structure over all the domain (homogeneous) is considered, i.e., a standard ''macro-structure topology optimization'' problem is solved. Secondly, in the middle column, apart from the macro, the material design problem is point-to-point considered, i.e., the ''Point-to-point multi-scale topology optimization'' problem is solved. Finally, in the third column, we show the solution of the ''Component-based multi-scale topology optimization'' problem. To be fair in the comparison, in the ''macro-structure topology optimization'' case, we have considered a micro-structure with a feasible fraction volume <math display="inline">V_{\mu }=0.6</math>.
5290
5291
Regarding the different algorithms, the left column shows how Algorithm [[#algorithm-1|1]] solves problem ([[#eq-3.35|3.35]]), the middle one, how Algorithm [[#algorithm-4|4]] solves problem ([[#eq-5.17|5.17]]), and the right one, how Algorithm [[#algorithm-5|5]] solves problem ([[#eq-5.19|5.19]]). In rows, we show some intermediate iterations and the final one.
5292
5293
<div id='img-61'></div>
5294
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
5295
|-
5296
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-MacroIter1.png|300px|]]
5297
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-MacroMicroContinousIter1.png|300px|]]
5298
|-
5299
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-MacroMicroDiscreteIter1.png|300px|]]
5300
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-MacroIter2.png|300px|]]
5301
|-
5302
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-MacroMicroContinousIter2.png|300px|]]
5303
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-MacroMicroDiscreteIter2.png|300px|]]
5304
|-
5305
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-MacroIter3.png|300px|]]
5306
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-MacroMicroContinousIter3.png|300px|]]
5307
|-
5308
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-MacroMicroDiscreteIter3.png|300px|]]
5309
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-MacroIter4.png|300px|]]
5310
|-
5311
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-MacroMicroContinousIter4.png|300px|]]
5312
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-MacroMicroDiscreteIter4.png|300px|Multi-scale topology optimization of the Cantilever beam. In the left column, the ''macro-scale topology optimization'' is solved. In the middle column, the ''Point-to-point multiscale topology optimization'' is solved. In the right column, the ''Component-based multiscale topology optimization'' is solved. Cost function values are shown in the last row.]]
5313
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
5314
| colspan="2" | '''Figure 61:''' Multi-scale topology optimization of the Cantilever beam. In the left column, the ''macro-scale topology optimization'' is solved. In the middle column, the ''Point-to-point multiscale topology optimization'' is solved. In the right column, the ''Component-based multiscale topology optimization'' is solved. Cost function values are shown in the last row.
5315
|}
5316
5317
Owing to the computational savings already mentioned in the  section (no micro-structure computations are considered in the on-line process), we could solve all the problems in less than ten minutes of computation with a standard PC (3.40GHz processor in a 64-bit architecture) in a Matlab<math display="inline">^{\mbox{©}}</math> environment.
5318
5319
Interestingly, note that, on the one hand, we observe how the micro-structure topology design tries to mimic the macro-structure topology. On the other hand, as explained in Chapter [[#4 Topological derivative extension to anisotropic elastic materials |4]], the microscopic topology clearly determines the macro-structure topology.
5320
5321
From the performance point of view, in Figure [[#img-62|62]], we could see in black, the compliance when using the ''macro-structure topology optimization'' approach; in blue, the compliance when using the ''Point-to-point multi-scale topology optimization'' approach; and in red, the compliance when using the ''Component-based multi-scale topology optimization'' approach.
5322
5323
<div id='img-62'></div>
5324
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
5325
|-
5326
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-DiscreteVsContiousTwoScale.png|600px|Compliance values of the Cantilever beam example along the iterations. In black, the compliance when using the ''macro-structure topology optimization'' approach. In blue, the compliance when using the the ''Point-to-point multi-scale topology optimization'' approach. In red, the compliance when using the the ''Component-based multi-scale topology optimization'' approach.]]
5327
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
5328
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 62:''' Compliance values of the Cantilever beam example along the iterations. In black, the compliance when using the ''macro-structure topology optimization'' approach. In blue, the compliance when using the the ''Point-to-point multi-scale topology optimization'' approach. In red, the compliance when using the the ''Component-based multi-scale topology optimization'' approach.
5329
|}
5330
5331
After decreasing a <math display="inline">40%</math> of the mass in the three cases allowing the possibility of designing the microscopic topology, the structure increases its stiffness in a <math display="inline">30%</math> in the ''Point-to-point multi-scale topology optimization'' problem and in a <math display="inline">21%</math> in in the ''Component-based multi-scale topology optimization'' problem with respect to the ''Macro-structure topology optimization'' solution.
5332
5333
==Aerodynamic profile==
5334
5335
As a second example, the aerodynamic profile is considered. The Aerodynamic forces, computed by the strength vortex method <span id='citeF-107'></span>[[#cite-107|[107]]], and the displacement boundary conditions are shown in Figure [[#img-63|63]].
5336
5337
<div id='img-63'></div>
5338
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
5339
|-
5340
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-AirfoilForces.png|600px|Schematic drawing of an Airfoil geometry. A strength vortex method <span id='citeF-107'></span>[[#cite-107|[107]]] has been used to compute the aerodynamic forces. The displacement conditions has been imposed to circumvent solid body motions.  ]]
5341
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
5342
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 63:''' Schematic drawing of an Airfoil geometry. A strength vortex method <span id='citeF-107'></span>[[#cite-107|[107]]] has been used to compute the aerodynamic forces. The displacement conditions has been imposed to circumvent solid body motions.  
5343
|}
5344
5345
The aerodynamic profile is discretized with an unstructured mesh of <math display="inline">7003</math> <math display="inline">\mathbb{P}_{1}</math> finite elements (see Figure fig:AirfoilMesh-2).
5346
5347
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
5348
|-
5349
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-AirfoilComponentsMesh.png|600px|]]
5350
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-AirfoilComponentsPlot.png|600px|]]
5351
|}
5352
The domain is partitioned (see Figure fig:AirfoilMesh-1) in the skin (red), the spar (blue) and the rib (gray). the The domain is started with full material, the final fraction volume is enforced to be <math display="inline">V=0.6</math> and we take <math display="inline">\lambda _{0}=0</math> and <math display="inline">\rho=1</math>. The stopping criteria is taken as <math display="inline">\epsilon _{\theta }=1\hbox{º}</math> and <math display="inline">TOL=10^{-3}</math>.
5353
5354
The results are shown following the same structure of the Cantilever Beam example. First, in the left column, fixed micro-structure over all the domain (homogeneous) is considered, i.e., a standard ''macro-structure topology optimization'' problem is solved. Secondly, in the middle column, apart from the macro, the material design problem is point-to-point considered, i.e., the ''Point-to-point multi-scale topology optimization'' problem is solved. Finally, in the third column, we show the solution of the ''Component-based multi-scale topology optimization'' problem. To be fair in the comparison, in the ''macro-structure topology optimization'' case, we have considered a micro-structure with a feasible fraction volume <math display="inline">V_{\mu }=0.6</math>.
5355
5356
<div id='img-64'></div>
5357
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
5358
|-
5359
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Iter1.png|600px|]]
5360
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Iter1.png|600px|]]
5361
|-
5362
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Iter1.png|600px|]]
5363
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Iter2.png|600px|]]
5364
|-
5365
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Iter2Cont.png|600px|]]
5366
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Iter3Disc.png|600px|]]
5367
|-
5368
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Iter3.png|600px|]]
5369
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Iter3Cont.png|600px|]]
5370
|-
5371
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Iter4Disc.png|600px|]]
5372
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Iter4.png|600px|]]
5373
|-
5374
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Iter4Cont.png|600px|]]
5375
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Iter5Disc.png|600px|]]
5376
|-
5377
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Iter5.png|600px|]]
5378
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Iter5Cont.png|600px|]]
5379
|-
5380
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Iter6Disc.png|600px|]]
5381
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Iter6.png|600px|]]
5382
|-
5383
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Iter6Cont.png|600px|]]
5384
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Iter7Disc.png|600px|Multi-scale topology optimization of the Aerodynamic profile example. In the left column, the is solved. In the middle column, the ''Point-to-point multiscale topology optimization'' is solved. In the right column, the ''Component-based multiscale topology optimization'' is solved. Cost function values are shown in the last row.]]
5385
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
5386
| colspan="2" | '''Figure 64:''' Multi-scale topology optimization of the Aerodynamic profile example. In the left column, the is solved. In the middle column, the ''Point-to-point multiscale topology optimization'' is solved. In the right column, the ''Component-based multiscale topology optimization'' is solved. Cost function values are shown in the last row.
5387
|}
5388
5389
Owing to the computational savings already mentioned in the Computational Vademecum section (no micro-structure computations were required in the on-line process), we could solve all the problems in less than ten minutes of computation with a standard PC (3.40GHz processor in a 64-bit architecture) in a Matlab<math display="inline">^{\mbox{©}}</math> environment.
5390
5391
Again, it is noticeable how the micro-structure optimal topologies try to mimic the macro-structure optimal topology. This reveals the strong coupling between the microscopic and the macroscopic topologies.
5392
5393
Similarly to the Cantilever beam example, from the performance point of view, in Figure [[#img-65|65]], we could see the different compliance values along the iterations. In black, the compliance when using the ''macro-structure topology optimization'' approach. In blue, the compliance when using the the ''Point-to-point multi-scale topology optimization'' approach. In red, the compliance when using the the ''Component-based multi-scale topology optimization'' approach.
5394
5395
<div id='img-65'></div>
5396
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
5397
|-
5398
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-CostAirFoilMacro.png|600px|Compliance values of the Aerodynamic profile example along the iterations. In black, the compliance when using the ''macro-structure topology optimization'' approach. In blue, the compliance when using the the ''Point-to-point multi-scale topology optimization'' approach. In red, the compliance when using the the ''Component-based multi-scale topology optimization'' approach.]]
5399
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
5400
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 65:''' Compliance values of the Aerodynamic profile example along the iterations. In black, the compliance when using the ''macro-structure topology optimization'' approach. In blue, the compliance when using the the ''Point-to-point multi-scale topology optimization'' approach. In red, the compliance when using the the ''Component-based multi-scale topology optimization'' approach.
5401
|}
5402
5403
After decreasing a <math display="inline">40%</math> of the mass in the three cases, when we allow the possibility of designing the microscopic topology, the structure increases its stiffness in a <math display="inline">27.7%</math> in the ''Point-to-point multi-scale topology optimization'' problem and in a <math display="inline">14.8%</math> in the ''Component-based multi-scale topology optimization'' problem. Certainly, the latter achieved smaller reduction of the cost. Nevertheless, it considers manufacturing constraints. These encouraging results evidence that considering the material design (''Component-based'') in the macroscopic topology optimization problem is highly recommended. Significant improvements (<math display="inline">~15%</math>) on the stiffness are obtained with non significant extra computational time (due to the Computational Vademecum).
5404
5405
==5.5 Comments and limitations ==
5406
5407
In view of the multi-scale topology optimization results, a significant improvement of the stiffness is achieved with a strategy that entails no high time-consuming computations. However, it is convenient to comment some complementary aspects and some limitations of the problem.
5408
5409
===5.5.1 Anisotropic topological derivative===
5410
5411
In Chapter [[#4 Topological derivative extension to anisotropic elastic materials |4]], the anisotropic topological derivative has been obtained and some numerical examples have confirmed its importance. However, when dealing with multi-scale topological optimization problems, the importance of the anisotropic topological derivative is even more evidenced. The optimal microscopic topology confers to the macro-structure (in each Gauss point) an anisotropic constitutive tensor. Certainly, although the isotropic topological derivative may be a reasonable descent direction, the anisotropic topological derivative permits solving the ''multi-scale topological optimization'' problem properly.
5412
5413
===5.5.2 Saddle-point formulation===
5414
5415
An important aspect to be highlighted is related with the statement of the problem. More specifically, in the problem, the stresses <math display="inline">\sigma </math> have been taken as the design variables for the equilibrium equation. However, alternatively, using the displacement <math display="inline">u</math> or the strains <math display="inline">\varepsilon </math> would have been more natural. For more details of the two different formulation, we refer the reader to Chapter 1 of the reference book <span id='citeF-1'></span>[[#cite-1|[1]]].
5416
5417
The problem expressed in terms of the displacement <math display="inline">u</math> is as follows,
5418
5419
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5420
|-
5421
| 
5422
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5423
|-
5424
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{ccc}\underset{\chi _{\mu _{i}}}{\hbox{maximize}} & \underset{u}{\hbox{minimize}} & \frac{1}{2}\int _{\Omega }\varepsilon (u):\mathbb{C}_{h}(\chi _{\mu _{i}}):\varepsilon (u)-\int _{\partial _{t}\Omega }tu\\ \hbox{ subjected to:} &  & \int _{\Omega _{\mu _{i}}}\chi _{\mu _{i}}\leq V_{\mu },\\  &  & \hbox{ + Boundary conditions.} \end{array} </math>
5425
|}
5426
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.21)
5427
|}
5428
5429
On the contrary, the ''material design'' problem expressed in the complementary energy and depending on the dual variables <math display="inline">\sigma </math> is written as,
5430
5431
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5432
|-
5433
| 
5434
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5435
|-
5436
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{ccc}\underset{\chi _{\mu _{i}}}{\hbox{minimize}} & \underset{\sigma }{\hbox{minimize}} & \frac{1}{2}\int _{\Omega }\sigma :\mathbb{C}_{h}^{-1}(\chi _{\mu }):\sigma \\ \hbox{ subjected to:} &  & \int _{\Omega _{\mu _{i}}}\chi _{\mu _{i}}\leq V_{\mu },\\  &  & \nabla \cdot \sigma=0,\\  &  & \hbox{ + Boundary conditions.} \end{array} </math>
5437
|}
5438
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (5.22)
5439
|}
5440
5441
Note that the primal formulation (<math display="inline">u</math>) consists on a saddle point problem whereas the dual formulation (<math display="inline">\sigma </math>) consists on a classical minimization problem. A priori, the use of one or other formulation is arbitrary. This difference on the formulation could seem innocent, however the opposite is the case. Our numerical experience evidenced that the success depends on the approach.
5442
5443
The problem formulated in displacements has been tackled with no success. In the alternate direction algorithm, the iteration that should maximize the cost (changing the micro-structure topologies, i.e., changing variable <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu }</math>) advances overmuch leading the algorithm to diverge. The dual formulation seems to be better posed than the primal formulation.
5444
5445
As a remark, note that all this difference on the formulation is because of considering the compliance as a cost function. If, for instance, the volume is considered, no primal and dual formulation would appear (in the sense of minimizing the topology and displacements) and other algorithms (different from the alternate direction algorithm) should be considered.
5446
5447
This analysis of the primal and dual formulation is schematically shown in Figure [[#img-66|66]].
5448
5449
<div id='img-66'></div>
5450
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
5451
|-
5452
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-MaxMin.png|600px|On the left, a minimization (''min min'') version of the ''material design'' problem. The stresses are regarded as design variables (dual formulation). On the right, a saddle point (''max min'') version of the ''material design'' problem is presented. The displacement are considered as the design variables (primal formulation). Since we have observed convergence difficulties in the saddle-point version, we have used the dual formulation in the'' material design'' problem. ]]
5453
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
5454
| colspan="1" | '''Figure 66:''' On the left, a minimization (''min min'') version of the ''material design'' problem. The stresses are regarded as design variables (dual formulation). On the right, a saddle point (''max min'') version of the ''material design'' problem is presented. The displacement are considered as the design variables (primal formulation). Since we have observed convergence difficulties in the saddle-point version, we have used the dual formulation in the'' material design'' problem. 
5455
|}
5456
5457
===5.5.3 RVE geometry as a design variable===
5458
5459
Having all the results of the ''material design'' and'' multiscale topology optimization'' problem in mind, it is convenient to comment some aspects about the RVE geometry. Up to now, the macroscopic stiffness of the structure has been maximized by means of the macroscopic topology <math display="inline">\chi </math> and the microscopic topology <math display="inline">\chi _{\mu }</math>. Regarding the latter, a square domain of the micro-structure have been used. However, other choices are possible. For instance, one could think on extending the space of design variables by introducing the geometry of the RVE. The possible geometries of the RVE are restricted to the ones that fulfill periodic boundary conditions (see section [[#eq-2.33|2.33]]). Triangles, rectangles or hexagons are some examples.
5460
5461
In pursuing extreme materials, ''Sigmund'' in <span id='citeF-1'></span>[[#cite-1|[1]]] uses, for example, parallelogram geometries. See also work <span id='citeF-108'></span>[[#cite-108|[108]]] for more details.
5462
5463
<div id='img-67'></div>
5464
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
5465
|-
5466
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-square.png|100px|]]
5467
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-rectangular.png|100px|]]
5468
|-
5469
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Parallelogram.png|600px|]]
5470
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Hexagon.png|600px|Different kind of micro-structures geometries that fulfill periodic boundary conditions. The possibility of using other kind of micro-structure geometries allow obtaining extreme materials with more optimal constitutive tensors. The ''Computational Vademecum'' conceives incorporating improved micro-structures with no needs of modifying the proposed methodology.  ]]
5471
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
5472
| colspan="2" | '''Figure 67:''' Different kind of micro-structures geometries that fulfill periodic boundary conditions. The possibility of using other kind of micro-structure geometries allow obtaining extreme materials with more optimal constitutive tensors. The ''Computational Vademecum'' conceives incorporating improved micro-structures with no needs of modifying the proposed methodology.  
5473
|}
5474
5475
Note that, square, rectangular and hexagon geometries are indeed a particular case of the parallelogram. To be specific, one could parametrize the RVE by the inclination angle of the parallelogram and the aspect ratio of the sides. The square, the rectangle and the hexagon geometry can be recovered by considering specific values of these two variables. Thereby, the micro-structure design variables can be extended to the micro-structure topology jointly with inclination angle and the aspect ratio of the parallelogram. Thus, the possibility of using other geometries enhance the space of optimal solutions and the final optimal macro-structure may increase its stiffness.
5476
5477
Thus, the interest now deals with solving the ''material design ''problem not only respect to the topology but also respect to the geometry. In the case of the compliance, ''Allaire'' presents significant results in book <span id='citeF-3'></span>[[#cite-3|[3]]]. It asserts that the optimal constitutive tensor is obtained after an homogenization process of a rank-2 laminate RVE.
5478
5479
<div id='img-68'></div>
5480
{| class="floating_imageSCP" style="text-align: center; border: 1px solid #BBB; margin: 1em auto; width: 100%;max-width: 100%;"
5481
|-
5482
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-329.png|100px|]]
5483
|[[Image:draft_Samper_118254298-Rank2_Laminates.png|600px|On the left, an optimal topology of a square RVE, on the right, a rank-2 laminate micro-structure. The Computational Vademecum can be improved by considering all kind of micro-structures (not only square RVEs). In the case of compliance, it can be seen that the optimal values are achieved when considering rank-2 laminates. <span id='citeF-3'></span>[[#cite-3|[3]]]. ]]
5484
|- style="text-align: center; font-size: 75%;"
5485
| colspan="2" | '''Figure 68:''' On the left, an optimal topology of a square RVE, on the right, a rank-2 laminate micro-structure. The Computational Vademecum can be improved by considering all kind of micro-structures (not only square RVEs). In the case of compliance, it can be seen that the optimal values are achieved when considering rank-2 laminates. <span id='citeF-3'></span>[[#cite-3|[3]]]. 
5486
|}
5487
5488
Referring to our work, the idea of increasing the design variable space or the possibility of using rank-2 laminates would complement the ''Computational Vademecum'' approach. Rather than being a drawback, it would enrich the pre-computed database. To this aim, it would be required to exchange the actual topologies and constitutive tensors (obtained with square RVEs) by the new optimal ones.
5489
5490
To our best knowledge, this fact is a clear advantage of the ''Computational Vademecum'' approach. The database can be improved if more optimal topologies are found or some manufacturing constraints must be added. However, the approach remains the same. Thus, the Computational Vademecum concept confers robustness and room for improvement to the approaches (''material design'' and ''multi-scale topology optimization'') proposed in this Chapter for increasing the stiffness of a structure.
5491
5492
===5.5.4 Limitations===
5493
5494
In view of the ''Point-to-point ''and'' Component-based multi-scale topology optimization'' results, an important improvement of the stiffness (<math display="inline">30%</math> and <math display="inline">21%</math>) has been achieved. In addition, the idea of generating the Computational Vademecum offers an appropiate and reduced time-consuming approach for solving the non-linear and large-scale optimization problem. However some inconveniences appear.
5495
5496
First, the Computational Vademecum is limited to a specific fraction volume. However, one could naturally think on extending the Computational Vademecum with an extra variable. Certainly, it would entail additional computations.
5497
5498
Second, in the void part of the domain, the microstructure topologies are also optimized. From the physical point of view, this options seems to be unreasonable. However, it is worth stressing that, strictly speaking, the void part behaves as a weak material and designing the micro-structure makes perfect sense. To avoid these computations, one may deactivate the void elements.
5499
5500
Finally, another clear limitation deals with extending the methodology to 3D problems. In this sense, the dimensions of the Computational Vademecum would significantly increase and the parametric space could no longer be represented by the unit sphere. However, one could replace the ''multi-scale topology optimization ''by a sub-optimal problem in which the optimal micro-structure topologies are sought in a reduced and representative sub-domain of the parametric domain. This study is left for future work.
5501
5502
==5.6 Summary and conclusions==
5503
5504
The present chapter addressed multi-scale topology optimization problems. Accounting for a two-scale computational homogenization scheme (<math display="inline">FE^{2}</math>), the optimization problem is governed by the influence of the design variables (defined at the micro-scale or, additionally, at the macro-scale) in the cost function (defined at the macro-scale).
5505
5506
To this aim, we first presented the ''Point-to-point material design problem'' as an alternative to the ''macroscopic topology optimization'' problem to maximize the stiffness of a structure. Likewise, in order to achieve manufacturing (and consequently sub-optimal) designs, a ''Component-based material design problem'' was also introduced.
5507
5508
The high complexity of the problem, which accounts for the few works devoted in the literature to this topic, was examined. A material catalog, termed ''Computational Vademecum'' in the present work, was built as an off-line computation to mitigate the unaffordable time-consuming computations of the problem. It allows circumventing the micro-structure topology-design effort in each sampling macroscopic point (in the ''Point-to-point material design ''case) or component (in the ''Component-based material design ''case) by selecting form the ''Computational Vademecum'' the pre-computed optimal microstructure topology. On the one hand, it is worth stressing that the ''Slerp algorithm'' jointly with the ''Mixed formulation'' presented in Chapter 2, manages to converge more than <math display="inline">2000</math> microscopic topology optimization problems. This success strengthens the use of the ''Slerp algorithm'' and exhibits its robustness. In addition, once the ''Computational Vademecum ''is available, it can be repeatedly consulted by any structure made of the same base material.
5509
5510
To deal with the strong non-linearity of the problem, an ''alternate direction'' algorithm was proposed. The results showed that a few number of iterations are needed to converge the problem. This finding suggests its use in multi-scale topology optimization problems. A key strength of both ''Point-to-point ''and'' Component-based material design ''approaches is that a considerable improvement of the structural stiffness (<math display="inline">~30%</math> and <math display="inline">~15%</math> respectively) was achieved.
5511
5512
Additionally, we examined the convergence of the ''Component-based material design ''approach to the ''Point-to-point material design ''approach, which results in a consistent relation between both approaches. Furthermore, the presented efficiency parameter helped on determining the appropriate number of components, which is governed by the trade-off between the stiffness of the structure and the manufacturability constraints.
5513
5514
A second and even more stimulating part of the study consists in using complementary (instead of alternatively) the ''Point-to-Point ''or ''Component-based multiscale topology optimization'' jointly with the macroscopic topology optimization problem. Since the optimal microscopic topologies collected in the ''Computational Vademecum'' confers anisotropic constitutive tensors, the anisotropic macroscopic topology optimization problem accounts for the use of the anisotropic topological derivative, obtained in Chapter [[#4 Topological derivative extension to anisotropic elastic materials |4]].
5515
5516
The ''Point-to-Point ''and'' Component-based multiscale topology optimization ''provided an additional (around <math display="inline">~25%</math> and <math display="inline">~15%</math>) increase of the stiffness over the already increase obtained by the macroscopic topology design. In addition, due to the ''Computational Vademecum'' concept, all the examples were solved in less than ten minutes of computation with a standard PC (3.40GHz processor in a 64-bit architecture) in a Matlab<math display="inline">^{\mbox{©}}</math> environment. When examining the results, a strong coupling between the macro and micro scale, not only from the mechanical point of view but also from the topological point of view, were observed. Yet, the numerical examples confirmed the success of the dual formulation ( in stresses) rather than the primal formulation (in strains).
5517
5518
Nowadays, the ''Computational Vademecum'' concept could be straightforward adapted to industrial problems. The current RVEs would be replaced by a standard composite material and the microstructure design variables by the orientation of fibers and number of plies.
5519
5520
Regarding the short future, if new optimization tools appear for obtaining improved microscopic topologies, the ''Computational Vademecum'' can be enhanced replacing the current microstructure topologies by the improved ones. The micro-structures would be replaced, but the ''Computational Vademecum'' would remain useful. Certainly, additional research is needed to extend the methodology to 3D problems.
5521
5522
=6 Conclusions=
5523
5524
==6.1 Achievements==
5525
5526
This study adresses multi-scale topology optimization problems. As reported in the literature, the problem evidences a large complexity and high computational cost. The challenge was to devise appropiate algorithms and techniques with the capability of solving the problem in a robust and efficient fashion. This was achieved by enhancing the current topological derivative algorithms, by obtaining a closed-form of the anisotropic topological derivative and by proposing algorithms and shrewd reduction techniques for dealing with multi-scale topology optimization problems.
5527
5528
In Chapter 3, we could thoroughly establish the foundations of using topological derivative in topology optimization problems. The numerical instabilities presented by the Slerp algorithm has been treated by different authors using re-meshing techniques. We have managed to avoid it by proposing a Mixed formulation approach to deal with the interface elements. The Slerp algorithm has evidenced a considerable improvement. On the one hand, spurious local minima have vanished when determining the line-search parameter. On the other hand, the Slerp algorithm is now able to converge (with no need of re-meshing techniques) leading to significant computational savings.
5529
5530
In Chapter 4, we have obtained a closed-form of the topological derivative for anisotropic materials. A deep understanding of the <math display="inline">z</math> transform and the complex variable has led to solve analytically the exterior problem of a infinite anisotropic domain with an anisotropic circle inclusion. Complementary, the exterior problem, in the case of isotropic materials, has been also solved analytically through the Airy function. Full details are collected in Appendices [[#7 Analytical solution of the isotropic exterior problem|7]] and [[#8 Analytical solution of the anisotropic exterior problem|8]]. We have checked that the expression of the anisotropic topological derivative expression coincides with the the isotropic version when considering isotropic materials. Additionally, the anisotropic topological derivative expression have been validated through a set of convergent numerical experiments. The obtained expression has opened the possibility of solving the topology optimization problem when dealing with anisotropic materials. The achieved optimal topologies have evidenced the strong dependency of the optimal topology with the anisotropic material response.
5531
5532
In Chapter 5, we have tackled the multi-scale topology optimization problem. The strong non-linearities presented by the problem have been mitigated due to the use of an alternate directions algorithm. Furthermore, the use of a Computation Vademecum, which has been computed as a previous step (off-line), has saved much of the computational cost of solving the microscopic topology optimization problem in each macroscopic Gauss point. In addition, the huge (<math display="inline">\sim{2000}</math>) optimal microscopic topologies collected in the Computational Vademecum evidenced the robustness of the Slerp Algorithm when using the ''Mixed-formulation'' approach. A significant improvement, increase of around <math display="inline">\sim{30}%</math> and <math display="inline">\sim{15}%</math> of the structural stiffness, has been achieved considering the ''Point-to-Point'' and the ''Component-based material design'' approach respectively. Additionally, when considering both the macroscopic and microscopic topologies, on top of the increased stiffness already obtained by optimizing the macro-scale, an extra increased stiffness around <math display="inline">\sim{20}%</math> or <math display="inline">\sim{15}%</math> is obtained by optimizing the micro-scale, depending if the ''Point-to-Point'' or the ''Component-based multiscale topology optimization ''approach is used. The obtained results have evidenced that, with the methodology proposed in this work, a two-scale topology optimization problem can be solved in less than ten minutes of computation with a standard PC (3.40GHz processor in a 64-bit architecture) in a Matlab<math display="inline">^{\mbox{©}}</math> environment.
5533
5534
==6.2 Concluding remarks==
5535
5536
<ol>
5537
5538
<li>The topological derivative evaluates the sensitivity of a cost function when inserting an inclusion in the domain. In view of the results, the topological derivative, in conjunction with the ''Slerp'' algorithm, results in a powerful tool for solving topology optimization problems. On top of that, the ''Mixed formulation'' has contributed in endowing robustness and computational savings to the algorithm; no re-meshing techniques are now necessary. We believe that this approach is an appropiate strategy to solve topology optimization problems since no heuristic parameters are involved, no large gray regions appear and no high time-consuming computations must be considered. </li>
5539
<li>The anisotropic topological derivative has opened the possibility of extending the method to anisotropic materials. We believe that the burdensome computation of the anisotropic topological derivative is accounted for the high use of the anisotropic materials in industrial applications. In addition, when addressing multiscale topology optimization problems, the optimization of the macroscopic topology makes use of the anisotropic topological derivative, since the computational homogenization of microscopic topologies infers anisotropic response to the macro-scale. </li>
5540
<li>We consider that the optimization problems, in which the design variables are of different nature but can be clearly distinguished or grouped, lend themselves to be solved by means of the alternate direction algorithm. </li>
5541
<li>In the case of multiscale topology optimization, we can naturally distinguish between three groups: the stresses, the macroscopic topology and the microscopic topologies. Each group of variables can be updated (with an appropiate algorithm) by freezing the other groups of variables. In this work, the three algorithms are: the equilibrium equation for the stresses and the Slerp algorithm for the both macroscopic and microscopic topologies. Although the alternate direction converges linearly, in our case, only few iterations have been needed to solve the problem. </li>
5542
<li>As a main drawback, the alternate direction algorithm can become inappropriate when significant computational costs are needed to solve one group of variables. In our case, the bottle-neck of the problem consists in the optimization of the microscopic topologies. We have circumvent this difficulty by first obtaining and collecting in the Computational Vademecum the optimal microstructure topologies, and then by selecting them during the coupled optimization problem. This results in insignificant computations when optimizing the microscopic topologies. We believe that these approach can be straightforwardly tailored to other complex and coupled optimization problems, specially when multiscale techniques are involved. </li>
5543
<li>In conclusion, all the algorithms and methods proposed throughout this study constitute a initial seedbed of the multi-scale topology optimization techniques. The results of this work clearly show how the stiffness of a structure can be improved by means of material design. Although designing the microscopic topology is not standard nowadays in industrial applications, the promising new additive manufacturing techniques, like 3D printing, seem to be able to make true in the short future. </li>
5544
5545
</ol>
5546
5547
==6.3 Future work==
5548
5549
Certainly, the framework built in this study represents a foundation for future developments in ''multi-scale topology optimization'' problems. Some of them have been suggest throughout the dissertation. They are summerized in the following points:
5550
5551
<ol>
5552
5553
<li>The Slerp algorithm presents a bothersome behavior when dealing with cost functions that tends to zero in the optimal. In this case, it results in that the topological derivative tends also to zero. Since the aim of the algorithm is to preserve parallelism between the level-set and the topological derivative (zero in this case), the convergence is no longer achieved. Undoubtedly, future developments should consider tailoring the algorithm to this kind of problems. </li>
5554
<li>Regarding the alternate direction algorithm, excellent results have been achieved when compliance and volume are considered as the cost function and the constraint respectively. A more natural approach would be minimizing the volume and ensure that the stress state remains under a certain value. However, in this case, the alternate direction algorithm can not be straightforwardly used. New strategies for solving the ''multiscale topology optimization'' problem when no considering the compliance should be devised in future work. </li>
5555
<li>Regarding 3D problems, two kind of difficulties must be studied. On the one hand, the computation of the anisotropic topological derivative has been restricted to 2D problems. However, the 3D anisotropic topological derivative expression can be considered as one of the most challenges of the topic in the short future. </li>
5556
<li>On the other hand, new techniques must be devised to extend the parametric domain of the Computational Vademecum since, up to now, it is parametrized by only two design variables. Being capable to encompass 3D problems and extending the Computational Vademecum through the Poisson ratio and the volume fraction would represent a major breakthrough. For this purpose, as a future work, we believe convenient resorting to two of the most emerging model reduction techniques: the proper orthogonal decomposition (POD) or the proper generalized decomposition (PGD). </li>
5557
5558
</ol>
5559
5560
=A Analytical solution of the isotropic exterior problem=
5561
5562
In this Appendix, we aim at solving analytically the exterior problem in order to compute the final expression of the topological derivative.
5563
5564
It consists in solving a two dimensional problem in plane stress for an isotropic infinite domain (hereafter referred matrix) with a unitary centered circular inclusion inserted of another isotropic material. Two kind of boundary conditions are considered; firstly, at infinity the stresses are imposed to be zero; and secondly, due to the Eshelby theorem a constant behavior of the stresses is imposed in the inclusion. In addition, the transmission conditions (in stresses and displacements) across the interface of the inclusion and the matrix are also considered. All that conditions are necessary for solving the free constants appearing in the problem.
5565
5566
The process of solving the exterior problem and of getting the final expression for the polarization tensor, is organized as follows. First, the equilibrium equation and the Beltrami-Michell compatibility equations are introduced using a Cartesian coordinate system. Then, since a circular inclusion is considered in the problem, both the equilibrium and the Beltrami-Michell compatibility equations are expressed in polar coordinates. The Airy function is proposed as the only unknown to be found in the problem such that, on the one hand, it satisfies automatically the equilibrium equation, and on the other hand, its expression can be determined by solving the Beltrami-Michell compatibility equation, which in terms of the Airy function becomes a biharmonic equation. Next, the boundary and transmission conditions are imposed to find the free parameters appearing in the Airy function for both the matrix and the inclusion. Finally, we express the stresses on the inclusion in terms of the stresses tensor that appear in the normal stress jump across the interface of the inclusion and the matrix. This last relation represents the main ingredient for computing the topological derivative.
5567
5568
Notice that, on the exterior problem ([[#eq-4.19|4.19]]), the stresses on the inclusion are denoted by <math display="inline">\sigma _{\epsilon }(w)\vert _{B_{\epsilon }(\widehat{x})}</math> and the displacements by <math display="inline">w</math>. For convenience, we change notation as follows
5569
5570
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5571
|-
5572
| 
5573
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5574
|-
5575
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{ccc} \sigma _{\epsilon }(w)\vert _{B_{\epsilon }(\widehat{x})} & \rightarrow & \sigma ^{i}\\ \sigma _{\epsilon }(w)\vert _{\Omega \backslash B_{\epsilon }(\widehat{x})} & \rightarrow & \sigma ^{e}\\ w & \rightarrow & u \end{array} </math>
5576
|}
5577
|}
5578
5579
==A.1 Equilibrium and Beltrami-Michell equations==
5580
5581
The general equilibrium equation is normally expressed as
5582
5583
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5584
|-
5585
| 
5586
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5587
|-
5588
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \nabla \cdot \sigma +\rho b=\rho \ddot{u} </math>
5589
|}
5590
|}
5591
5592
where <math display="inline">\rho b</math> and <math display="inline">\rho \ddot{u}</math> represents the body forces an the inertial terms. Neglecting both terms, and using a Cartesian coordinate system, the equilibrium equation is written as
5593
5594
<span id="eq-A.1"></span>
5595
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5596
|-
5597
| 
5598
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5599
|-
5600
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\frac{\partial \sigma _{x}}{\partial x}+\frac{\partial \sigma _{xy}}{\partial y}=0\qquad \frac{\partial \sigma _{y}}{\partial y}+\frac{\partial \sigma _{xy}}{\partial x}=0. </math>
5601
|}
5602
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (A.1)
5603
|}
5604
5605
in which we assume a 2D plane stress behavior. Then, the Airy function <math display="inline">\phi (x,y)</math> is defined by enforcing the second derivatives to fulfill
5606
5607
<span id="eq-A.2"></span>
5608
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5609
|-
5610
| 
5611
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5612
|-
5613
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\sigma _{x}=\frac{\partial ^{2}\phi }{\partial y^{2}}\qquad \sigma _{y}=\frac{\partial ^{2}\phi }{\partial x^{2}}\qquad \sigma _{xy}=-\frac{\partial ^{2}\phi }{\partial y\partial x}. </math>
5614
|}
5615
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (A.2)
5616
|}
5617
5618
Note that with this definition the equilibrium equation ([[#eq-A.1|A.1]]) is automatically satisfied. The equilibrium equation is necessary but not sufficient to be a solution of an elasticity problem. In addition, the compatibility conditions must be satisfied, which in terms of stresses (commonly called Beltrami-Michell compatibility conditions) with considering no body forces takes the following form
5619
5620
<span id="eq-A.3"></span>
5621
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5622
|-
5623
| 
5624
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5625
|-
5626
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\Delta (\sigma _{x}+\sigma _{y})=0. </math>
5627
|}
5628
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (A.3)
5629
|}
5630
5631
Thus, the laplacian of the trace of the stress tensor must be zero. Clearly, in Cartesian coordinates, the laplacian is denoted as
5632
5633
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5634
|-
5635
| 
5636
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5637
|-
5638
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \Delta =\left(\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial x^{2}}+\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial y^{2}}\right). </math>
5639
|}
5640
|}
5641
5642
Inserting the stresses of equations ([[#eq-A.2|A.2]]) in terms of the Airy function in the Beltrami-Michel compatibility equation ([[#eq-A.3|A.3]]), we obtain
5643
5644
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5645
|-
5646
| 
5647
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5648
|-
5649
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \Delta (\underbrace{\frac{\partial ^{2}\phi }{\partial y^{2}}}_{\sigma _{x}}+\underbrace{\frac{\partial ^{2}\phi }{\partial x^{2}}}_{\sigma _{y}})=\Delta \Delta \phi =\Delta ^{2}\phi=0 </math>
5650
|}
5651
|}
5652
5653
which stands for the biharmonic equation for the Airy function. Commonly, it is also expressed as
5654
5655
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5656
|-
5657
| 
5658
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5659
|-
5660
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \left(\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial x^{2}}+\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial y^{2}}\right)\left(\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial x^{2}}+\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial y^{2}}\right)\phi =0. </math>
5661
|}
5662
|}
5663
5664
However, since we deal with a circular inclusion, it is more appropiate to reformulate the problem in polar coordinates. We can now proceed analogously to the equilibrium equations which in this case are writing in the following form
5665
5666
<span id="eq-A.4"></span>
5667
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5668
|-
5669
| 
5670
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5671
|-
5672
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\frac{\partial \sigma _{r}}{\partial r}+\cfrac{1}{r}\frac{\partial \sigma _{r\theta }}{\partial \theta }+\cfrac{1}{r}(\sigma _{r}-\sigma _{\theta })=0,\qquad \frac{\partial \sigma _{r\theta }}{\partial r}+\cfrac{1}{r}\frac{\partial \sigma _{\theta }}{\partial \theta }+\cfrac{2}{r}\sigma _{r\theta }=0. </math>
5673
|}
5674
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (A.4)
5675
|}
5676
5677
Similarly, the Airy function <math display="inline">\phi (r,\theta )</math> is defined fulfilling
5678
5679
<span id="eq-A.5"></span>
5680
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5681
|-
5682
| 
5683
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5684
|-
5685
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\sigma _{r}=\frac{1}{r}\frac{\partial \phi }{\partial r}+\frac{1}{r^{2}}\frac{\partial ^{2}\phi }{\partial \theta ^{2}};\qquad \sigma _{\theta }=\frac{\partial ^{2}\phi }{\partial r^{2}};\qquad \sigma _{r\theta }=-\frac{\partial }{\partial r}\left(\frac{1}{r}\frac{\partial \phi }{\partial \theta }\right). </math>
5686
|}
5687
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (A.5)
5688
|}
5689
5690
Note that, again, with these definitions, the equilibrium equation ([[#eq-A.4|A.4]]) is automatically satisfied.
5691
5692
Considering the independence of the first invariant on the system of coordinates, that is <math display="inline">\sigma _{x}+\sigma _{y}=\sigma _{r}+\sigma _{\theta }</math>, according to equation ([[#eq-A.3|A.3]]), we have
5693
5694
<span id="eq-A.6"></span>
5695
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5696
|-
5697
| 
5698
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5699
|-
5700
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\Delta (\sigma _{r}+\sigma _{\theta })=0. </math>
5701
|}
5702
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (A.6)
5703
|}
5704
5705
Likewise, the laplacian in polar coordinates takes the following form,
5706
5707
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5708
|-
5709
| 
5710
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5711
|-
5712
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \Delta =\left(\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial r^{2}}+\frac{1}{r}\frac{\partial }{\partial r}+\frac{1}{r^{2}}\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial \theta ^{2}}\right), </math>
5713
|}
5714
|}
5715
5716
Substituting the stresses in terms of the Airy function from equation ([[#eq-A.5|A.5]]) into the Beltrami-Michel equation ([[#eq-A.6|A.6]]), we obtain the biharmonic equation for the Airy function in polar coordinates, that is,
5717
5718
<span id="eq-A.7"></span>
5719
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5720
|-
5721
| 
5722
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5723
|-
5724
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\Delta (\underbrace{\frac{1}{r}\frac{\partial \phi }{\partial r}+\frac{1}{r^{2}}\frac{\partial ^{2}\phi }{\partial \theta ^{2}}}_{\sigma _{r}}+\underbrace{\frac{\partial ^{2}\phi }{\partial r^{2}}}_{\sigma _{\theta }})=\Delta \Delta \phi =\Delta ^{2}\phi=0. </math>
5725
|}
5726
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (A.7)
5727
|}
5728
5729
For simplicity, the biharmonic equation is also commonly expressed more schematically in the following form
5730
5731
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5732
|-
5733
| 
5734
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5735
|-
5736
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \left(\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial r^{2}}+\frac{1}{r}\frac{\partial }{\partial r}+\frac{1}{r^{2}}\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial \theta ^{2}}\right)\left(\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial r^{2}}+\frac{1}{r}\frac{\partial }{\partial r}+\frac{1}{r^{2}}\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial \theta ^{2}}\right)\phi =0. </math>
5737
|}
5738
|}
5739
5740
==A.2 Boundary and transmission conditions==
5741
5742
For the solution of the biharmonic equation, we need to define the boundary conditions that must be satisfied. It is worth mentioning that since we consider two bodies (inclusion and matrix), two Airy function appears as the unknowns of the problem, one for each body.
5743
5744
Regarding the matrix, in the way that the exterior problem is defined, we impose that at infinity the stresses cancel, this is,
5745
5746
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5747
|-
5748
| 
5749
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5750
|-
5751
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \lim _{r\to \infty }\sigma _{r}^{e}(r,\theta )=\lim _{r\to \infty }\sigma _{\theta }^{e}(r,\theta )=\lim _{r\to \infty }\sigma _{r\theta }^{e}(r,\theta )=0. </math>
5752
|}
5753
|}
5754
5755
Note that all the variables (Airy function <math display="inline">\phi </math>, the stresses <math display="inline">\sigma </math> and the strains <math display="inline">\varepsilon </math>) are hereafter denoted by a super-index <math display="inline">e</math> in the case of the matrix and <math display="inline">i</math> in the case of the inclusion
5756
5757
Regarding the boundary conditions for the inclusion, we impose the Eshelby theorem <span id='citeF-109'></span><span id='citeF-110'></span><span id='citeF-111'></span>[[#cite-109|[109,110,111]]], which asserts that the strain fields inside the inclusion are constant if the loading at infinity is constant (zero in this case). For further information of the Eshelby theorem, the reader is referred to works <span id='citeF-112'></span><span id='citeF-113'></span>[[#cite-112|[112,113]]]. Thus, for the case of elastic materials, the constant value of the strain field brings constant value of the stress field, i.e.,
5758
5759
<span id="eq-A.8"></span>
5760
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5761
|-
5762
| 
5763
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5764
|-
5765
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\sigma _{r}^{i}(r,\theta )\neq f(r)\qquad \sigma _{\theta }^{i}(r,\theta )\neq f(r)\qquad \sigma _{r\theta }^{i}(r,\theta )\neq f(r) </math>
5766
|}
5767
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (A.8)
5768
|}
5769
5770
Note that the dependency on <math display="inline">\theta </math> is due to the dependency of the basis (polar) on which it is expressed, but not on the values of the tensor. If it is expressed in the principal coordinates no dependency on <math display="inline">\theta </math> appears.
5771
5772
This dependency on <math display="inline">\theta </math> is clearly seen when we impose the jump on traction across the boundary of the inclusion. Thus, once the boundary conditions are imposed in both solids, the transmission conditions across the interface of the inclusion and the matrix must be satisfied. Regarding the stresses, the exterior problem is defined such that the jump of the traction across the interface must be equal to the normal component of the given stress tensor <math display="inline">S</math>, this is
5773
5774
<span id="eq-A.9"></span>
5775
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5776
|-
5777
| 
5778
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5779
|-
5780
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left(\sigma ^{e}(1,\theta )-\sigma ^{i}(1,\theta )\right)\cdot n=S\cdot n\quad \Rightarrow \quad \left[\begin{array}{c}\sigma _{r}^{e}(1,\theta )-\sigma _{r}^{i}\\ \sigma _{r\theta }^{e}(1,\theta )-\sigma _{r\theta }^{i} \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{c}S_{r}\\ S_{r\theta } \end{array}\right]\quad \forall \theta{.} </math>
5781
|}
5782
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (A.9)
5783
|}
5784
5785
Thus, the stresses will be discontinuous across the interface. Although the exterior problem is solved in polar coordinates, the data <math display="inline">S</math> and the solution must be provided into Cartesian coordinates. Thus, we try to re-express the tensor <math display="inline">S</math> in polar coordinates in terms of its Cartesian counterpart. Pre and post-multiplying by the standard rotation matrix, we obtain
5786
5787
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5788
|-
5789
| 
5790
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5791
|-
5792
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \left[\begin{array}{cc} S_{r} & S_{r\theta }\\ S_{r\theta } & S_{\theta } \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{cc} \cos (\theta ) & \sin (\theta )\\ -\sin (\theta ) & \cos (\theta ) \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{cc} S_{x} & S_{xy}\\ S_{xy} & S_{y} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{cc} \cos (\theta ) & -\sin (\theta )\\ \sin (\theta ) & \cos (\theta ) \end{array}\right]. </math>
5793
|}
5794
|}
5795
5796
Accordingly, if we proceed to express the relation in vector notation as
5797
5798
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5799
|-
5800
| 
5801
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5802
|-
5803
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \left[\begin{array}{c} S_{r}\\ S_{\theta }\\ S_{r\theta } \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{c} S_{x}\cos ^{2}(\theta )+S_{y}\sin ^{2}(\theta )+2S_{xy}\cos (\theta )\sin (\theta )\\ S_{x}\sin ^{2}(\theta )+S_{y}\cos ^{2}(\theta )-2S_{xy}\cos (\theta )\sin (\theta )\\ S_{xy}(\cos ^{2}(\theta )-\sin ^{2}(\theta ))-(S_{x}-S_{y})\cos (\theta )\sin (\theta ) \end{array}\right] </math>
5804
|}
5805
|}
5806
5807
and after applying the trigonometric identities <math display="inline">\cos (2\theta )=\cos ^{2}(\theta )-\sin ^{2}(\theta )</math> and <math display="inline">\sin (2\theta \hbox{)=2 }\cos \hbox{( }\theta \hbox{)sin( }\theta \hbox{)}</math>, we shall write the above expression as
5808
5809
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5810
|-
5811
| 
5812
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5813
|-
5814
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \left[\begin{array}{c} S_{r}\\ S_{\theta }\\ S_{r\theta } \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{c} \frac{S_{x}+S_{y}}{2}-\frac{S_{y}-S_{x}}{2}\cos (2\theta )+S_{xy}\sin (2\theta )\\ \frac{S_{x}+S_{y}}{2}+\frac{S_{y}-S_{x}}{2}\cos (2\theta )-S_{xy}\sin (2\theta )\\ S_{xy}\cos (2\theta )+\frac{S_{y}-S_{x}}{2}\sin (2\theta ) \end{array}\right] </math>
5815
|}
5816
|}
5817
5818
which in a matrix-vector representation takes the following form
5819
5820
<span id="eq-A.10"></span>
5821
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5822
|-
5823
| 
5824
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5825
|-
5826
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left[\begin{array}{c}S_{r}\\ S_{\theta }\\ S_{r\theta } \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{ccc}\frac{S_{x}+S_{y}}{2} & \frac{S_{x}-S_{y}}{2} & S_{xy}\\ \frac{S_{x}+S_{y}}{2} & \frac{S_{y}-S_{x}}{2} & -S_{xy}\\ 0 & S_{xy} & \frac{S_{y}-S_{x}}{2} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c}1\\ \hbox{cos}(2\theta )\\ \hbox{sin}(2\theta ) \end{array}\right]. </math>
5827
|}
5828
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (A.10)
5829
|}
5830
5831
Thus, both the first and the last equation of the above expression are going to be considered in the transmission conditions ([[#eq-A.9|A.9]]). Note that although the tensor <math display="inline">S</math> is constant a dependency on <math display="inline">\theta </math> appears due to its representation on the polar basis of the tensor. This is analogous to the inclusion stresses <math display="inline">\sigma ^{i}</math> dependency that appear in the Eshelby conditions ([[#eq-A.8|A.8]]). The dependency on the angle <math display="inline">\theta </math> appears due to its representation on the polar basis.
5832
5833
Regarding the transmission conditions on displacements, we must ensure, in polar coordinates, that the jump across the boundary of the inclusion of the <math display="inline">\theta </math> component of the strains must be zero (see <span id='citeF-114'></span>[[#cite-114|[114]]] for further information), i.e.,
5834
5835
<span id="eq-A.11"></span>
5836
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5837
|-
5838
| 
5839
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5840
|-
5841
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\varepsilon _{\theta }^{e}(1,\theta )-\varepsilon _{\theta }^{i}=0\qquad \forall \theta{.} </math>
5842
|}
5843
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (A.11)
5844
|}
5845
5846
The biharmonic equation jointly with all these conditions are the necessary ingredients for solving the exterior problem.
5847
5848
==A.3 Resolution of the biharmonic equation==
5849
5850
Since we have to satisfy the transmission conditions and the tensor <math display="inline">S</math> is expressed in equation ([[#eq-A.10|A.10]]) as a combination of <math display="inline">1</math>, <math display="inline">\cos (\theta )</math> and <math display="inline">\sin (\theta )</math>, the Airy function is proposed at least depending on that terms. More specifically, that is
5851
5852
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5853
|-
5854
| 
5855
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5856
|-
5857
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \phi (r,\theta )=\left[\begin{array}{ccc} \phi _{0}(r) & \phi _{c}(r) & \phi _{s}(r)\end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} 1\\ \hbox{cos}(2\theta )\\ \hbox{sin}(2\theta ) \end{array}\right]=\phi _{0}(r)+\phi _{c}(r)\hbox{cos}(2\theta )+\phi _{s}(r)\hbox{sin}(2\theta{).} </math>
5858
|}
5859
|}
5860
5861
Introducing the above expression in the biharmonic equation ([[#eq-A.7|A.7]]), we obtain
5862
5863
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5864
|-
5865
| 
5866
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5867
|-
5868
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \Delta ^{2}\phi =\Delta ^{2}\phi _{0}+\Delta ^{2}(\phi _{c}\hbox{cos}(2\theta ))+(\Delta ^{2}\phi _{s}\hbox{sin}(2\theta ))=0. </math>
5869
|}
5870
|}
5871
5872
Considering the biharmonic operator, the following equations can be written
5873
5874
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5875
|-
5876
| 
5877
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5878
|-
5879
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{rc} \frac{\partial ^{4}\phi _{0}}{\partial r^{4}}+\frac{2}{r}\frac{\partial ^{3}\phi _{0}}{\partial r^{3}}-\frac{1}{r^{2}}\frac{\partial ^{2}\phi _{0}}{\partial r^{2}}+\frac{1}{r^{3}}\frac{\partial \phi _{0}}{\partial r}, & (1)\\ \frac{\partial ^{4}\phi _{c}}{\partial r^{4}}+\frac{2}{r}\frac{\partial ^{3}\phi _{c}}{\partial r^{3}}-\frac{9}{r^{2}}\frac{\partial ^{2}\phi _{c}}{\partial r^{2}}+\frac{9}{r^{3}}\frac{\partial \phi _{c}}{\partial r}=0, & (\cos (2\theta ))\\ \frac{\partial ^{4}\phi _{s}}{\partial r^{4}}+\frac{2}{r}\frac{\partial ^{3}\phi _{s}}{\partial r^{3}}-\frac{9}{r^{2}}\frac{\partial ^{2}\phi _{s}}{\partial r^{2}}+\frac{9}{r^{3}}\frac{\partial \phi _{s}}{\partial r}=0. & (\sin (2\theta )) \end{array} </math>
5880
|}
5881
|}
5882
5883
We now proceed to study and solve (up to constant parameters) each term of the Airy function and then we sum them up.
5884
5885
Regarding the term <math display="inline">\phi _{0}</math>, it must satisfy
5886
5887
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5888
|-
5889
| 
5890
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5891
|-
5892
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \frac{\partial ^{4}\phi _{0}}{\partial r^{4}}+\frac{2}{r}\frac{\partial ^{3}\phi _{0}}{\partial r^{3}}-\frac{1}{r^{2}}\frac{\partial ^{2}\phi _{0}}{\partial r^{2}}+\frac{1}{r^{3}}\frac{\partial \phi _{0}}{\partial r}=0, </math>
5893
|}
5894
|}
5895
5896
and after applying the change of variable <math display="inline">r=e^{t}</math>, the above equation becomes the following linear one
5897
5898
<span id="eq-A.12"></span>
5899
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5900
|-
5901
| 
5902
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5903
|-
5904
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\frac{\partial ^{4}\phi _{0}}{\partial t^{4}}-4\frac{\partial ^{3}\phi _{0}}{\partial t^{3}}+4\frac{\partial ^{2}\phi _{0}}{\partial t^{2}}=0. </math>
5905
|}
5906
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (A.12)
5907
|}
5908
5909
Since it has linear behavior, we can solve it through the characteristic equation
5910
5911
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5912
|-
5913
| 
5914
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5915
|-
5916
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> t^{4}-4t+4t^{2}=0. </math>
5917
|}
5918
|}
5919
5920
whose roots (both doubles) are <math display="inline">t=0</math> and <math display="inline">t=2</math>. Thus the solution of equation ([[#eq-A.12|A.12]]) reads as
5921
5922
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5923
|-
5924
| 
5925
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5926
|-
5927
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \phi _{0}(t)=A_{0}t+B_{0}te^{2t}+C_{0}e^{-2t}+D_{0} </math>
5928
|}
5929
|}
5930
5931
and after undoing the change of variable, we obtain
5932
5933
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5934
|-
5935
| 
5936
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5937
|-
5938
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \phi _{0}(r)=A_{0}\hbox{log}(r)+B_{0}r^{2}\hbox{log}(r)+C_{0}r^{2}+D_{0} </math>
5939
|}
5940
|}
5941
5942
which can be expressible in a vector form as
5943
5944
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5945
|-
5946
| 
5947
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5948
|-
5949
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \phi _{0}(r)=\left[\begin{array}{cccc} A_{0} & B_{0} & C_{0} & D_{0}\end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} r^{2}\\ r^{2}\hbox{log}(r)\\ \hbox{log}(r)\\ 1 \end{array}\right]=K_{0}^{T}R_{0}. </math>
5950
|}
5951
|}
5952
5953
We proceed similarly for the function <math display="inline">\phi _{c}(r,\theta )</math>. The compatibility equation is written as
5954
5955
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5956
|-
5957
| 
5958
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5959
|-
5960
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \frac{\partial ^{4}\phi _{c}}{\partial r^{4}}+\frac{2}{r}\frac{\partial ^{3}\phi _{c}}{\partial r^{3}}-\frac{9}{r^{2}}\frac{\partial ^{2}\phi _{c}}{\partial r^{2}}+\frac{9}{r^{3}}\frac{\partial \phi _{c}}{\partial r}=0. </math>
5961
|}
5962
|}
5963
5964
After applying the same change of variable <math display="inline">r=e^{t}</math> and solving the characteristic equation, we obtain that the term <math display="inline">\phi _{c}(t)</math> is of the form
5965
5966
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5967
|-
5968
| 
5969
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5970
|-
5971
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \phi _{c}(t)=A_{c}e^{2t}+B_{c}e^{4t}+C_{c}e^{-2t}+D_{c}. </math>
5972
|}
5973
|}
5974
5975
Undoing again the change of variable, we end up with the expression for <math display="inline">\phi _{c}(r)</math> as
5976
5977
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5978
|-
5979
| 
5980
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5981
|-
5982
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \phi _{c}(r)=A_{c}r+\frac{B_{c}}{r}+C_{c}r^{4}+D_{c} </math>
5983
|}
5984
|}
5985
5986
which can be written in a vector form as
5987
5988
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
5989
|-
5990
| 
5991
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
5992
|-
5993
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \phi _{c}(r)=\left[\begin{array}{cccc} A_{c} & B_{c} & C_{c} & D_{c}\end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} r\\ 1/r^{2}\\ r^{4}\\ 1 \end{array}\right]=K_{c}^{T}R_{c}. </math>
5994
|}
5995
|}
5996
5997
Since <math display="inline">\phi _{s}(r)</math> has to solve the same equation than <math display="inline">\phi _{s}(r)</math>, it can be written in the same terms, that is
5998
5999
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6000
|-
6001
| 
6002
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6003
|-
6004
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \phi _{s}(r)=\left[\begin{array}{cccc} A_{s} & B_{s} & C_{s} & D_{s}\end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} r\\ 1/r^{2}\\ r^{4}\\ 1 \end{array}\right]=K_{s}^{T}R_{s}. </math>
6005
|}
6006
|}
6007
6008
Thus, the Airy function is compactly expressible as
6009
6010
<span id="eq-A.13"></span>
6011
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6012
|-
6013
| 
6014
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6015
|-
6016
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\phi =\left[\begin{array}{ccc}R_{0} & R_{c} & R_{s}\end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{ccc}K_{0}^{T} & 0 & 0\\ 0 & K_{c}^{T} & 0\\ 0 & 0 & K_{s}^{T} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c}1\\ \hbox{cos}(2\theta )\\ \hbox{sin}(2\theta ) \end{array}\right]. </math>
6017
|}
6018
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (A.13)
6019
|}
6020
6021
The free parameters are collected in the vectors <math display="inline">K_{0}</math>, <math display="inline">K_{c}</math> and <math display="inline">K_{s}</math> and are going to be determined after applying the boundary and transmission conditions.
6022
6023
==A.4 Resolution of the free parameters==
6024
6025
Once we have the expression of the Airy function, we move to compute the <math display="inline">\sigma </math> field. According to relations ([[#eq-A.5|A.5]]) and considering the expression ([[#eq-A.13|A.13]]), we obtain
6026
6027
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6028
|-
6029
| 
6030
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6031
|-
6032
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{rcl} \left[\begin{array}{c} \sigma _{r}\\ \sigma _{\theta }\\ \sigma _{r\theta } \end{array}\right]& = & \left[\begin{array}{c} \left(\frac{1}{r}\frac{\partial }{\partial r}+\frac{1}{r^{2}}\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial \theta ^{2}}\right)\\ \left(\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial r^{2}}\right)\\ \left(-\frac{\partial }{\partial r}\left(\frac{1}{r}\frac{\partial }{\partial \theta }\right)\right) \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{ccc} \phi _{0}(r) & \phi _{c}(r) & \phi _{s}(r)\end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} 1\\ \hbox{cos}(2\theta )\\ \hbox{sin}(2\theta ) \end{array}\right]=\\ \\  & = & \left[\begin{array}{ccc} K_{0}^{T}\left(\frac{1}{r}\frac{\partial }{\partial r}\right)R_{0} & K_{c}^{T}\left(\frac{1}{r}\frac{\partial }{\partial r}-\frac{4}{r^{2}}\right)R_{c} & K_{s}^{T}\left(\frac{1}{r}\frac{\partial }{\partial r}-\frac{4}{r^{2}}\right)R_{s}\\ K_{0}^{T}\left(\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial r^{2}}\right)R_{0} & K_{c}^{T}\left(\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial r^{2}}\right)R_{c} & K_{s}^{T}\left(\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial r^{2}}\right)R_{s}\\ 0 & -2K_{s}^{T}\left(\frac{\partial }{\partial r}\left(\frac{1}{r}\right)\right)R_{s} & 2K_{c}^{T}\left(\frac{\partial }{\partial r}\left(\frac{1}{r}\right)\right)R_{c} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} 1\\ \hbox{cos}(2\theta )\\ \hbox{sin}(2\theta ) \end{array}\right]. \end{array} </math>
6033
|}
6034
|}
6035
6036
Note that each term of the matrix stands for a scalar product between the <math display="inline">K_{0}</math>, <math display="inline">K_{c}</math>, <math display="inline">K_{s}</math> and some derivatives of <math display="inline">R_{0}</math>, <math display="inline">R_{c}</math> and <math display="inline">R_{s}</math>. Let us define the following relation by
6037
6038
<span id="eq-A.14"></span>
6039
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6040
|-
6041
| 
6042
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6043
|-
6044
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{rcl}\left[\begin{array}{c}\sigma _{r}\\ \sigma _{\theta }\\ \sigma _{r\theta } \end{array}\right]& = & \left[\begin{array}{ccc}K_{0}^{T}dR_{0}^{r} & K_{c}^{T}dR_{c}^{r} & K_{s}^{T}dR_{s}^{r}\\ K_{0}^{T}dR_{0}^{\theta } & K_{c}^{T}dR_{c}^{\theta } & K_{s}^{T}dR_{s}^{\theta }\\ 0 & -2K_{s}^{T}dR_{s}^{r\theta } & 2K_{c}^{T}dR_{c}^{r\theta } \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c}1\\ \hbox{cos}(2\theta )\\ \hbox{sin}(2\theta ) \end{array}\right]\end{array} </math>
6045
|}
6046
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (A.14)
6047
|}
6048
6049
in which each term <math display="inline">dR_{0}^{r}</math>, <math display="inline">dR_{c}^{r}</math>, <math display="inline">dR_{s}^{r}</math>, <math display="inline">dR_{0}^{\theta }</math>, <math display="inline">dR_{c}^{\theta }</math>, <math display="inline">dR_{s}^{\theta }</math>,<math display="inline">dR_{0}^{r\theta }</math>, <math display="inline">dR_{c}^{r\theta }</math> and <math display="inline">dR_{s}^{r\theta }</math> are computed as follows
6050
6051
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6052
|-
6053
| 
6054
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6055
|-
6056
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> dR_{0}^{r}=\left(\frac{1}{r}\frac{\partial }{\partial r}\right)R_{0}=\left(\frac{1}{r}\frac{\partial }{\partial r}\right)\left[\begin{array}{c} r^{2}\\ r^{2}\hbox{log}(r)\\ \hbox{log}(r)\\ 1 \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{c} 2\\ 1+2\hbox{log}(r)\\ 1/r^{2}\\ 0 \end{array}\right] </math>
6057
|}
6058
|}
6059
6060
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6061
|-
6062
| 
6063
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6064
|-
6065
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> dR_{0}^{\theta }=\left(\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial r^{2}}\right)R_{0}=\left(\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial r^{2}}\right)\left[\begin{array}{c} r^{2}\\ r^{2}\hbox{log}(r)\\ \hbox{log}(r)\\ 1 \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{c} 2\\ 3+2\hbox{log}(r)\\ -1/r^{2}\\ 0 \end{array}\right] </math>
6066
|}
6067
|}
6068
6069
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6070
|-
6071
| 
6072
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6073
|-
6074
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> dR_{c}^{r}=dR_{s}^{r}=\left(\frac{1}{r}\frac{\partial }{\partial r}-\frac{4}{r^{2}}\right)R_{c}=\left(\frac{1}{r}\frac{\partial }{\partial r}-\frac{4}{r^{2}}\right)\left[\begin{array}{c} r\\ 1/r^{2}\\ r^{4}\\ 1 \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{c} -2\\ -6/r^{4}\\ 0\\ -4/r^{2} \end{array}\right] </math>
6075
|}
6076
|}
6077
6078
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6079
|-
6080
| 
6081
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6082
|-
6083
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> dR_{c}^{\theta }=dR_{s}^{\theta }=\left(\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial r^{2}}\right)R_{c}=\left(\frac{\partial ^{2}}{\partial r^{2}}\right)\left[\begin{array}{c} r\\ 1/r^{2}\\ r^{4}\\ 1 \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{c} 2\\ 6/r^{4}\\ 12r^{2}\\ 0 \end{array}\right] </math>
6084
|}
6085
|}
6086
6087
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6088
|-
6089
| 
6090
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6091
|-
6092
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> dR_{c}^{r\theta }=dR_{s}^{r\theta }=\left(\frac{\partial }{\partial r}\left(\frac{1}{r}\right)\right)R_{c}=\left(\frac{\partial }{\partial r}\left(\frac{1}{r}\right)\right)\left[\begin{array}{c} r\\ 1/r^{2}\\ r^{4}\\ 1 \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{c} 1\\ -3/r^{4}\\ 3r^{2}\\ -1/r^{2} \end{array}\right] </math>
6093
|}
6094
|}
6095
6096
===A.4.1 Boundary conditions in the matrix===
6097
6098
For determining the free parameters, we first apply on the matrix the condition ([[#eq-A.8|A.8]]) of zero stress at infinity which leads to cancel the following constants
6099
6100
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6101
|-
6102
| 
6103
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6104
|-
6105
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> A_{0}^{e}=B_{0}^{e}=A_{c}^{e}=A_{s}^{e}=C_{c}^{e}=C_{s}^{e}=0. </math>
6106
|}
6107
|}
6108
6109
Since the last term of <math display="inline">dR_{0}^{r}</math> and <math display="inline">dR_{0}^{\theta }</math> is canceled there is no reason of keeping the constant <math display="inline">D_{0}^{e},</math> hence
6110
6111
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6112
|-
6113
| 
6114
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6115
|-
6116
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> D_{0}^{e}=0. </math>
6117
|}
6118
|}
6119
6120
Consequently, the vectors <math display="inline">K_{0}</math>, <math display="inline">K_{c}</math> and <math display="inline">K_{s}</math> become
6121
6122
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6123
|-
6124
| 
6125
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6126
|-
6127
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> K_{0}=C_{0}^{e}\qquad K_{c}=\left[\begin{array}{c} B_{c}^{e}\\ D_{c}^{e} \end{array}\right]\qquad K_{S}=\left[\begin{array}{c} B_{s}^{e}\\ D_{s}^{e} \end{array}\right] </math>
6128
|}
6129
|}
6130
6131
and similarly the <math display="inline">dR</math> vectors becomes
6132
6133
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6134
|-
6135
| 
6136
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6137
|-
6138
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> dR_{0}^{r}=\frac{1}{r^{2}}\qquad dR_{0}^{\theta }=-\frac{1}{r^{2}} </math>
6139
|}
6140
|}
6141
6142
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6143
|-
6144
| 
6145
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6146
|-
6147
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> dR_{c}^{r}=dR_{s}^{r}=\left[\begin{array}{c} -6/r^{4}\\ -4/r^{2} \end{array}\right]\qquad dR_{c}^{\theta }=dR_{s}^{\theta }=\left[\begin{array}{c} 6/r^{4}\\ 0 \end{array}\right]\qquad dR_{c}^{r\theta }=dR_{s}^{r\theta }=\left[\begin{array}{c} -3/r^{4}\\ -1/r^{2} \end{array}\right]. </math>
6148
|}
6149
|}
6150
6151
Substituting all these reduced expression into equation ([[#eq-A.14|A.14]]), we are ready to compute the term <math display="inline">\sigma ^{e}(1,\theta )</math> that appears in the transmission condition just imposing <math display="inline">r=1</math> as follows
6152
6153
<span id="eq-A.15"></span>
6154
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6155
|-
6156
| 
6157
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6158
|-
6159
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\sigma ^{e}(1,\theta )=\left[\begin{array}{c}\sigma _{r}^{e}(1,\theta )\\ \sigma _{\theta }^{e}(1,\theta )\\ \sigma _{r\theta }^{e}(1,\theta ) \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{ccc}C_{0}^{e} & -6B_{c}^{e}-4D_{c}^{e} & -6B_{s}^{e}-4D_{s}^{e}\\ -C_{0}^{e} & 6B_{c}^{e} & 6B_{s}^{e}\\ 0 & 6B_{c}^{e}+2D_{c}^{e} & -6B_{s}^{e}-2D_{s}^{e} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c}1\\ \hbox{cos}(2\theta )\\ \hbox{sin}(2\theta ) \end{array}\right]. </math>
6160
|}
6161
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (A.15)
6162
|}
6163
6164
===A.4.2 Boundary conditions in the inclusion ===
6165
6166
Regarding the conditions on the inclusion, we have to impose a constant value of the stressed as it is detailed in ([[#eq-A.8|A.8]]). Thus, all the constants that multiply terms that depend on variable <math display="inline">r</math> are canceled, that is
6167
6168
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6169
|-
6170
| 
6171
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6172
|-
6173
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> C_{0}^{i}=B_{0}^{i}=B_{c}^{i}=B_{s}^{i}=D_{c}^{i}=D_{s}^{i}=C_{c}^{i}=C_{s}^{i}=0 </math>
6174
|}
6175
|}
6176
6177
And similarly, since <math display="inline">D_{0}^{i}</math> is arbitrary and it does not appear on the stress, there is no reasons to keep it. Hence,
6178
6179
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6180
|-
6181
| 
6182
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6183
|-
6184
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> D_{0}^{i}=0. </math>
6185
|}
6186
|}
6187
6188
Consequently, the vector <math display="inline">K_{0}</math>, <math display="inline">K_{c}</math> and <math display="inline">K_{s}</math> become
6189
6190
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6191
|-
6192
| 
6193
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6194
|-
6195
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> K_{0}^{i}=A_{0}^{i}\qquad K_{c}^{i}=A_{c}^{i}\qquad K_{S}^{e}=A_{s}^{i}. </math>
6196
|}
6197
|}
6198
6199
and the <math display="inline">dR</math> vector are reduced to the following expression
6200
6201
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6202
|-
6203
| 
6204
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6205
|-
6206
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> dR_{0}^{r}=2\qquad dR_{0}^{\theta }=2 </math>
6207
|}
6208
|}
6209
6210
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6211
|-
6212
| 
6213
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6214
|-
6215
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> dR_{c}^{r}=dR_{s}^{r}=\begin{array}{c} -2\end{array}\qquad dR_{c}^{\theta }=dR_{s}^{\theta }=2\qquad dR_{c}^{r\theta }=dR_{s}^{r\theta }=1. </math>
6216
|}
6217
|}
6218
6219
In order to apply the transmission condition, substituting the above reduced expression in the stress field equation ([[#eq-A.14|A.14]]), we obtain the constant stress field in the inclusion as
6220
6221
<span id="eq-A.16"></span>
6222
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6223
|-
6224
| 
6225
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6226
|-
6227
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\sigma ^{i}=\left[\begin{array}{c}\sigma _{r}^{i}\\ \sigma _{\theta }^{i}\\ \sigma _{r\theta }^{i} \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{ccc}2A_{0}^{i} & -2A_{c}^{i} & -2A_{s}^{i}\\ 2A_{0}^{i} & 2A_{c}^{i} & 2A_{s}^{i}\\ 0 & -2A_{s}^{i} & 2A_{c}^{i} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c}1\\ \hbox{cos}(2\theta )\\ \hbox{sin}(2\theta ) \end{array}\right]. </math>
6228
|}
6229
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (A.16)
6230
|}
6231
6232
Note that since the stresses are constant in the inclusion, the above expression stands also for the stresses on the interface.
6233
6234
It is worth mentioning that if we write the stresses into the Cartesian components analogously to expression ([[#eq-A.10|A.10]]) as
6235
6236
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6237
|-
6238
| 
6239
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6240
|-
6241
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \sigma ^{i}(1,\theta )=\left[\begin{array}{c} \sigma _{r}^{i}(1,\theta )\\ \sigma _{\theta }^{i}(1,\theta )\\ \sigma _{r\theta }^{i}(1,\theta ) \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{ccc} \frac{\sigma _{x}^{i}+\sigma _{y}^{i}}{2} & \frac{\sigma _{x}^{i}-\sigma _{y}^{i}}{2} & \sigma _{xy}^{i}\\ \frac{\sigma _{x}^{i}+\sigma _{y}^{i}}{2} & \frac{\sigma _{y}^{i}-\sigma _{x}^{i}}{2} & -\sigma _{xy}^{i}\\ 0 & \sigma _{xy}^{i} & \frac{\sigma _{y}^{i}-\sigma _{x}^{i}}{2} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} 1\\ \hbox{cos}(2\theta )\\ \hbox{sin}(2\theta ) \end{array}\right] </math>
6242
|}
6243
|}
6244
6245
and we identify all the terms of both matrices, we can relate the Cartesian components of the stresses with the constants <math display="inline">A_{0}^{i}</math>, <math display="inline">A_{c}^{i}</math> and <math display="inline">A_{s}^{i}</math> as
6246
6247
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6248
|-
6249
| 
6250
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6251
|-
6252
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \sigma _{x}^{i}=2(A_{0}^{i}-A_{c}^{i})\qquad \sigma _{y}^{i}=2(A_{0}^{i}+A_{c}^{i})\qquad \sigma _{xy}^{i}=-2A_{s}^{i}, </math>
6253
|}
6254
|}
6255
6256
which in matrix notation is written as
6257
6258
<span id="eq-A.17"></span>
6259
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6260
|-
6261
| 
6262
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6263
|-
6264
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left[\begin{array}{c}\sigma _{x}^{i}\\ \sigma _{y}^{i}\\ \sigma _{xy}^{i} \end{array}\right]=2\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{ccc} 1 & -1 & 0\\ 1 & 1 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & -1 \end{array}\right]}_{T}\left[\begin{array}{c}A_{0}^{i}\\ A_{c}^{i}\\ A_{s}^{i} \end{array}\right]. </math>
6265
|}
6266
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (A.17)
6267
|}
6268
6269
That last relation will be useful to find the final expression for the topological derivative. With all these boundary conditions imposed, we end up with 8 unknowns <math display="inline">A_{0}^{i}</math>, <math display="inline">A_{c}^{i}</math> , <math display="inline">A_{s}^{i}</math>, <math display="inline">B_{c}^{e}</math>,<math display="inline">B_{s}^{e}</math>,<math display="inline">C_{0}^{e}</math>, <math display="inline">D_{c}^{e}</math> and <math display="inline">D_{s}^{e}</math> that are going to be determined after imposing the transmission conditions.
6270
6271
===A.4.3 Stress transmission condition ===
6272
6273
We apply the transmission condition in stresses across the interface. The first equation of ([[#eq-A.9|A.9]]) imposes continuity on the radial component of the stress as
6274
6275
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6276
|-
6277
| 
6278
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6279
|-
6280
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \sigma _{r}^{e}(1,\theta )-\sigma _{r}^{i}=S_{r}\qquad \forall \theta  </math>
6281
|}
6282
|}
6283
6284
Considering the matrix representation ([[#eq-A.10|A.10]]) of the stress <math display="inline">S</math> and comparing it with the difference with the matrix representation of the stresses on the matrix ([[#eq-A.15|A.15]]) and the inclusion ([[#eq-A.16|A.16]]), we can identify the <math display="inline">1</math>, <math display="inline">\cos \hbox{( }\theta \hbox{)}</math> and <math display="inline">\sin (\theta )</math> terms and write the following equations
6285
6286
<span id="eq-A.18"></span>
6287
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6288
|-
6289
| 
6290
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6291
|-
6292
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{rc}C_{0}^{e}-2A_{0}^{i}=\frac{S_{x}^{i}+S_{y}^{i}}{2} & (1)\\ -6B_{c}^{e}-4D_{c}^{e}+2A_{c}^{i}=\frac{S_{x}^{i}-S_{y}^{i}}{2} & (\cos (2\theta ))\\ -6B_{s}^{e}-4D_{s}^{e}+2A_{s}^{i}=S_{xy} & (\sin (2\theta )) \end{array} </math>
6293
|}
6294
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (A.18)
6295
|}
6296
6297
Similarly, according to ([[#eq-A.9|A.9]]), the continuity of the shear component <math display="inline">\sigma _{r\theta }</math> is imposed as
6298
6299
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6300
|-
6301
| 
6302
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6303
|-
6304
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \sigma _{r\theta }^{e}(1,\theta )-\sigma _{r\theta }^{i}=S_{r\theta }\qquad \forall \theta{.} </math>
6305
|}
6306
|}
6307
6308
Considering again the matrix representation of <math display="inline">S</math>, <math display="inline">\sigma _{r\theta }^{e}</math> and <math display="inline">\sigma _{r\theta }^{i}</math> and identifying the <math display="inline">1</math>, <math display="inline">\cos \hbox{( }\theta \hbox{)}</math> and <math display="inline">\sin (\theta )</math> terms, we can write the second group of equations as
6309
6310
<span id="eq-A.19"></span>
6311
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6312
|-
6313
| 
6314
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6315
|-
6316
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{rc}0=0 & (1)\\ 6B_{s}^{e}+2D_{s}^{e}+2A_{s}^{i}=S_{xy} & (\cos (2\theta ))\\ -6B_{c}^{e}-2D_{c}^{e}-2A_{c}^{i}=\frac{S_{y}^{i}-S_{x}^{i}}{2} & (\sin (2\theta )) \end{array} </math>
6317
|}
6318
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (A.19)
6319
|}
6320
6321
===A.4.4 Strain transmission condition ===
6322
6323
The last condition to impose is the strain transmission condition ([[#eq-A.11|A.11]]). Since we assume plane stress and isotropic material behavior, the strain can be related with the stresses for both the matrix and the inclusion through the following inverse constitutive relation
6324
6325
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6326
|-
6327
| 
6328
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6329
|-
6330
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \varepsilon _{\theta }^{e}(1,\theta )=\frac{1}{E^{e}}\sigma _{\theta }^{e}(1,\theta )-\frac{\nu ^{e}}{E^{e}}\sigma _{r}^{e}(1,\theta ) </math>
6331
|}
6332
|}
6333
6334
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6335
|-
6336
| 
6337
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6338
|-
6339
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \varepsilon _{\theta }^{i}(1,\theta )=\frac{1}{E^{i}}\sigma _{\theta }^{i}-\frac{\nu ^{i}}{E^{i}}\sigma _{r}^{i} </math>
6340
|}
6341
|}
6342
6343
where <math display="inline">E^{e}</math>, <math display="inline">E^{i}</math>, <math display="inline">\nu ^{e}</math> and <math display="inline">\nu ^{i}</math> represents the Young modulus and Poisson ratio for the matrix and the inclusion. Inserting the above relation in the transmission condition ([[#eq-A.11|A.11]]) and considering equations ([[#eq-A.15|A.15]]) and ([[#eq-A.16|A.16]]), we can write the last group of equations as
6344
6345
<span id="eq-A.20"></span>
6346
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6347
|-
6348
| 
6349
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6350
|-
6351
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{rc}-\frac{1+\nu ^{e}}{E^{e}}C_{0}^{e}-2\frac{1-\nu ^{i}}{E^{i}}A_{0}^{i}=0 & (1)\\ 6\frac{1+\nu ^{e}}{E^{e}}B_{c}^{e}+\frac{4\nu ^{e}}{E^{e}}D_{c}^{e}-\frac{1+\nu ^{i}}{E^{i}}2A_{c}^{i}=0 & (\cos (2\theta ))\\ 6\frac{1+\nu ^{e}}{E^{e}}B_{s}^{e}+\frac{4\nu ^{e}}{E^{e}}D_{s}^{e}-\frac{1+\nu ^{i}}{E^{i}}2A_{s}^{i}=0 & (\sin (2\theta{)).} \end{array} </math>
6352
|}
6353
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (A.20)
6354
|}
6355
6356
==A.5 System of equations for the free parameters==
6357
6358
Adding and rearranging all the group of equations, we can split them in three groups as
6359
6360
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6361
|-
6362
| 
6363
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6364
|-
6365
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \left[\begin{array}{cc} 1 & -2\\ -\frac{1+\nu ^{e}}{E^{e}} & -2\frac{1-\nu ^{i}}{E^{i}} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} C_{0}^{e}\\ A_{0}^{i} \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{c} \frac{S_{x}^{i}+S_{y}^{i}}{2}\\ 0 \end{array}\right], </math>
6366
|}
6367
|}
6368
6369
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6370
|-
6371
| 
6372
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6373
|-
6374
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \left[\begin{array}{ccc} -6 & -4 & 2\\ -6 & -2 & -2\\ 6\frac{1+\nu ^{e}}{E^{e}} & \frac{4\nu ^{e}}{E^{e}} & -2\frac{1+\nu ^{i}}{E^{i}} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} B_{c}^{e}\\ D_{c}^{e}\\ A_{c}^{i} \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{c} \frac{S_{x}^{i}-S_{y}^{i}}{2}\\ \frac{S_{y}^{i}-S_{x}^{i}}{2}\\ 0 \end{array}\right], </math>
6375
|}
6376
|}
6377
6378
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6379
|-
6380
| 
6381
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6382
|-
6383
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \left[\begin{array}{ccc} -6 & -4 & 2\\ 6 & 2 & 2\\ 6\frac{1+\nu ^{e}}{E^{e}} & \frac{4\nu ^{e}}{E^{e}} & -2\frac{1+\nu ^{i}}{E^{i}} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} B_{s}^{e}\\ D_{s}^{e}\\ A_{s}^{i} \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{c} S_{xy}\\ S_{xy}\\ 0 \end{array}\right]. </math>
6384
|}
6385
|}
6386
6387
The matrices of the three system of equations are invertible, thus, all the constants can be uniquely determined.
6388
6389
Regarding the <math display="inline">A_{0}^{i}</math>, <math display="inline">A_{c}^{i}</math> and <math display="inline">A_{s}^{i}</math>, we provide its values in a matrix form as
6390
6391
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6392
|-
6393
| 
6394
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6395
|-
6396
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \left[\begin{array}{c} A_{0}^{i}\\ A_{c}^{i}\\ A_{s}^{i} \end{array}\right]=\frac{1}{4}\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{ccc} -d_{1} & -d_{1} & 0\\ d_{2} & d_{2} & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 2d_{2} \end{array}\right]}_{D}\left[\begin{array}{c} S_{xy}\\ S_{xy}\\ S_{xy} \end{array}\right] </math>
6397
|}
6398
|}
6399
6400
where the matrix <math display="inline">D</math> has been introduced and the adimensional constants <math display="inline">d_{1}</math> and <math display="inline">d_{2}</math> take the following values
6401
6402
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6403
|-
6404
| 
6405
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6406
|-
6407
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> d_{1}=\frac{1}{1+\frac{E^{e}(1-\nu ^{i})}{E^{i}(1-\nu ^{e})}}\qquad d_{2}=\frac{1}{1+\frac{E^{e}(1+\nu ^{i})}{E^{i}(3-\nu ^{e})}}. </math>
6408
|}
6409
|}
6410
6411
Thus, according to expression ([[#eq-A.17|A.17]]), we can write the stresses on the inclusion in terms of the stresses <math display="inline">S</math> as
6412
6413
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6414
|-
6415
| 
6416
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6417
|-
6418
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{rcl} \left[\begin{array}{c} \sigma _{x}^{i}\\ \sigma _{y}^{i}\\ \sigma _{xy}^{i} \end{array}\right]& = & 2T\left[\begin{array}{c} A_{0}^{i}\\ A_{c}^{i}\\ A_{s}^{i} \end{array}\right]=2T\frac{1}{4}D\left[\begin{array}{c} S_{xy}\\ S_{xy}\\ S_{xy} \end{array}\right]\\ \\  & = & \underbrace{\frac{1}{2}\left[\begin{array}{ccc} -d_{1}-d_{2} & -d_{1}-d_{2} & 0\\ d_{2}-d_{1} & d_{2}-d_{1} & 0\\ 0 & 0 & -2d_{2} \end{array}\right]}_{A_{i}}\left[\begin{array}{c} S_{x}\\ S_{y}\\ S_{xy} \end{array}\right] \end{array} </math>
6419
|}
6420
|}
6421
6422
where we have introduced the matrix <math display="inline">A_{i}</math>. Thus, after solving the exterior problem through the Airy function, the boundary and transmission conditions, we have obtained a linear expression that relates the stresses in the inclusion with the stresses <math display="inline">S</math> as
6423
6424
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6425
|-
6426
| 
6427
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6428
|-
6429
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \sigma ^{i}=A_{i}S. </math>
6430
|}
6431
|}
6432
6433
The appendix closes with this last relation since by substituting A in ([[#eq-4.34|4.34]]), we have obtained the polarization tensor which uniquely define the topological derivative.
6434
6435
=B Analytical solution of the anisotropic exterior problem=
6436
6437
In this appendix, we solve the exterior problem for an anisotropic infinite domain with a circular inclusion of an other anisotropic material. Henceforth, we call matrix to the material of the infinite domain and inclusion to the other one. The boundary and transmission conditions are equivalent to the isotropic case. This is to say, we impose in the matrix zero stress value at infinity and constant stresses to the inclusion due to Eshelby theorem. Regarding the transmission condition, we enforce continuity equilibrium on the normal direction of the stresses and continuity to the displacements.
6438
6439
The solving process is organized as follows. First, similarly to the isotropic case, we define a potential that satisfies automatically the equilibrium equation. However, we use Cartesian coordinates and a complex potential whereas in the isotropic case, the potential is defined as a real function and polar coordinates are considered. Then, we enforce that the potential satisfies the compatibility equation in stresses, but now it does not result to the Beltrami-Michel equations, since anisotropic materials are considered. After integrating the compatibility equation and defining an intermediate potential, we provide some results of complex variables and we impose the transmission conditions for the stresses and displacements. We also provide a justification for the anstatz used and we determine in a matrix form the system of equation needed for solving the problem. Finally, since the problem is too complex to be solved directly by a symbolic software, we provide some properties which makes the problem more compact and solvable by such symbolic software.
6440
6441
The main ideas and part of the notation have been extracted form the classical book <span id='citeF-47'></span>[[#cite-47|[47]]].
6442
6443
Notice that, on the exterior problem ([[#eq-4.19|4.19]]), the stresses on the inclusion are denoted by <math display="inline">\sigma _{\epsilon }(w)\vert _{B_{\epsilon }(\widehat{x})}</math> and the displacements by <math display="inline">w</math>. For convenience, we change notation as follows
6444
6445
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6446
|-
6447
| 
6448
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6449
|-
6450
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{ccc} \sigma _{\epsilon }(w)\vert _{B_{\epsilon }(\widehat{x})} & \rightarrow & \sigma ^{i}\\ \sigma _{\epsilon }(w)\vert _{\Omega \backslash B_{\epsilon }(\widehat{x})} & \rightarrow & \sigma ^{e}\\ w & \rightarrow & u \end{array} </math>
6451
|}
6452
|}
6453
6454
==B.1 Equilibrium equation and compatibility conditions for anisotropic materials==
6455
6456
As mentioned in the isotropic Appendix [[#7 Analytical solution of the isotropic exterior problem|7]], the equilibrium equation in Cartesian coordinates reads as
6457
6458
<span id="eq-B.1"></span>
6459
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6460
|-
6461
| 
6462
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6463
|-
6464
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\frac{\partial \sigma _{x}}{\partial x}+\frac{\partial \sigma _{xy}}{\partial y}=0\qquad \frac{\partial \sigma _{y}}{\partial y}+\frac{\partial \sigma _{xy}}{\partial x}=0. </math>
6465
|}
6466
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.1)
6467
|}
6468
6469
where the body forces have been neglected. We define the potential <math display="inline">F(x,y)</math> (stress function in book <span id='citeF-47'></span>[[#cite-47|[47]]] and homologous to the Airy function) as,
6470
6471
<span id="eq-B.2"></span>
6472
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6473
|-
6474
| 
6475
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6476
|-
6477
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\sigma _{x}=\frac{\partial ^{2}F}{\partial y^{2}}\quad \sigma _{y}=\frac{\partial ^{2}F}{\partial x^{2}}\quad \sigma _{x}=-\frac{\partial ^{2}F}{\partial y\partial x}. </math>
6478
|}
6479
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.2)
6480
|}
6481
6482
Note that the potential satisfies automatically the equilibrium equation ([[#eq-B.1|B.1]]). The strain compatibility conditions in plane stress reads as
6483
6484
<span id="eq-B.3"></span>
6485
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6486
|-
6487
| 
6488
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6489
|-
6490
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\frac{\partial ^{2}\epsilon _{x}}{\partial y^{2}}+\frac{\partial ^{2}\epsilon _{x}}{\partial y^{2}}-\frac{\partial ^{2}\gamma _{xy}}{\partial x\partial y}=0. </math>
6491
|}
6492
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.3)
6493
|}
6494
6495
Assuming elastic behavior the anisotropic constitutive law in its inverse form is written as
6496
6497
<span id="eq-B.4"></span>
6498
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6499
|-
6500
| 
6501
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6502
|-
6503
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left[\begin{array}{c}\epsilon _{x}\\ \epsilon _{y}\\ \gamma _{xy} \end{array}\right]=\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{ccc} \alpha _{11} & \alpha _{12} & \alpha _{13}\\ \alpha _{12} & \alpha _{22} & \alpha _{23}\\ \alpha _{13} & \alpha _{23} & \alpha _{33} \end{array}\right]}_{\alpha }\left[\begin{array}{c}\sigma _{x}\\ \sigma _{y}\\ \sigma _{xy} \end{array}\right] </math>
6504
|}
6505
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.4)
6506
|}
6507
6508
where <math display="inline">\alpha _{ij}</math> with <math display="inline">(i,j)=1..3</math> are the components of the constitutive tensor <math display="inline">\mathbb{C}</math> (in matrix notation). Inserting the relation ([[#eq-B.2|B.2]]) into the constitutive law ([[#eq-B.4|B.4]]), and the constitutive law into the compatibility condition ([[#eq-B.3|B.3]]), we obtain
6509
6510
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6511
|-
6512
| 
6513
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6514
|-
6515
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \alpha _{22}\frac{\partial ^{4}F}{\partial x^{4}}-2\alpha _{23}\frac{\partial ^{4}F}{\partial x^{3}\partial y}+(2\alpha _{12}+\alpha _{33})\frac{\partial ^{4}F}{\partial x^{2}\partial y^{2}}-2\alpha _{13}\frac{\partial ^{4}F}{\partial x\partial y^{3}}+\alpha _{11}\frac{\partial ^{4}F}{\partial y^{4}}=0. </math>
6516
|}
6517
|}
6518
6519
Following the integration procedure of the book <span id='citeF-47'></span>[[#cite-47|[47]]] (Page 29), the potential can be written as
6520
6521
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6522
|-
6523
| 
6524
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6525
|-
6526
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> F=2\Re (F_{1}(z_{1})+F_{2}(z_{2})) </math>
6527
|}
6528
|}
6529
6530
where <math display="inline">\Re </math> denotes the real part and <math display="inline">z_{1}</math> and <math display="inline">z_{2}</math> define a new coordinate system
6531
6532
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6533
|-
6534
| 
6535
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6536
|-
6537
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> z_{1}=x+\mu _{\hbox{1}}y\quad z_{2}=x+\mu _{2}y </math>
6538
|}
6539
|}
6540
6541
in which the parameters <math display="inline">\mu _{i}</math> with <math display="inline">i=1,2</math>, are the solutions of the characteristic equation
6542
6543
<span id="eq-B.5"></span>
6544
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6545
|-
6546
| 
6547
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6548
|-
6549
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\alpha _{11}\mu ^{4}-2\alpha _{16}\mu ^{3}+(2\alpha _{12}+\alpha _{33})\mu ^{2}-2\alpha _{13}\mu{+\alpha}_{22}=0. </math>
6550
|}
6551
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.5)
6552
|}
6553
6554
We define the anisotropic potential <math display="inline">\Phi _{1}</math> and <math display="inline">\Phi _{2}</math> as the derivative of the potential <math display="inline">F</math>, this is,
6555
6556
<span id="eq-B.6"></span>
6557
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6558
|-
6559
| 
6560
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6561
|-
6562
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\Phi _{1}(z_{1})=\frac{\partial F_{1}}{\partial z_{1}},\quad \Phi _{2}(z_{2})=\frac{\partial F_{2}}{\partial z_{2}}.\quad  </math>
6563
|}
6564
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.6)
6565
|}
6566
6567
Substituting the above definition into equations ([[#eq-B.2|B.2]]), the stress tensor is expressed as follows
6568
6569
<span id="eq-B.7"></span>
6570
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6571
|-
6572
| 
6573
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6574
|-
6575
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{rcl}\sigma _{x} & = & 2\Re (\mu _{1}^{2}\Phi _{1}^{'}(z_{1})+\mu _{2}^{2}\Phi _{2}^{'}(z_{2})),\\ \sigma _{y} & = & 2\Re (\Phi _{1}^{'}(z_{1})+\Phi _{2}^{'}(z_{2})),\\ \tau _{xy} & = & -2\Re (\mu _{1}\Phi _{1}^{'}(z_{1})+\mu _{2}\Phi _{2}^{'}(z_{2})). \end{array} </math>
6576
|}
6577
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.7)
6578
|}
6579
6580
Regarding the displacement, in the small strain context, the strains can be written in terms of the displacement as
6581
6582
<span id="eq-B.8"></span>
6583
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6584
|-
6585
| 
6586
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6587
|-
6588
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\varepsilon _{x}=\frac{\partial u_{x}}{\partial x}\quad \varepsilon _{x}=\frac{\partial u_{y}}{\partial x}\quad \gamma _{xy}=\frac{\partial u_{x}}{\partial y}+\frac{\partial u_{y}}{\partial x}. </math>
6589
|}
6590
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.8)
6591
|}
6592
6593
Integrating the above expression and taking into account the constitutive law ([[#eq-B.4|B.4]]), it is easy to see (detailed in book <span id='citeF-47'></span>[[#cite-47|[47]]]) that the displacements may be written as
6594
6595
<span id="eq-B.9"></span>
6596
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6597
|-
6598
| 
6599
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6600
|-
6601
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{c}u_{x}=2\Re (p_{1}\Phi _{1}(z_{1})+p_{2}\Phi _{2}(z_{2}))-\omega y\\ u_{y}=2\Re (q_{1}\Phi _{1}(z_{1})+q_{2}\Phi _{2}(z_{2}))+\omega x \end{array} </math>
6602
|}
6603
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.9)
6604
|}
6605
6606
where <math display="inline">\omega </math> characterize a rotation and the complex numbers <math display="inline">p_{i}</math> and <math display="inline">q_{i}</math> are defined as
6607
6608
<span id="eq-B.10"></span>
6609
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6610
|-
6611
| 
6612
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6613
|-
6614
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{c}p_{1}=\alpha _{11}\mu _{1}^{2}+\alpha _{12}-\alpha _{13}\mu _{1},\\ q_{1}=\alpha _{12}\mu _{1}^{2}+\alpha _{22}/\mu _{1}-\alpha _{23,} \end{array}\quad \begin{array}{c}p_{2}=\alpha _{11}\mu _{2}^{2}+\alpha _{12}-\alpha _{13}\mu _{2,}\\ q_{2}=\alpha _{12}\mu _{2}^{2}+\alpha _{22}/\mu _{2}-\alpha _{23}. \end{array} </math>
6615
|}
6616
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.10)
6617
|}
6618
6619
==8.2 Special case of a infinite plate with an inclusion==
6620
6621
The idea is now to apply the above definitions to the concerning problem, i.e., the case of an infinite plate with an inclusion.
6622
6623
Regarding the stresses, on the one hand, the stresses appearing in the matrix, hereafter referred <math display="inline">\sigma ^{m}</math>, are derived from the anisotropic potential detailed in equation ([[#eq-B.7|B.7]]). On the other hand, according to the Eshelby theorem <span id='citeF-109'></span><span id='citeF-110'></span><span id='citeF-111'></span>[[#cite-109|[109,110,111]]], the stresses in the inclusion <math display="inline">\sigma ^{I}</math> are constant. Thus,
6624
6625
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6626
|-
6627
| 
6628
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6629
|-
6630
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \left[\begin{array}{c} \sigma _{x}^{m}\\ \sigma _{y}^{m}\\ \sigma _{xy}^{m} \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{c} 2\Re (\mu _{1}^{2}\Phi _{1}^{'}(z_{1})+\mu _{2}^{2}\Phi _{2}^{'}(z_{2})),\\ 2\Re (\Phi _{1}^{'}(z_{1})+\Phi _{2}^{'}(z_{2})),\\ -2\Re (\mu _{1}\Phi _{1}^{'}(z_{1})+\mu _{2}\Phi _{2}^{'}(z_{2})). \end{array}\right]\quad \hbox{and}\quad \left[\begin{array}{c} \sigma _{x}^{I}\\ \sigma _{y}^{I}\\ \sigma _{xy}^{I} \end{array}\right]. </math>
6631
|}
6632
|}
6633
6634
Regarding the displacements in the inclusion, since we deal with constant strains <math display="inline">\epsilon ^{I}</math> (Eshleby theorem), the equation ([[#eq-B.8|B.8]]) becomes
6635
6636
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6637
|-
6638
| 
6639
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6640
|-
6641
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \varepsilon _{x}^{I}=\frac{\partial u_{x}}{\partial x}\quad \varepsilon _{y}^{I}=\frac{\partial u_{y}}{\partial x}\quad \gamma _{xy}^{I}=\frac{\partial u_{x}}{\partial y}+\frac{\partial u_{y}}{\partial x}. </math>
6642
|}
6643
|}
6644
6645
Integrating the first two terms as follows
6646
6647
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6648
|-
6649
| 
6650
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6651
|-
6652
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \frac{\partial u_{x}}{\partial x}=\varepsilon _{x}^{I}x+f(y),\quad \frac{\partial u_{y}}{\partial x}=\varepsilon _{y}^{I}y+g(x) </math>
6653
|}
6654
|}
6655
6656
and inserting the above expressions in the third term, we obtain
6657
6658
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6659
|-
6660
| 
6661
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6662
|-
6663
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> f'(y)+g'(x)=\gamma _{xy}^{I}\quad \Rightarrow \quad \begin{array}{c} f'(y)=C_{1}\\ g'(x)=C_{2} \end{array}\Rightarrow \quad C_{1}+C_{2}=\gamma _{xy}^{I} </math>
6664
|}
6665
|}
6666
6667
and integrating again respect to the Cartesian coordinates, the function <math display="inline">f(y)</math> and <math display="inline">g(x)</math> read as
6668
6669
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6670
|-
6671
| 
6672
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6673
|-
6674
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{rcl} f(y) & = & C_{1}y+u_{0}^{I}\\ g(x) & = & (\gamma _{xy}^{I}-C_{1})x+v_{0}^{I}. \end{array} </math>
6675
|}
6676
|}
6677
6678
Redefining the constant <math display="inline">C_{1}</math> by <math display="inline">\omega ^{I}</math>, and neglecting the rigid body displacement <math display="inline">u_{0}^{I}</math> and <math display="inline">v_{0}^{I}</math>, the displacement on the inclusion <math display="inline">u^{I}</math> in a matrix form is expressed as
6679
6680
<span id="eq-B.11"></span>
6681
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6682
|-
6683
| 
6684
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6685
|-
6686
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left[\begin{array}{c}u_{x}^{I}\\ u_{y}^{I} \end{array}\right]=\left(\left[\begin{array}{cc}\varepsilon _{x}^{I} & 0\\ \gamma _{xy}^{I} & \epsilon _{y}^{I} \end{array}\right]+\left[\begin{array}{cc}0 & \omega ^{I}\\ -\omega ^{I} & 0 \end{array}\right]\right)\left[\begin{array}{c}x\\ y \end{array}\right]. </math>
6687
|}
6688
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.11)
6689
|}
6690
6691
Regarding the displacement on the matrix, according to equation ([[#eq-B.9|B.9]]), they are derived from the anisotropic potentials <math display="inline">\Phi _{1}</math> and <math display="inline">\Phi _{2}</math> as
6692
6693
<span id="eq-B.12"></span>
6694
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6695
|-
6696
| 
6697
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6698
|-
6699
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left[\begin{array}{c}u_{x}^{m}\\ u_{y}^{m} \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{c}2\Re (p_{1}\Phi _{1}(z_{1})+p_{2}\Phi _{2}(z_{2}))-\omega ^{m}y,\\ 2\Re (q_{1}\Phi _{1}(z_{1})+q_{2}\Phi _{2}(z_{2}))+\omega ^{m}x \end{array}\right]. </math>
6700
|}
6701
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.12)
6702
|}
6703
6704
Rearranging the above expression in a matrix form, we finally obtain
6705
6706
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6707
|-
6708
| 
6709
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6710
|-
6711
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \left[\begin{array}{c} u_{x}^{m}\\ u_{y}^{m} \end{array}\right]=2\Re \left(\left[\begin{array}{cc} p_{1} & p_{2}\\ q_{1} & q_{2} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} \Phi _{1}\\ \Phi _{2} \end{array}\right]\right)-\left[\begin{array}{cc} 0 & \omega ^{m}\\ -\omega ^{m} & 0 \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} x\\ y \end{array}\right] </math>
6712
|}
6713
|}
6714
6715
==B.3 Coordinates in the inclusion==
6716
6717
Before imposing the transmission condition, let us study the values of the coordinates on the inclusion. Since we assume that an elliptic inclusion (circular in this case) is inserted, the coordinates can be written in elliptic coordinates as
6718
6719
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6720
|-
6721
| 
6722
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6723
|-
6724
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{c} \left.x\right|_{\partial B}=x_{\Gamma }=a\cos v\\ \left.y\right|_{\partial B}=y_{\Gamma }=b\sin v \end{array} </math>
6725
|}
6726
|}
6727
6728
or in matrix form as
6729
6730
<span id="eq-B.13"></span>
6731
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6732
|-
6733
| 
6734
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6735
|-
6736
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left[\begin{array}{c}x_{\Gamma }\\ y_{\Gamma } \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{cc}a & 0\\ 0 & b \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c}\cos v\\ \sin v \end{array}\right] </math>
6737
|}
6738
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.13)
6739
|}
6740
6741
where the sub-index <math display="inline">\Gamma </math> denotes the value on the elliptic inclusion. The complex variable <math display="inline">z_{\Gamma }</math> in the elliptic inclusion is expressed as
6742
6743
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6744
|-
6745
| 
6746
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6747
|-
6748
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \left.z\right|_{\partial B}=z_{\Gamma }=x_{\Gamma }+\mu y_{\Gamma }=a\cos v+\mu b\sin v, </math>
6749
|}
6750
|}
6751
6752
and its square value as
6753
6754
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6755
|-
6756
| 
6757
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6758
|-
6759
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> z_{\Gamma }^{2}=a^{2}\cos ^{2}v+\mu ^{2}b^{2}\sin ^{2}v+2ab\mu \cos v\sin v. </math>
6760
|}
6761
|}
6762
6763
Thus, applying simple trigonometric algebra, we can compute the following equation
6764
6765
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6766
|-
6767
| 
6768
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6769
|-
6770
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{rcl} z_{\Gamma }^{2}-a^{2}-\mu ^{2}b^{2} & = & a^{2}(\cos ^{2}v-1)+\mu ^{2}b^{2}(\sin ^{2}v-1)+2ab\mu \cos v\sin v=\\  & = & -[a^{2}\sin ^{2}v+\mu ^{2}b^{2}\cos ^{2}v-2\mu ba\sin v\cos v]=\\  & = & -(a\sin v-\mu b\cos v)^{2}. \end{array} </math>
6771
|}
6772
|}
6773
6774
Finally, defining the complex variable <math display="inline">\xi _{\Gamma }</math> on the inclusion is reduced to
6775
6776
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6777
|-
6778
| 
6779
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6780
|-
6781
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \xi _{\Gamma }=\frac{z_{\Gamma }+\sqrt{z_{\Gamma }^{2}-a^{2}-\mu ^{2}b^{2}}}{a-i\mu b}=\frac{a\cos v+\mu b\sin v+i(a\sin v-\mu b\cos v)}{a-i\mu b} </math>
6782
|}
6783
|}
6784
6785
we end up with the simplified following expression
6786
6787
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6788
|-
6789
| 
6790
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6791
|-
6792
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \xi _{\Gamma }=\cos v+i\sin v=e^{v}\quad \Rightarrow \quad \frac{1}{\xi _{\Gamma }}=\cos v-i\sin v. </math>
6793
|}
6794
|}
6795
6796
Thus, both coordinates <math display="inline">x_{\Gamma }</math> and <math display="inline">y_{\Gamma }</math> can be written in terms of the complex variables <math display="inline">\xi _{\Gamma }</math> as
6797
6798
<span id="eq-B.14"></span>
6799
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6800
|-
6801
| 
6802
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6803
|-
6804
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>x_{\Gamma }=\Re (\frac{a}{\xi _{\Gamma }})\quad y_{\Gamma }=\Re (\frac{ib}{\xi _{\Gamma }}) </math>
6805
|}
6806
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.14)
6807
|}
6808
6809
==B.4 Transmission conditions ==
6810
6811
We proceed now to impose the transmission conditions through the interface of the inclusion and the matrix. Both conditions in stresses and in displacements will provide the necessary conditions to solve the constants of the problem.
6812
6813
===B.4.1 Transmission conditions in stresses ===
6814
6815
Since we want to solve the exterior problem stated in equation ([[#eq-4.39|4.39]]), the difference of the stresses between the inclusion and the matrix in the normal direction must be the traction caused by the given stresses <math display="inline">S</math>, this is
6816
6817
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6818
|-
6819
| 
6820
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6821
|-
6822
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \left(\sigma ^{I}-\sigma _{\Gamma }^{m}\right)\cdot n=S\cdot n. </math>
6823
|}
6824
|}
6825
6826
Note that the stresses on the matrix are denoted by the sub-index <math display="inline">\Gamma </math>. By contrast, since the stresses on the inclusion are constant, they are no longer needed to be denoted by sub-index <math display="inline">\Gamma </math>. Re-expressing it in matrix notation, we obtain
6827
6828
<span id="eq-B.15"></span>
6829
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6830
|-
6831
| 
6832
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6833
|-
6834
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left[\begin{array}{cc}\sigma _{x}^{m} & \sigma _{xy}^{m}\\ \sigma _{xy}^{m} & \sigma _{y}^{m} \end{array}\right]_{\Gamma }\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{c} n_{x}\\ n_{y} \end{array}\right]}_{n_{\Gamma }}=\left[\begin{array}{cc}S_{x}-\sigma _{x}^{I} & S_{xy}-\sigma _{xy}^{I}\\ S_{xy}-\sigma _{xy}^{I} & S_{y}-\sigma _{y}^{I} \end{array}\right]\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{c} n_{x}\\ n_{y} \end{array}\right]}_{n_{\Gamma }}. </math>
6835
|}
6836
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.15)
6837
|}
6838
6839
Defining the vector position <math display="inline">r_{\Gamma }</math> in terms of a parametric coordinate <math display="inline">s</math> in the inclusion as
6840
6841
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6842
|-
6843
| 
6844
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6845
|-
6846
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> r_{\Gamma }(s)=\left[\begin{array}{c} x_{\Gamma }(s)\\ y_{\Gamma }(s) \end{array}\right], </math>
6847
|}
6848
|}
6849
6850
the tangent <math display="inline">t_{\Gamma }</math> and normal <math display="inline">n_{\Gamma }</math> read as
6851
6852
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6853
|-
6854
| 
6855
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6856
|-
6857
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> t_{\Gamma }=\frac{dr}{ds}=\left[\begin{array}{c} \frac{dx}{ds}\\ \frac{dy}{ds} \end{array}\right]\quad n_{\Gamma }=\frac{dr}{ds}=\left[\begin{array}{c} \frac{dy}{ds}\\ -\frac{dx}{ds} \end{array}\right]. </math>
6858
|}
6859
|}
6860
6861
Now, owing to the above expression and equation ([[#eq-B.2|B.2]]), we proceed to express a general stresses tensor projected in the normal direction as
6862
6863
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6864
|-
6865
| 
6866
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6867
|-
6868
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \left[\begin{array}{cc} \sigma _{x} & \tau _{xy}\\ \tau _{xy} & \sigma _{y} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} n_{x}\\ n_{y} \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{cc} \frac{\partial ^{2}F}{\partial y^{2}} & \frac{\partial ^{2}F}{\partial y\partial x}\\ \frac{\partial ^{2}F}{\partial y\partial x} & \frac{\partial ^{2}F}{\partial x^{2}} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} \frac{dy}{ds}\\ -\frac{dx}{ds} \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{c} \frac{\partial }{\partial y}\frac{dF}{ds}\\ \frac{\partial }{\partial x}\frac{dF}{ds} \end{array}\right] </math>
6869
|}
6870
|}
6871
6872
where we have used the property of exchanging the derivatives. Using this last expression in equation ([[#eq-B.15|B.15]]) for each stress tensor <math display="inline">\sigma ^{m},</math> <math display="inline">\sigma ^{I}</math> and <math display="inline">S</math>, we can re-write the transmission condition as
6873
6874
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6875
|-
6876
| 
6877
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6878
|-
6879
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \left[\begin{array}{c} \frac{\partial }{\partial y}\frac{dF_{m}}{ds}\\ \frac{\partial }{\partial x}\frac{dF_{m}}{ds} \end{array}\right]_{\Gamma }=\left[\begin{array}{c} \frac{\partial }{\partial y}\frac{dF_{S}}{ds}\\ \frac{\partial }{\partial x}\frac{dF_{S}}{ds} \end{array}\right]_{\Gamma }-\left[\begin{array}{c} \frac{\partial }{\partial y}\frac{dF_{I}}{ds}\\ \frac{\partial }{\partial x}\frac{dF_{I}}{ds} \end{array}\right]_{\Gamma }\quad \forall s </math>
6880
|}
6881
|}
6882
6883
where <math display="inline">F_{m}</math>, <math display="inline">F_{I}</math> and <math display="inline">F_{S}</math> represents the matrix potential, the inclusion potential and the potential of the given stresses <math display="inline">S</math>. Integrating the above expression over all the inclusion, the following equality holds
6884
6885
<span id="eq-B.16"></span>
6886
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6887
|-
6888
| 
6889
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6890
|-
6891
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left[\begin{array}{c}\frac{\partial F_{m}}{\partial y}\\ \frac{\partial F_{m}}{\partial x} \end{array}\right]_{\Gamma }=\left[\begin{array}{c}\frac{\partial F_{S}}{\partial y}\\ \frac{\partial F_{S}}{\partial x} \end{array}\right]_{\Gamma }-\left[\begin{array}{c}\frac{\partial F_{I}}{\partial y}\\ \frac{\partial F_{I}}{\partial x} \end{array}\right]_{\Gamma }\quad \Rightarrow \quad \left[\begin{array}{c}\frac{\partial F_{m}}{\partial x}\\ \frac{\partial F_{m}}{\partial y} \end{array}\right]_{\Gamma }=\left[\begin{array}{c}\frac{\partial F_{S}}{\partial x}\\ \frac{\partial F_{S}}{\partial y} \end{array}\right]_{\Gamma }-\left[\begin{array}{c}\frac{\partial F_{I}}{\partial x}\\ \frac{\partial F_{I}}{\partial y} \end{array}\right]_{\Gamma }. </math>
6892
|}
6893
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.16)
6894
|}
6895
6896
Note that in the last step we have rearranged the order of the equations. Since the given stresses <math display="inline">S</math> and the stresses in the inclusion <math display="inline">\sigma ^{I}</math> are constant, integrating expression ([[#eq-B.2|B.2]]), the potentials <math display="inline">F_{S}</math> and <math display="inline">F_{I}</math> can be written as
6897
6898
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6899
|-
6900
| 
6901
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6902
|-
6903
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{c} F_{S}=\frac{1}{2}S_{y}x^{2}-S_{xy}xy+\frac{1}{2}S_{x}y^{2}=\frac{1}{2}\left[\begin{array}{cc} x & y\end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{cc} S_{y} & -S_{xy}\\ -S_{xy} & S_{x} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} x\\ y \end{array}\right],\\ \\ F_{I}=\frac{1}{2}\sigma _{y}^{I}x^{2}-\sigma _{xy}^{I}xy+\frac{1}{2}\sigma _{x}^{I}y^{2}=\frac{1}{2}\left[\begin{array}{cc} x & y\end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{cc} \sigma _{y}^{I} & -\sigma _{xy}^{I}\\ -\sigma _{xy}^{I} & \sigma _{x}^{I} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} x\\ y \end{array}\right]. \end{array} </math>
6904
|}
6905
|}
6906
6907
Thus, the right hand side of equation ([[#eq-B.16|B.16]]) can be computed as
6908
6909
<span id="eq-B.17"></span>
6910
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6911
|-
6912
| 
6913
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6914
|-
6915
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left[\begin{array}{c}\frac{\partial F_{S}}{\partial y}\\ \frac{\partial F_{S}}{\partial y} \end{array}\right]-\left[\begin{array}{c}\frac{\partial F_{I}}{\partial y}\\ \frac{\partial F_{I}}{\partial y} \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{cc}S_{x}-\sigma _{x}^{I} & S_{xy}-\sigma _{xy}^{I}\\ S_{xy}-\sigma _{xy}^{I} & S_{y}-\sigma _{y}^{I} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c}x_{\Gamma }\\ y_{\Gamma } \end{array}\right]. </math>
6916
|}
6917
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.17)
6918
|}
6919
6920
Regarding the left hand side, expression ([[#eq-B.6|B.6]]) yields
6921
6922
<span id="eq-B.18"></span>
6923
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6924
|-
6925
| 
6926
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6927
|-
6928
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left[\begin{array}{c}\frac{\partial F_{m}}{\partial y}\\ \frac{\partial F_{m}}{\partial y} \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{c}2\Re (\Phi _{1}(z_{1})+\Phi _{2}(z_{2}))\\ 2\Re (\mu _{1}\Phi _{1}(z_{1})+\mu _{2}\Phi _{2}(z_{2})) \end{array}\right]. </math>
6929
|}
6930
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.18)
6931
|}
6932
6933
Inserting these two last equation ([[#eq-B.17|B.17]]) and ([[#eq-B.18|B.18]]) in ([[#eq-B.16|B.16]]), we finally obtain the transmission condition in terms of the anisotropic potentials <math display="inline">\Phi _{1}</math> and <math display="inline">\Phi _{2}</math> as
6934
6935
<span id="eq-B.19"></span>
6936
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6937
|-
6938
| 
6939
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6940
|-
6941
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>2\Re \left(\left[\begin{array}{cc}1 & 1\\ \mu _{1} & \mu _{2} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c}\phi _{1}^{\Gamma }\\ \phi _{2}^{\Gamma } \end{array}\right]\right)=\left[\begin{array}{cc}S_{x}-\sigma _{x}^{I} & S_{xy}-\sigma _{xy}^{I}\\ S_{xy}-\sigma _{xy}^{I} & S_{y}-\sigma _{y}^{I} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c}x_{\Gamma }\\ y_{\Gamma } \end{array}\right]. </math>
6942
|}
6943
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.19)
6944
|}
6945
6946
Note that using the relation ([[#eq-B.14|B.14]]), the transmission condition can be computed also by the following equation
6947
6948
<span id="eq-B.20"></span>
6949
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6950
|-
6951
| 
6952
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6953
|-
6954
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>2\Re \left(\left[\begin{array}{cc}1 & 1\\ \mu _{1} & \mu _{2} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c}\phi _{1}^{\Gamma }\\ \phi _{2}^{\Gamma } \end{array}\right]\right)=\left[\begin{array}{cc}S_{x}-\sigma _{x}^{I} & S_{xy}-\sigma _{xy}^{I}\\ S_{xy}-\sigma _{xy}^{I} & S_{y}-\sigma _{y}^{I} \end{array}\right]\Re \bigl(\frac{1}{\xi _{\Gamma }}\left[\begin{array}{c}a\\ ib \end{array}\right]\bigr). </math>
6955
|}
6956
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.20)
6957
|}
6958
6959
===B.4.2 Transmission conditions in displacements ===
6960
6961
Similarly, we impose the transmission condition in displacements stated in equation ([[#eq-4.39|4.39]]). The displacement field must be continuous on the interface, i.e,
6962
6963
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6964
|-
6965
| 
6966
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6967
|-
6968
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> u_{\Gamma }^{m}=u_{\Gamma }^{I}. </math>
6969
|}
6970
|}
6971
6972
According to the expression obtained in equation ([[#eq-B.11|B.11]]) and ([[#eq-B.12|B.12]]) for the displacement in the inclusion and in the matrix, it is convenient to rewrite the transmission condition in displacements as
6973
6974
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6975
|-
6976
| 
6977
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6978
|-
6979
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{c} 2\Re \left(\left[\begin{array}{cc} p_{1} & p_{2}\\ q_{1} & q_{2} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} \Phi _{1}^{\Gamma }\\ \Phi _{2}^{\Gamma } \end{array}\right]\right)-\left[\begin{array}{cc} 0 & \omega ^{m}\\ -\omega ^{m} & 0 \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} x_{\Gamma }\\ y_{\Gamma } \end{array}\right]=\\ \\ \qquad \left(\left[\begin{array}{cc} \varepsilon _{x}^{I} & 0\\ \gamma _{xy}^{I} & \epsilon _{y}^{I} \end{array}\right]+\left[\begin{array}{cc} 0 & \omega ^{I}\\ -\omega ^{I} & 0 \end{array}\right]\right)\left[\begin{array}{c} x_{\Gamma }\\ y_{\Gamma } \end{array}\right]. \end{array} </math>
6980
|}
6981
|}
6982
6983
Defining a global rotation as <math display="inline">\tilde{\omega }=\omega ^{I}-\omega ^{m}</math>, we end up with the following expression of the transmission condition in displacements
6984
6985
<span id="eq-B.21"></span>
6986
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
6987
|-
6988
| 
6989
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
6990
|-
6991
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>2\Re \left(\left[\begin{array}{cc}p_{1} & p_{2}\\ q_{1} & q_{2} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c}\Phi _{1}^{\Gamma }\\ \Phi _{2}^{\Gamma } \end{array}\right]\right)=\left(\left[\begin{array}{cc}\varepsilon _{x}^{I} & 0\\ \gamma _{xy}^{I} & \epsilon _{y}^{I} \end{array}\right]+\left[\begin{array}{cc}0 & \tilde{\omega }\\ -\tilde{\omega } & 0 \end{array}\right]\right)\left[\begin{array}{c}x_{\Gamma }\\ y_{\Gamma } \end{array}\right]. </math>
6992
|}
6993
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.21)
6994
|}
6995
6996
Note that if we consider the relation ([[#eq-B.14|B.14]]), the above equation reads as
6997
6998
<span id="eq-B.22"></span>
6999
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7000
|-
7001
| 
7002
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7003
|-
7004
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>2\Re \left(\left[\begin{array}{cc}p_{1} & p_{2}\\ q_{1} & q_{2} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c}\Phi _{1}^{\Gamma }\\ \Phi _{2}^{\Gamma } \end{array}\right]\right)=\left(\left[\begin{array}{cc}\tilde{\varepsilon _{x}} & 0\\ \tilde{\gamma _{xy}} & \tilde{\epsilon _{y}} \end{array}\right]+\left[\begin{array}{cc}0 & \tilde{\omega }\\ -\tilde{\omega } & 0 \end{array}\right]\right)\Re \bigl(\frac{1}{\xi _{\Gamma }}\left[\begin{array}{c}a\\ ib \end{array}\right]\bigr) </math>
7005
|}
7006
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.22)
7007
|}
7008
7009
==B.5 Proposing the ansatz==
7010
7011
According to the reference book <span id='citeF-47'></span>[[#cite-47|[47]]] (Page <math display="inline">193</math>), the ansatz for the anisotropic potentials <math display="inline">\Phi _{1}</math> and <math display="inline">\Phi _{2}</math> for an infinite plate with an elliptic inclusion an constant stresses at infinity (zero in our case) is of the form
7012
7013
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7014
|-
7015
| 
7016
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7017
|-
7018
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{c} \Phi _{1}(z_{1})=A_{0}+A_{\ln }\ln \xi _{1}+\frac{A_{1}}{\xi _{1}}+\frac{A_{2}}{\xi _{1}^{2}}+...\\ \Phi _{2}(z_{2})=B_{0}+B_{\ln }\ln \xi _{2}+\frac{B_{2}}{\xi _{2}}+\frac{B_{2}}{\xi _{2}^{2}}+... \end{array} </math>
7019
|}
7020
|}
7021
7022
where <math display="inline">A_{0},</math><math display="inline">A_{\ln }</math>, <math display="inline">A_{1}</math>, ... and <math display="inline">B_{0},</math><math display="inline">B_{\ln }</math>, <math display="inline">B_{1}</math>, ... are a priori complex constants to be determined. However, taking into account the expression obtained in the transmission conditions ([[#eq-B.20|B.20]]) and ([[#eq-B.22|B.22]]), they must take the following values
7023
7024
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7025
|-
7026
| 
7027
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7028
|-
7029
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{ccc} A_{0}=A_{ln}=A_{2}=...=0 &  & A_{1}\neq R_{1}\\ B_{0}=B_{ln}=B_{2}=...=0 &  & B_{1}\neq R_{2} \end{array} </math>
7030
|}
7031
|}
7032
7033
where <math display="inline">A_{1}</math> and <math display="inline">B_{1}</math> are rewritten as <math display="inline">R_{1}</math> and <math display="inline">R_{2}.</math> Thus, the anisotropic potentials read as
7034
7035
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7036
|-
7037
| 
7038
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7039
|-
7040
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \Phi _{1}(z_{1})=\frac{R_{1}}{\xi _{1}}\qquad \Phi _{2}(z_{2})=\frac{R_{2}}{\xi _{2}}. </math>
7041
|}
7042
|}
7043
7044
In order to apply the transmission conditions, the anisotropic potentials in the inclusion are obtained as
7045
7046
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7047
|-
7048
| 
7049
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7050
|-
7051
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \left[\begin{array}{c} \Phi _{1}^{\Gamma }\\ \Phi _{2}^{\Gamma } \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{c} R_{1}\\ R_{2} \end{array}\right]\frac{1}{\xi _{\Gamma }}=\left[\begin{array}{c} R_{1}\\ R_{2} \end{array}\right]\cos v-i\sin v=\left[\begin{array}{c} R_{1}\\ R_{2} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{cc} 1 & -i\\ 1 & -i \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} \cos v\\ \sin v \end{array}\right] </math>
7052
|}
7053
|}
7054
7055
and splitting the complex numbers <math display="inline">R_{1}</math> and <math display="inline">R_{2}</math> in its real (<math display="inline">R_{1}^{R}</math>,<math display="inline">R_{2}^{R}</math>) and imaginary part (<math display="inline">R_{1}^{I}</math>,<math display="inline">R_{2}^{I}</math>), we obtain
7056
7057
<span id="eq-B.23"></span>
7058
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7059
|-
7060
| 
7061
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7062
|-
7063
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left[\begin{array}{c}\Phi _{1}^{\Gamma }\\ \Phi _{2}^{\Gamma } \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{cc}R_{1}^{R}+iR_{1}^{I} & -iR_{1}^{R}+R_{1}^{I}\\ R_{2}^{R}+iR_{2}^{I} & -iR_{2}^{R}+R_{2}^{I} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c}\cos v\\ \sin v \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{cc}R_{1}^{R} & R_{1}^{I}\\ R_{2}^{R} & R_{2}^{I} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{cc}1 & -i\\ i & 1 \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c}\cos v\\ \sin v \end{array}\right] </math>
7064
|}
7065
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.23)
7066
|}
7067
7068
==B.6 Compact form for the transmission conditions ==
7069
7070
We proceed now to rewrite the transmission condition in compact form for both the stresses and displacements.
7071
7072
===B.6.1 Compact form for the transmission conditions in stresses ===
7073
7074
According to the matrix expression ([[#eq-B.23|B.23]]) of the anisotropic potentials and the relation ([[#eq-B.13|B.13]]), the transmission condition in stresses ([[#eq-B.19|B.19]]) becomes
7075
7076
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7077
|-
7078
| 
7079
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7080
|-
7081
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{c} 2\Re \left(\left[\begin{array}{cc} 1 & 1\\ \mu _{1} & \mu _{2} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{cc} R_{1}^{R} & R_{1}^{I}\\ R_{2}^{R} & R_{2}^{I} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{cc} 1 & -i\\ i & 1 \end{array}\right]\right)\left[\begin{array}{c} \cos v\\ \sin v \end{array}\right]=\\ \\ \qquad =\left[\begin{array}{cc} \sigma _{y}^{I}-S_{y} & -(\sigma _{xy}^{I}-S_{xy})\\ -(\sigma _{xy}^{I}-S_{xy}) & \sigma _{x}^{I}-S_{x} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{cc} a & 0\\ 0 & b \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} \cos v\\ \sin v \end{array}\right] \end{array} </math>
7082
|}
7083
|}
7084
7085
Since it must be satisfied for all <math display="inline">\nu </math>, we shall rewrite the above expression as
7086
7087
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7088
|-
7089
| 
7090
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7091
|-
7092
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{c} 2\Re \Biggl(\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{cccc} 1 & 0 & 1 & 0\\ 0 & 1 & 0 & 1\\ \mu _{1} & 0 & \mu _{2} & 0\\ 0 & \mu _{1} & 0 & \mu _{2} \end{array}\right]}_{K_{\sigma _{0}}}\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{cccc} 1 & i & 0 & 0\\ -i & 1 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 1 & i\\ 0 & 0 & -i & 1 \end{array}\right]}_{I_{i}}\Biggr)\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{c} R_{1}^{R}\\ R_{1}^{I}\\ R_{2}^{R}\\ R_{2}^{I} \end{array}\right]}_{Y}=\\ \\ \qquad =\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{cccc} 0 & a & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & -b & 0\\ 0 & 0 & -a & 0\\ b & 0 & 0 & 0 \end{array}\right]}_{M_{\sigma }}\Biggl(\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{c} \sigma _{x}^{I}\\ \sigma _{y}^{I}\\ \sigma _{xy}^{I}\\ \tilde{\omega } \end{array}\right]}_{X_{I}}-\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{c} S_{x}\\ S_{y}\\ S_{xy}\\ 0 \end{array}\right]}_{X_{m}}\Biggr) \end{array} </math>
7093
|}
7094
|}
7095
7096
where we have organized the unknowns <math display="inline">R_{1}^{R},R_{1}^{I},R_{2}^{R}</math> and <math display="inline">R_{2}^{I}</math> in the vector <math display="inline">Y</math>. Note that it helps us to define the matrices <math display="inline">K_{\sigma _{0}}</math>,<math display="inline">I_{i}</math>, <math display="inline">M_{\sigma }</math> and the vectors <math display="inline">X_{I}</math> and <math display="inline">X_{m}</math>. Thus, defining the matrix <math display="inline">K_{\sigma }</math> as
7097
7098
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7099
|-
7100
| 
7101
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7102
|-
7103
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> K_{\sigma }=\Re (K_{\sigma _{0}}I_{i}) </math>
7104
|}
7105
|}
7106
7107
the left and right hand side of the transmission conditions for the stresses are reduced to
7108
7109
<span id="eq-B.24"></span>
7110
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7111
|-
7112
| 
7113
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7114
|-
7115
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{rcl}LHS_{\sigma } & = & 2K_{\sigma }Y\\ RHS_{\sigma } & = & M_{\sigma }(X_{I}-X_{m}) \end{array} </math>
7116
|}
7117
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.24)
7118
|}
7119
7120
===B.6.2 Compact form for the transmission conditions in displacements===
7121
7122
Similarly, according to the matrix expression ([[#eq-B.23|B.23]]) of the anisotropic potentials and the relation ([[#eq-B.13|B.13]]), the transmission condition in displacements ([[#eq-B.21|B.21]]) becomes
7123
7124
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7125
|-
7126
| 
7127
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7128
|-
7129
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{c} 2\Re \left(\left[\begin{array}{cc} p_{1} & p_{2}\\ q_{1} & q_{2} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{cc} R_{1}^{R} & R_{1}^{I}\\ R_{2}^{R} & R_{2}^{I} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{cc} 1 & -i\\ i & 1 \end{array}\right]\right)\left[\begin{array}{c} \cos v\\ \sin v \end{array}\right]=\\ \\ \qquad =\left(\left[\begin{array}{cc} \tilde{\epsilon _{x}} & 0\\ \tilde{\gamma _{xy}} & \tilde{\epsilon _{y}} \end{array}\right]+\left[\begin{array}{cc} 0 & \tilde{\omega }\\ -\tilde{\omega } & 0 \end{array}\right]\right)\left[\begin{array}{cc} a & 0\\ 0 & b \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} \cos v\\ \sin v \end{array}\right] \end{array} </math>
7130
|}
7131
|}
7132
7133
Since it must be satisfied for all <math display="inline">\nu </math>, the terms of <math display="inline">\cos \nu </math> and <math display="inline">\sin \nu </math> disappear. We shall write the left hand side of the above expression as
7134
7135
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7136
|-
7137
| 
7138
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7139
|-
7140
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> 2\Re \Biggl(\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{cccc} p_{1} & 0 & p_{2} & 0\\ 0 & p_{1} & 0 & p_{2}\\ q_{1} & 0 & q_{2} & 0\\ 0 & q_{1} & 0 & q_{2} \end{array}\right]}_{K_{u_{0}}}\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{cccc} 1 & i & 0 & 0\\ -i & 1 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 1 & i\\ 0 & 0 & -i & 1 \end{array}\right]}_{I_{i}}\Biggr)\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{c} R_{1}^{R}\\ R_{1}^{I}\\ R_{2}^{R}\\ R_{2}^{I} \end{array}\right]}_{Y} </math>
7141
|}
7142
|}
7143
7144
where again we have organized the unknowns <math display="inline">R_{1}^{R},R_{1}^{I},R_{2}^{R}</math> and <math display="inline">R_{2}^{I}</math> in the vector <math display="inline">Y</math> and we have defined the matrix <math display="inline">K_{u_{0}}.</math> Regarding the right hand side, we rearrange it as follows
7145
7146
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7147
|-
7148
| 
7149
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7150
|-
7151
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{cccc} a & 0 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & b & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & a & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 0 & b \end{array}\right]}_{M_{u}}\Biggl(\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{c} \varepsilon _{x}^{I}\\ 0\\ \gamma _{xy}^{I}\\ \varepsilon _{y}^{I} \end{array}\right]}_{\varepsilon ^{I}}-\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{c} \varepsilon _{x}^{m}\\ 0\\ \gamma _{xy}^{m}\\ \varepsilon _{y}^{m} \end{array}\right]}_{\varepsilon ^{m}}+\left[\begin{array}{c} 0\\ \tilde{\omega }\\ -\tilde{\omega }\\ 0 \end{array}\right]\Biggr) </math>
7152
|}
7153
|}
7154
7155
where the matrix <math display="inline">M_{u}</math> has been defined. Taking into account the constitutive law ([[#eq-B.4|B.4]]), we can express the vector of the strains in the inclusion as
7156
7157
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7158
|-
7159
| 
7160
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7161
|-
7162
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{c} \left[\begin{array}{c} \varepsilon _{x}^{I}\\ 0\\ \gamma _{xy}^{I}\\ \varepsilon _{y}^{I} \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{ccc} 1 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 1\\ 0 & 1 & 0 \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} \varepsilon _{x}^{I}\\ \varepsilon _{y}^{I}\\ \gamma _{xy}^{I} \end{array}\right]=\left[\begin{array}{ccc} 1 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 1\\ 0 & 1 & 0 \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{ccc} \alpha _{11}^{I} & \alpha _{12}^{I} & \alpha _{13}^{I}\\ \alpha _{12}^{I} & \alpha _{22}^{I} & \alpha _{23}^{I}\\ \alpha _{13}^{I} & \alpha _{23}^{I} & \alpha _{33}^{I} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{c} \sigma _{x}^{I}\\ \sigma _{y}^{I}\\ \sigma _{xy}^{I} \end{array}\right]=\\ \\ =\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{ccc} 1 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 1\\ 0 & 1 & 0 \end{array}\right]}_{I_{1}}\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{ccc} \alpha _{11}^{I} & \alpha _{12}^{I} & \alpha _{13}^{I}\\ \alpha _{12}^{I} & \alpha _{22}^{I} & \alpha _{23}^{I}\\ \alpha _{13}^{I} & \alpha _{23}^{I} & \alpha _{33}^{I} \end{array}\right]}_{\alpha ^{I}}\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{cccc} 1 & 0 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 1 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 1 & 0 \end{array}\right]}_{I_{2}}\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{c} \sigma _{x}^{I}\\ \sigma _{y}^{I}\\ \sigma _{xy}^{I}\\ \tilde{\omega } \end{array}\right]}_{X_{I}} \end{array} </math>
7163
|}
7164
|}
7165
7166
where we have introduced the definitions of the matrices <math display="inline">I_{1}</math> and <math display="inline">I_{2}</math>. Thus, in compact form we can write
7167
7168
<span id="eq-B.25"></span>
7169
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7170
|-
7171
| 
7172
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7173
|-
7174
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\varepsilon ^{I}=I_{1}\alpha _{I}I_{2}X_{I} </math>
7175
|}
7176
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.25)
7177
|}
7178
7179
Similarly, the rotation term is expressed as
7180
7181
<span id="eq-B.26"></span>
7182
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7183
|-
7184
| 
7185
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7186
|-
7187
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\left[\begin{array}{c}0\\ \tilde{\omega }\\ -\tilde{\omega }\\ 0 \end{array}\right]=\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{cccc} 0 & 0 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 0 & 1\\ 0 & 0 & 0 & -1\\ 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 \end{array}\right]}_{I_{3}}\left[\begin{array}{c}\sigma _{x}^{I}\\ \sigma _{y}^{I}\\ \sigma _{xy}^{I}\\ \tilde{\omega } \end{array}\right]\quad \Rightarrow \omega _{v}=I_{3}X_{I} </math>
7188
|}
7189
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.26)
7190
|}
7191
7192
where the matrix <math display="inline">I_{3}</math> has also been defined. Thus, defining the matrix <math display="inline">K_{u}</math> as
7193
7194
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7195
|-
7196
| 
7197
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7198
|-
7199
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> K_{u}=\Re (K_{u_{0}}I_{i}) </math>
7200
|}
7201
|}
7202
7203
the left and right hand side of the displacements transmission conditions become
7204
7205
<span id="eq-B.27"></span>
7206
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7207
|-
7208
| 
7209
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7210
|-
7211
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{rcl}LHS_{u} & = & 2K_{u}Y,\\ RHS_{u} & = & M_{u}(\varepsilon ^{I}+\omega _{v}). \end{array} </math>
7212
|}
7213
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.27)
7214
|}
7215
7216
Note that the right hand side, according to ([[#eq-B.25|B.25]]) and ([[#eq-B.26|B.26]]), can be also expressed as
7217
7218
<span id="eq-B.28"></span>
7219
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7220
|-
7221
| 
7222
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7223
|-
7224
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>RHS_{u}=M_{u}(\underbrace{I_{1}\alpha _{I}I_{2}}_{\tilde{\alpha }_{I}}X_{I}+I_{3}X_{I})=M_{u}(\tilde{\alpha }_{I}+I_{3})X_{I}. </math>
7225
|}
7226
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.28)
7227
|}
7228
7229
==B.7 System of equations for solving the exterior problem==
7230
7231
At this point, we proceed to write the full system of equations. By definition, the left and right hand side must be equivalent, i.e.,
7232
7233
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7234
|-
7235
| 
7236
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7237
|-
7238
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{c} LHS_{\sigma }=RHS_{\sigma }\\ LHS_{u}=RHS_{u.} \end{array} </math>
7239
|}
7240
|}
7241
7242
Considering expressions ([[#eq-B.27|B.27]]), ([[#eq-B.28|B.28]]) and ([[#eq-B.24|B.24]]), the necessary system of equations are written as
7243
7244
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7245
|-
7246
| 
7247
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7248
|-
7249
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{rcl} 2K_{\sigma }Y & = & M_{\sigma }(X_{I}-X_{m})\\ 2K_{u}Y & = & M_{u}(\tilde{\alpha }_{I}+I_{3})X_{I}. \end{array} </math>
7250
|}
7251
|}
7252
7253
Note that although <math display="inline">Y</math> and <math display="inline">X_{I}</math> are the unknowns of the system of equation, we are only interested in the relation between <math display="inline">X_{I}</math> with <math display="inline">X_{m}</math>. To this end, we isolate variable <math display="inline">Y</math> from the first equation and we inserted in the second one, thus, we obtain
7254
7255
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7256
|-
7257
| 
7258
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7259
|-
7260
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> K_{u}K_{\sigma }^{-1}M_{\sigma }(X_{I}-X_{m})=M_{u}(\tilde{\alpha }_{I}+I_{3})X_{I}. </math>
7261
|}
7262
|}
7263
7264
Grouping <math display="inline">X_{I}</math> and <math display="inline">X_{m}</math> terms, the above expression reads as
7265
7266
<span id="eq-B.29"></span>
7267
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7268
|-
7269
| 
7270
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7271
|-
7272
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\underbrace{\bigl(K_{u}K_{\sigma }^{-1}M_{\sigma }-M_{u}(\tilde{\alpha }_{I}+I_{3})\bigr)}_{K_{G}^{I}}X_{I}=\underbrace{\bigl(K_{u}K_{\sigma }^{-1}M_{\sigma }\bigr)}_{K_{G}^{m}}X_{m} </math>
7273
|}
7274
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.29)
7275
|}
7276
7277
where <math display="inline">K_{G}^{I}</math> and <math display="inline">K_{G}^{m}</math> have been defined. Thus, the unknowns <math display="inline">X_{I}</math> can be found in terms of <math display="inline">X_{m}</math> by solving the following equation
7278
7279
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7280
|-
7281
| 
7282
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7283
|-
7284
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \left[\begin{array}{c} \sigma _{x}^{I}\\ \sigma _{y}^{I}\\ \sigma _{xy}^{I}\\ \tilde{\omega } \end{array}\right]=\left(K_{G}^{I}\right)^{-1}K_{G}^{m}\left[\begin{array}{c} S_{x}\\ S_{y}\\ S_{xy}\\ 0 \end{array}\right]. </math>
7285
|}
7286
|}
7287
7288
Since we are only interested in the stresses in the inclusion in terms of the given stresses <math display="inline">S</math>, we pre and post multiply by the <math display="inline">I_{2}</math> matrix as follows
7289
7290
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7291
|-
7292
| 
7293
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7294
|-
7295
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \left[\begin{array}{c} \sigma _{x}^{I}\\ \sigma _{y}^{I}\\ \sigma _{xy}^{I} \end{array}\right]=\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{cccc} 1 & 0 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 1 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 1 & 0 \end{array}\right]}_{I_{2}}\left(K_{G}^{I}\right)^{-1}K_{G}^{m}\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{ccc} 1 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 1 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 1\\ 0 & 0 & 0 \end{array}\right]}_{I_{2}^{T}}\left[\begin{array}{c} S_{x}\\ S_{y}\\ S_{xy} \end{array}\right]. </math>
7296
|}
7297
|}
7298
7299
Finally, we can identify the matrix <math display="inline">A</math> as the matrix that pre multiply the given stresses <math display="inline">S</math>, i.e.,
7300
7301
<span id="eq-B.30"></span>
7302
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7303
|-
7304
| 
7305
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7306
|-
7307
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{c} \sigma _{x}^{I}\\ \sigma _{y}^{I}\\ \sigma _{xy}^{I} \end{array}\right]}_{\sigma ^{I}}=\underbrace{I_{2}\left(K_{G}^{I}\right)^{-1}K_{G}^{m}I_{2}^{T}}_{A_{i}}\underbrace{\left[\begin{array}{c} S_{x}\\ S_{y}\\ S_{xy} \end{array}\right]}_{S}. </math>
7308
|}
7309
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.30)
7310
|}
7311
7312
Thus, the obtained linear relation
7313
7314
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7315
|-
7316
| 
7317
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7318
|-
7319
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \sigma ^{I}=A_{i}S </math>
7320
|}
7321
|}
7322
7323
provide us the necessary result to compute the topological derivative.
7324
7325
==B.8 Practical implementation for computing the <math>A</math> matrix==
7326
7327
Although the matrix <math display="inline">A</math> is well defined and might be obtained only by using the corresponding definitions, our experience shows us that, in practice, it is computational unaffordable when using symbolic softwares to compute its explicit expression. We have to make use of some algebraic properties of the complex numbers.
7328
7329
Basically, the critical operation lies on the <math display="inline">K_{u}K_{\sigma }^{-1}</math> term which appears in <math display="inline">K_{G}^{I}</math> and <math display="inline">K_{G}^{m}</math>. By definition it is written as
7330
7331
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7332
|-
7333
| 
7334
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7335
|-
7336
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> K_{u}K_{\sigma }^{-1}=\Re (K_{u_{0}}I_{i})\Re (K_{\sigma _{0}}I_{i})^{-1}. </math>
7337
|}
7338
|}
7339
7340
On the one hand, we will prove that the term <math display="inline">K_{\sigma }^{-1}</math> satisfies
7341
7342
<span id="eq-B.31"></span>
7343
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7344
|-
7345
| 
7346
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7347
|-
7348
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>K_{\sigma }^{-1}=\Re (K_{\sigma _{0}}I_{i})^{-1}=\Re (K_{\sigma _{0}}^{-1}I_{i}) </math>
7349
|}
7350
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.31)
7351
|}
7352
7353
and, on the other hand, we will prove that the following relation holds
7354
7355
<span id="eq-B.32"></span>
7356
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7357
|-
7358
| 
7359
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7360
|-
7361
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\begin{array}{rcl}K_{u}K_{\sigma }^{-1} & = & \Re (K_{u_{0}}I_{i})\Re (K_{\sigma _{0}}^{-1}I_{i})=\Re (K_{u_{0}}K_{\sigma _{0}}^{-1}I_{i})\\  & = & \Re (K_{u_{0}}K_{\sigma _{0}}^{-1})-\Im (K_{u_{0}}K_{\sigma _{0}}^{-1})I_{S} \end{array} </math>
7362
|}
7363
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.32)
7364
|}
7365
7366
where <math display="inline">\Im </math> operator takes the imaginary part and <math display="inline">I_{S}</math> is further defined. With these properties at hand, the term <math display="inline">K_{u_{0}}K_{\sigma _{0}}^{-1}</math> can be written as
7367
7368
<span id="eq-B.33"></span>
7369
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7370
|-
7371
| 
7372
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7373
|-
7374
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>K_{u_{0}}K_{\sigma _{0}}^{-1}=\left[\begin{array}{cccc}p_{1} & 0 & p_{2} & 0\\ 0 & p_{1} & 0 & p_{2}\\ q_{1} & 0 & q_{2} & 0\\ 0 & q_{1} & 0 & q_{2} \end{array}\right]\left[\begin{array}{cccc}1 & 0 & 1 & 0\\ 0 & 1 & 0 & 1\\ \mu _{1} & 0 & \mu _{2} & 0\\ 0 & \mu _{1} & 0 & \mu _{2} \end{array}\right]^{-1}=\left[\begin{array}{cccc}\lambda & 0 & -\kappa & 0\\ 0 & \lambda & 0 & -\kappa \\ \rho & 0 & -\gamma & 0\\ 0 & \rho & 0 & -\gamma  \end{array}\right] </math>
7375
|}
7376
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.33)
7377
|}
7378
7379
where the complex variables <math display="inline">\lambda </math>, <math display="inline">\kappa </math>, <math display="inline">\rho </math> and <math display="inline">\gamma </math> have been defined as
7380
7381
<span id="eq-B.34"></span>
7382
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7383
|-
7384
| 
7385
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7386
|-
7387
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>\lambda =\frac{p_{1}\mu _{\hbox{2}}-p_{2}\mu _{1}}{\mu _{1}-\mu _{2}}\quad \kappa =\frac{p_{1}-p_{2}}{\mu _{1}-\mu _{2}}\quad \rho =\frac{q_{1}\mu _{\hbox{2}}-q_{2}\mu _{1}}{\mu _{1}-\mu _{2}}\quad \gamma =\frac{q_{1}-q_{2}}{\mu _{1}-\mu _{2}}. </math>
7388
|}
7389
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.34)
7390
|}
7391
7392
Finally, we provide the procedure to the get the expression of the matrix <math display="inline">A_{i}</math> in a way that is solvable computationally by a symbolic software.
7393
7394
<ol>
7395
7396
<li>Define symbolically variables <math display="inline">\mu _{\hbox{1}},</math><math display="inline">\mu _{2},</math> <math display="inline">p_{1}</math>, <math display="inline">p_{2}</math>,<math display="inline">q_{1}</math> and <math display="inline">q_{2}</math>. </li>
7397
<li>Compute the complex variables <math display="inline">\lambda ,</math><math display="inline">\kappa </math>, <math display="inline">\rho </math> and <math display="inline">\gamma </math> from equation ([[#eq-B.34|B.34]]). </li>
7398
<li>Obtain <math display="inline">K_{u_{0}}K_{\sigma _{0}}^{-1}</math> from expression ([[#eq-B.33|B.33]]). </li>
7399
<li>Obtain <math display="inline">K_{u}K_{\sigma }^{-1}</math> from expression ([[#eq-B.32|B.32]]). </li>
7400
<li>Compute <math display="inline">K_{G}^{I}</math> and <math display="inline">K_{G}^{m}</math> from its definition described in equation ([[#eq-B.29|B.29]]). </li>
7401
<li>Find matrix <math display="inline">A_{i}</math> from its definition in equation ([[#eq-B.30|B.30]]) by solving a symbolic system of equations. </li>
7402
7403
</ol>
7404
7405
Thus, the matrix <math display="inline">A_{i}</math> will be found in terms of <math display="inline">\mu _{\hbox{1}},</math><math display="inline">\mu _{2},</math> <math display="inline">p_{1}</math>, <math display="inline">p_{2}</math>,<math display="inline">q_{1}</math> and <math display="inline">q_{2}</math>, i.e,
7406
7407
<span id="eq-B.35"></span>
7408
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7409
|-
7410
| 
7411
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7412
|-
7413
| style="text-align: center;" | <math>A_{i}=A_{i}(\mu _{\hbox{1}},\mu _{2},p_{1},p_{2},q_{1},q_{2}). </math>
7414
|}
7415
| style="width: 5px;text-align: right;white-space: nowrap;" | (B.35)
7416
|}
7417
7418
Consequently, when we want to compute the topological derivative in a topology optimization problem, we first have to solve the characteristic equation ([[#eq-B.5|B.5]]) for finding <math display="inline">\mu _{\hbox{1}}</math> and <math display="inline">\mu _{2}</math>, then the relation ([[#eq-B.10|B.10]]) to obtain <math display="inline">p_{1},p_{2},q_{1}</math> and <math display="inline">q_{2}</math> and finally substitute all these values in the explicit expression ([[#eq-B.35|B.35]]). Our experience show us that, computationally speaking, obtaining matrix <math display="inline">A_{i}</math> for anisotropic materials is almost as cheap as obtaining matrix <math display="inline">A_{i}</math> for isotropic material. In addition, it is worth mentioning that its computation must be done once before running a standard topological optimization code.
7419
7420
==B.9 Proof of the complex number properties used for computing matrix <math>A</math>==
7421
7422
To obtain matrix <math display="inline">A_{i}</math>, we have assume two complex numbers properties. We first recall the definition of the matrix <math display="inline">I_{i}</math>
7423
7424
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7425
|-
7426
| 
7427
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7428
|-
7429
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> I_{i}=\left[\begin{array}{cccc} 1 & i & 0 & 0\\ -i & 1 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 1 & i\\ 0 & 0 & -i & 1 \end{array}\right] </math>
7430
|}
7431
|}
7432
7433
and then we take its real and imaginary part
7434
7435
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7436
|-
7437
| 
7438
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7439
|-
7440
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \Re (I_{i})=I_{D}=\left[\begin{array}{cccc} 1 & 0 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 1 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 1 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 0 & 1 \end{array}\right]\quad \Im (I_{i})=I_{S}=\left[\begin{array}{cccc} 0 & 1 & 0 & 0\\ -1 & 0 & 0 & 0\\ 0 & 0 & 0 & 1\\ 0 & 0 & -1 & 0 \end{array}\right] </math>
7441
|}
7442
|}
7443
7444
which helps us on defining <math display="inline">I_{D}</math> and <math display="inline">I_{S}</math>. Clearly, the following relations hold
7445
7446
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7447
|-
7448
| 
7449
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7450
|-
7451
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> I_{i}I_{i}=2I_{i}\quad I_{S}I_{S}=-I_{D}. </math>
7452
|}
7453
|}
7454
7455
In addition, pre and post-multiplying <math display="inline">I_{i}</math> by a general matrix <math display="inline">C</math>, we get the same matrix, i.e.,
7456
7457
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7458
|-
7459
| 
7460
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7461
|-
7462
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> CI_{i}=I_{i}C. </math>
7463
|}
7464
|}
7465
7466
Considering <math display="inline">C</math> and <math display="inline">B</math> as a two general complex matrices, the product <math display="inline">\Re (CI_{i})\Re (BI_{i})</math> becomes
7467
7468
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7469
|-
7470
| 
7471
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7472
|-
7473
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{rcl} \Re (CI_{i})\Re (BI_{i}) & = & \bigl[\Re (C)\Re (B)-\Im (C)\Im (B)\bigr]-\\  &  & -\bigl[\Im (C)I_{S}\Re (B)+\Re (C)I_{S}\Im (B)\bigr] \end{array} </math>
7474
|}
7475
|}
7476
7477
Similarly, the product <math display="inline">\Im (CI_{i})\Im (BI_{i})</math> can be expressed as
7478
7479
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7480
|-
7481
| 
7482
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7483
|-
7484
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{rcl} \Im (CI_{i})\Im (BI_{i}) & = & \bigl[\Re (C)I_{S}+\Im (C)\bigr]\bigl[\Re (B)I_{S}+\Im (B)\bigr]\\  & = & \bigl[\Re (C)I_{S}I_{S}\Re (B)+\Im (C)\Im (B)\bigr]+\\  &  & +\bigl[\Im (C)I_{S}\Re (B)+\Re (C)I_{S}\Im (B)\bigr]\\  & = & -\Re (CI_{i})\Re (BI_{i}). \end{array} </math>
7485
|}
7486
|}
7487
7488
In addition, the real part of the product <math display="inline">CBI_{i}</math> fulfills the following relation
7489
7490
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7491
|-
7492
| 
7493
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7494
|-
7495
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \begin{array}{rcl} 2\Re (CBI_{i}) & = & 2\Re (CI_{i}B)=\Re (CI_{i}I_{i}B)\\  & = & \Re (CI_{i})\Re (I_{i}B)-\Im (CI_{i})\Im (BI_{i})\\  & = & 2\Re (CI_{i})\Re (I_{i}B). \end{array} </math>
7496
|}
7497
|}
7498
7499
Thus, dividing by two the above expression, we obtain
7500
7501
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7502
|-
7503
| 
7504
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7505
|-
7506
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \Re (CBI_{i})=\Re (CI_{i})\Re (I_{i}B) </math>
7507
|}
7508
|}
7509
7510
which is the complex property that we have used in equation ([[#eq-B.32|B.32]]). The complex property used in equation ([[#eq-B.31|B.31]]) is obtained by defining <math display="inline">B=C</math> in the above expression, that is
7511
7512
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7513
|-
7514
| 
7515
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7516
|-
7517
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \Re (CI_{i})\Re (I_{i}C^{-1})=\Re (CC^{-1}I_{i})=I_{D} </math>
7518
|}
7519
|}
7520
7521
and consequently
7522
7523
{| class="formulaSCP" style="width: 100%; text-align: left;" 
7524
|-
7525
| 
7526
{| style="text-align: left; margin:auto;width: 100%;" 
7527
|-
7528
| style="text-align: center;" | <math> \Re (I_{i}C^{-1})=\left(\Re (CI_{i})\right)^{-1}. </math>
7529
|}
7530
|}
7531
7532
==BIBLIOGRAPHY==
7533
7534
<div id="cite-1"></div>
7535
'''[[#citeF-1|[1]]]''' M. P.  Bendse and O. Sigmund. (2003) "Topology optimization. Theory, methods and applications". Springer-Verlag
7536
7537
<div id="cite-2"></div>
7538
'''[[#citeF-2|[2]]]''' Hernández Ortega, Joaquín Alberto and Oliver Olivella, Xavier and Huespe, Alfredo Edmundo and Caicedo, Manuel Alejandro. (2012) "High-performance model reduction procedures in multiscale simulations". Centre Internacional de Metodes Numerics en Enginyeria (CIMNE)
7539
7540
<div id="cite-3"></div>
7541
'''[[#citeF-3|[3]]]''' Allaire, Grégoire. (2012) "Shape optimization by the homogenization method", Volume 146. Springer Science & Business Media
7542
7543
<div id="cite-4"></div>
7544
'''[[#citeF-4|[4]]]''' De Souza Neto, Eduardo A and Feijóo, Raúl A. (2010) "Variational Foundations of Large Strain Multiscale Solid Constitutive Models: Kinematical Formulation". Advanced Computational Materials Modeling: From Classical to Multi-Scale Techniques-Scale Techniques 341&#8211;378
7545
7546
<div id="cite-5"></div>
7547
'''[[#citeF-5|[5]]]''' Oller, Sergio. (2014) "Numerical simulation of mechanical behavior of composite materials". Springer
7548
7549
<div id="cite-6"></div>
7550
'''[[#citeF-6|[6]]]''' Kouznetsova, Varvara Gennadyevna. (2002) "Computational homogenization for the multi-scale analysis of multi-phase materials"
7551
7552
<div id="cite-7"></div>
7553
'''[[#citeF-7|[7]]]''' de Souza Neto, EA and Blanco, PJ and Sánchez, PJ and Feijóo, RA. (2015) "An RVE-based multiscale theory of solids with micro-scale inertia and body force effects", Volume 80. Elsevier. Mechanics of Materials 136&#8211;144
7554
7555
<div id="cite-8"></div>
7556
'''[[#citeF-8|[8]]]''' Ibrahimbegovc, Adnan and Brank, Bostjan. (2005) "Engineering structures under extreme conditions: multi-physics and multi-scale computer models in non-linear analysis and optimal design", Volume 194. IOS Press
7557
7558
<div id="cite-9"></div>
7559
'''[[#citeF-9|[9]]]''' Krog, Lars and Tucker, Alastair and Rollema, Gerrit. (2002) "Application of topology, sizing and shape optimization methods to optimal design of aircraft components". Proc. 3rd Altair UK HyperWorks Users Conferece 1&#8211;12
7560
7561
<div id="cite-10"></div>
7562
'''[[#citeF-10|[10]]]''' Dassault Systemes. (2011) "Topology and Shape Optimization with Abaqus"
7563
7564
<div id="cite-11"></div>
7565
'''[[#citeF-11|[11]]]''' Altair Engineering "Altair HyperWorks OptiStruct"
7566
7567
<div id="cite-12"></div>
7568
'''[[#citeF-12|[12]]]''' M. P.  Bendse and N.  Kikuchi. (1988) "Generating optimal topologies in structural design using an homogenization method", Volume 71. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering 2 197&#8211;224
7569
7570
<div id="cite-13"></div>
7571
'''[[#citeF-13|[13]]]''' Rozvany, George IN. (2009) "A critical review of established methods of structural topology optimization", Volume 37. Springer. Structural and Multidisciplinary Optimization 3 217&#8211;237
7572
7573
<div id="cite-14"></div>
7574
'''[[#citeF-14|[14]]]''' Neves, MM and Rodrigues, H and Guedes, J Miranda. (2000) "Optimal design of periodic linear elastic microstructures", Volume 76. Elsevier. Computers & Structures 1 421&#8211;429
7575
7576
<div id="cite-15"></div>
7577
'''[[#citeF-15|[15]]]''' Rodrigues, H and Guedes, Jose M and Bendsoe, MP. (2002) "Hierarchical optimization of material and structure", Volume 24. Springer. Structural and Multidisciplinary Optimization 1 1&#8211;10
7578
7579
<div id="cite-16"></div>
7580
'''[[#citeF-16|[16]]]''' Coelho, PG and Guedes, JM and Rodrigues, HC. (2015) "Multiscale topology optimization of bi-material laminated composite structures", Volume 132. Elsevier. Composite Structures 495&#8211;505
7581
7582
<div id="cite-17"></div>
7583
'''[[#citeF-17|[17]]]''' J.  Sokoowski and J. P.  Zolésio. (1992) "Introduction to shape optimization - shape sensitivity analysis". Springer-Verlag
7584
7585
<div id="cite-18"></div>
7586
'''[[#citeF-18|[18]]]''' G.  Allaire and F.  Jouve and A. M. Toader. (2004) "Structural optimization using sensitivity analysis and a level-set method", Volume 194. Journal of Computational Physics 1 363&#8211;393
7587
7588
<div id="cite-19"></div>
7589
'''[[#citeF-19|[19]]]''' Huang, X and Xie, YM. (2008) "A new look at ESO and BESO optimization methods", Volume 35. Springer. Structural and Multidisciplinary Optimization 1 89&#8211;92
7590
7591
<div id="cite-20"></div>
7592
'''[[#citeF-20|[20]]]''' Sokolowski, J. and Zochowski, A. (1999) "The topological derivative method in shape optimization", Volume 37. SIAM Journal on Control and Optimization 4 1251&#8211;1272
7593
7594
<div id="cite-21"></div>
7595
'''[[#citeF-21|[21]]]''' Novotny, A. and Sokolowski, J. (2013) "Topological Derivatives in Shape Optimization". Springer Berlin Heidelberg
7596
7597
<div id="cite-22"></div>
7598
'''[[#citeF-22|[22]]]''' A. A.  Novotny and R. A.  Feijóo and C.  Padra and E.  Taroco. (2003) "Topological sensitivity analysis", Volume 192. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering 7&#8211;8 803&#8211;829
7599
7600
<div id="cite-23"></div>
7601
'''[[#citeF-23|[23]]]''' S.  Amstutz. (2006) "Sensitivity analysis with respect to a local perturbation of the material property", Volume 49. Asymptotic Analysis 1-2 87&#8211;108
7602
7603
<div id="cite-24"></div>
7604
'''[[#citeF-24|[24]]]''' S.  Amstutz and H.  Andrä. (2006) "A new algorithm for topology optimization using a level-set method", Volume 216. Journal of Computational Physics 2 573&#8211;588
7605
7606
<div id="cite-25"></div>
7607
'''[[#citeF-25|[25]]]''' Allaire, Grégoire and Jouve, Francois and Toader, Anca-Maria. (2004) "Structural optimization using sensitivity analysis and a level-set method", Volume 194. Journal of Computational Physics 1 363&#8211;393
7608
7609
<div id="cite-26"></div>
7610
'''[[#citeF-26|[26]]]''' Amstutz, S. and Novotny, A. A. and De Souza Neto, E. A. (2012) "Topological derivative-based topology optimization of structures subject to Drucker-Prager stress constraints", Volume 233-236. Elsevier B.V. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering 123&#8211;136
7611
7612
<div id="cite-27"></div>
7613
'''[[#citeF-27|[27]]]''' Amstutz, S. and Giusti, S. M. and Novotny, A. A. and De Souza Neto, E. A. (2010) "Topological derivative for multi-scale linear elasticity models applied to the synthesis of microstructures", Volume 84. International Journal for Numerical Methods in Engineering 6 733&#8211;756
7614
7615
<div id="cite-28"></div>
7616
'''[[#citeF-28|[28]]]''' Amstutz, Samuel. (2013) "Regularized perimeter for topology optimization", Volume 51. SIAM. SIAM Journal on Control and Optimization 3 2176&#8211;2199
7617
7618
<div id="cite-29"></div>
7619
'''[[#citeF-29|[29]]]''' G. Allaire. (2007) "Conception optimale de structures", Volume 58. Springer-Verlag
7620
7621
<div id="cite-30"></div>
7622
'''[[#citeF-30|[30]]]''' Murat, Francois. (1977) "Contre-exemples pour divers problemes ou le controle intervient dans les coefficients", Volume 112. Springer. Annali di Matematica Pura ed Applicata 1 49&#8211;68
7623
7624
<div id="cite-31"></div>
7625
'''[[#citeF-31|[31]]]''' Ambrosio, Luigi and Buttazzo, Giuseppe. (1993) "An optimal design problem with perimeter penalization", Volume 1. Springer. Calculus of Variations and Partial Differential Equations 1 55&#8211;69
7626
7627
<div id="cite-32"></div>
7628
'''[[#citeF-32|[32]]]''' Bourdin, Blaise. (2001) "Filters in topology optimization", Volume 50. Wiley Online Library. International Journal for Numerical Methods in Engineering 9 2143&#8211;2158
7629
7630
<div id="cite-33"></div>
7631
'''[[#citeF-33|[33]]]''' Petersson, Joakim. (1999) "A finite element analysis of optimal variable thickness sheets", Volume 36. SIAM. SIAM journal on numerical analysis 6 1759&#8211;1778
7632
7633
<div id="cite-34"></div>
7634
'''[[#citeF-34|[34]]]''' Bendsoe, Martin Philip and Kikuchi, Noboru. (1988) "Generating optimal topologies in structural design using a homogenization method", Volume 71. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering 2 197&#8211;224
7635
7636
<div id="cite-35"></div>
7637
'''[[#citeF-35|[35]]]''' F. Murat and J. Simon. (1976) "Sur le controle par un domaine géométrique". Université Pierre et Marie Curie
7638
7639
<div id="cite-36"></div>
7640
'''[[#citeF-36|[36]]]''' J. Céa. (1981) "Problems of shape optimal design", Volume II. Optimization of Distributed Parameters Structures 1005&#8211;1048
7641
7642
<div id="cite-37"></div>
7643
'''[[#citeF-37|[37]]]''' Allaire, Grégoire and Jouve, Francois. (2006) "Coupling the level set method and the topological gradient in structural optimization". Springer. IUTAM symposium on topological design optimization of structures, machines and materials 3&#8211;12
7644
7645
<div id="cite-38"></div>
7646
'''[[#citeF-38|[38]]]''' Masmoudi, Mohamed. (1998) "A synthetic presentation of shape and topological optimization". Conference on Inverse Problems, Control and Shape Optimization 30
7647
7648
<div id="cite-39"></div>
7649
'''[[#citeF-39|[39]]]''' H. A.  Eschenauer and V. V.  Kobelev and A.  Schumacher. (1994) "Bubble method for topology and shape optmization of structures", Volume 8. Structural Optimization 1 42&#8211;51
7650
7651
<div id="cite-40"></div>
7652
'''[[#citeF-40|[40]]]''' A. Schumacher. (1995) "Topologieoptimierung von bauteilstrukturen unter verwendung von lochpositionierungkriterien". Universität-Gesamthochschule-Siegen
7653
7654
<div id="cite-41"></div>
7655
'''[[#citeF-41|[41]]]''' Cea, Jean and Gioan, A and Michel, J. (1974) "Adaptation de la méthode du gradient a un probleme d'identification de domaine". Computing Methods in Applied Sciences and Engineering Part 2. Springer 391&#8211;402
7656
7657
<div id="cite-42"></div>
7658
'''[[#citeF-42|[42]]]''' Novotny, A. A. and Feijóo, R. A. and Taroco, E. and Padra, C. (2003) "Topological sensitivity analysis", Volume 192. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering 7-8 803&#8211;829
7659
7660
<div id="cite-43"></div>
7661
'''[[#citeF-43|[43]]]''' Gurtin, Morton E. (2000) "Configurational Forces as Basic Concepts of Continuum Physics". Configurational Forces
7662
7663
<div id="cite-44"></div>
7664
'''[[#citeF-44|[44]]]''' Nazarov, Serguei a. and Sokolowski, Jan. (2003) "Asymptotic analysis of shape functionals", Volume 82. Journal de Mathématiques Pures et Appliquées 125&#8211;196
7665
7666
<div id="cite-45"></div>
7667
'''[[#citeF-45|[45]]]''' R. W. Little. (1973) "Elasticity". Prentice-Hall
7668
7669
<div id="cite-46"></div>
7670
'''[[#citeF-46|[46]]]''' N.I. Muskhelishvili. (1952) "Some Basic Problems on the Mathematical Theory of Elasticity". Noordhoff
7671
7672
<div id="cite-47"></div>
7673
'''[[#citeF-47|[47]]]''' S. G. Lekhnitskii and S. W. Tsai and T. Cheron. (1968) "Anisotropic Plates". Gordon and Breach Science Publishers
7674
7675
<div id="cite-48"></div>
7676
'''[[#citeF-48|[48]]]''' M. H. Saad. (2005) "Elasticity: Theory, Applications, and Numerics", Volume . Academic Press.
7677
7678
<div id="cite-49"></div>
7679
'''[[#citeF-49|[49]]]''' Amstutz, Samuel and Andrä, Heiko. (2006) "A new algorithm for topology optimization using a level-set method", Volume 216. Journal of Computational Physics 2 573&#8211;588
7680
7681
<div id="cite-50"></div>
7682
'''[[#citeF-50|[50]]]''' Burger, Martin and Hackl, Benjamin and Ring, Wolfgang. (2004) "Incorporating topological derivatives into level set methods", Volume 194. Journal of Computational Physics 1 344&#8211;362
7683
7684
<div id="cite-51"></div>
7685
'''[[#citeF-51|[51]]]''' Giusti, S. M. and Novotny, A. A. and Padra, C. (2008) "Topological sensitivity analysis of inclusion in two-dimensional linear elasticity", Volume 32. Engineering Analysis with Boundary Elements 11 926&#8211;935
7686
7687
<div id="cite-52"></div>
7688
'''[[#citeF-52|[52]]]''' Giusti, S. M. and Novotny, A. A. and Sokolowski, J. (2010) "Topological derivative for steady-state orthotropic heat diffusion problem", Volume 40. Structural and Multidisciplinary Optimization 1-6 53&#8211;64
7689
7690
<div id="cite-53"></div>
7691
'''[[#citeF-53|[53]]]''' Novotny, A. A. and Feijóo, R. A. and Taroco, E. and Padra, C. (2007) "Topological sensitivity analysis for three-dimensional linear elasticity problem", Volume 196. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering 41-44 4354&#8211;4364
7692
7693
<div id="cite-54"></div>
7694
'''[[#citeF-54|[54]]]''' Feijoo, Gonzalo R. (2004) "A new method in inverse scattering based on the topological derivative", Volume 20. Inverse Problems 6 1819&#8211;1840
7695
7696
<div id="cite-55"></div>
7697
'''[[#citeF-55|[55]]]''' Canelas, Alfredo and Novotny, Antonio A. and Roche, Jean R. (2011) "A new method for inverse electromagnetic casting problems based on the topological derivative", Volume 230. Elsevier Inc. Journal of Computational Physics 9 3570&#8211;3588
7698
7699
<div id="cite-56"></div>
7700
'''[[#citeF-56|[56]]]''' Canelas, Alfredo and Laurain, Antoine and Novotny, Antonio A. (2014) "A new reconstruction method for the inverse potential problem", Volume 268. Elsevier Inc. Journal of Computational Physics 417&#8211;431
7701
7702
<div id="cite-57"></div>
7703
'''[[#citeF-57|[57]]]''' Masmoudi, Mohamed and Pommier, Julien and Samet, Bessem. (2005) "The topological asymptotic expansion for the Maxwell equations and some applications", Volume 21. Inverse Problems 2 547&#8211;564
7704
7705
<div id="cite-58"></div>
7706
'''[[#citeF-58|[58]]]''' Auroux, Didier and Masmoudi, Mohamed and Belaid, Lamia. (2007) "Image Restoration and Classification By Topo-". Image Processing
7707
7708
<div id="cite-59"></div>
7709
'''[[#citeF-59|[59]]]''' Jaafar Belaid, L. and Jaoua, M. and Masmoudi, M. and Siala, L. (2008) "Application of the topological gradient to image restoration and edge detection", Volume 32. Engineering Analysis with Boundary Elements 11 891&#8211;899
7710
7711
<div id="cite-60"></div>
7712
'''[[#citeF-60|[60]]]''' Hintermüller, M. and Laurain, A. (2009) "Multiphase image segmentation and modulation recovery based on shape and topological sensitivity", Volume 35. Journal of Mathematical Imaging and Vision 1 1&#8211;22
7713
7714
<div id="cite-61"></div>
7715
'''[[#citeF-61|[61]]]''' Hintermüller, Michael. (2005) "Fast level set based algorithms using shape and topological sensitivity information", Volume 39. Control and Cybernetics 3 593&#8211;597
7716
7717
<div id="cite-62"></div>
7718
'''[[#citeF-62|[62]]]''' Larrabide, I. and Feijóo, R. A. and Novotny, A. A. and Taroco, E. A. (2008) "Topological derivative: A tool for image processing", Volume 86. Computers and Structures 13-14 1386&#8211;1403
7719
7720
<div id="cite-63"></div>
7721
'''[[#citeF-63|[63]]]''' S.  Amstutz and I.  Horchani and M.  Masmoudi. (2005) "Crack detection by the topological gradient method", Volume 34. Control and Cybernetics 1 81&#8211;101
7722
7723
<div id="cite-64"></div>
7724
'''[[#citeF-64|[64]]]''' Ammari, Habib and Kang, Hyeonbae and Lee, Hyundae and Lim, Jisun. (2013) "Boundary perturbations due to the presence of small linear cracks in an elastic body", Volume 113. Journal of Elasticity 1 75&#8211;91
7725
7726
<div id="cite-65"></div>
7727
'''[[#citeF-65|[65]]]''' Van Goethem, N. and Novotny, A. A. (2010) "Crack nucleation sensitivity analysis", Volume 33. Mathematical Methods in the Applied Sciences 16 1978&#8211;1994
7728
7729
<div id="cite-66"></div>
7730
'''[[#citeF-66|[66]]]''' A. A.  Novotny and J. Sokoowski. (2013) "Topological derivatives in shape optimization". Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg 324
7731
7732
<div id="cite-67"></div>
7733
'''[[#citeF-67|[67]]]''' Amstutz, Samuel. (2011) "Connections between topological sensitivity analysis and material interpolation schemes in topology optimization", Volume 43. Springer. Structural and Multidisciplinary Optimization 6 755&#8211;765
7734
7735
<div id="cite-68"></div>
7736
'''[[#citeF-68|[68]]]''' S.M. Giusti and A. Ferrer and J. Oliver. (2016) "Topological sensitivity analysis in heterogeneous anisotropic elasticity problem. Theoretical and computational aspects", Volume . Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering  -
7737
7738
<div id="cite-69"></div>
7739
'''[[#citeF-69|[69]]]''' Shoemake, Ken. (1985) "Animating rotation with quaternion curves", Volume 19. ACM. ACM SIGGRAPH computer graphics 3 245&#8211;254
7740
7741
<div id="cite-70"></div>
7742
'''[[#citeF-70|[70]]]''' S. Amstutz. (2011) "Analysis of a level set method for topology optimization", Volume 26. Optimization Methods and Software 4-5 555&#8211;573
7743
7744
<div id="cite-71"></div>
7745
'''[[#citeF-71|[71]]]''' Nocedal, Jorge and Wright, Stephen. (2006) "Numerical optimization". Springer Science & Business Media
7746
7747
<div id="cite-72"></div>
7748
'''[[#citeF-72|[72]]]''' Gomes Lopes, C and Batista dos Santos, R and Novotny, A A. (2015) "Topological Derivative-based Topology Optimization of Structures Subject to Multiple Load-cases". Latin American Journal of Solids and Structures 12 834&#8211;860
7749
7750
<div id="cite-73"></div>
7751
'''[[#citeF-73|[73]]]''' D. E. Campeo and S. M.  Giusti and A. A. Novotny. (2014) "Topology Design of Plates Consedering Different Volume Control methods", Volume 31. Engineering Computations 5 826&#8211;842
7752
7753
<div id="cite-74"></div>
7754
'''[[#citeF-74|[74]]]''' Esteves Campeo, Diego and Miguel Giusti, Sebastian and Antonio Novotny, Andre. (2014) "Topology design of plates considering different volume control methods", Volume 31. Engineering Computations 5 826&#8211;842
7755
7756
<div id="cite-75"></div>
7757
'''[[#citeF-75|[75]]]''' Giusti, S. M. and Mello, L. A. M. and Silva, E. C. N. (2014) "Piezoresistive device optimization using topological derivative concepts", Volume 50. Structural and Multidisciplinary Optimization 3 453&#8211;464
7758
7759
<div id="cite-76"></div>
7760
'''[[#citeF-76|[76]]]''' Uzawa, Hirofumi. (1958) "Iterative methods for concave programming", Volume 6. Stanford University Press, Stanford, CA. Studies in linear and nonlinear programming
7761
7762
<div id="cite-77"></div>
7763
'''[[#citeF-77|[77]]]''' Allaire, Grégoire and Dapogny, Charles and Delgado, Gabriel and Michailidis, Georgios. (2014) "Multi-phase structural optimization via a level set method", Volume 20. EDP Sciences. ESAIM: Control, Optimisation and Calculus of Variations 2 576&#8211;611
7764
7765
<div id="cite-78"></div>
7766
'''[[#citeF-78|[78]]]''' Amstutz, S. and Giusti, S. M. and Novotny, A. A. and De Souza Neto, E. A. (2010) "Topological derivative for multi-scale linear elasticity models applied to the synthesis of microstructures", Volume 84. International Journal for Numerical Methods in Engineering 6 733&#8211;756
7767
7768
<div id="cite-79"></div>
7769
'''[[#citeF-79|[79]]]''' Belytschko, Ted and Liu, Wing Kam and Moran, Brian and Elkhodary, Khalil. (2013) "Nonlinear finite elements for continua and structures". John wiley & sons
7770
7771
<div id="cite-80"></div>
7772
'''[[#citeF-80|[80]]]''' Ern, Alexandre and Guermond, Jean-Luc. (2013) "Theory and practice of finite elements", Volume 159. Springer Science & Business Media
7773
7774
<div id="cite-81"></div>
7775
'''[[#citeF-81|[81]]]''' J. Sokoowski and A. Zochowski. (1999) "On the topological derivative in shape optimization", Volume 37. SIAM Journal on Control and Optimization 4 1251&#8211;1272
7776
7777
<div id="cite-82"></div>
7778
'''[[#citeF-82|[82]]]''' R. C. R. Amigo and S.M. Giusti and A. A. Novotny and E. C. N. Silva and J. Sokolowski. (2016) "Optimum Design of Flextensional Piezoelectric Actuators into Two Spatial Dimensions", Volume 52. SIAM Journal on Control and Optimization 2 760-789
7779
7780
<div id="cite-83"></div>
7781
'''[[#citeF-83|[83]]]''' A. J. Torii and A. A. Novotny and R. B. Santos. (2016) "Robust compliance topology optimization based on the topological derivative concept", Volume . International Journal for Numerical Methods in Engineering (to appear)
7782
7783
<div id="cite-84"></div>
7784
'''[[#citeF-84|[84]]]''' H. Isaraki and K. Kuriyama and S. Harada and T. Yamada and T. Takahashi and T. Matsumoto. (2014) "A topology optimisation for three-dimensional acoustics with the level set method and the fast multipole boundary element method", Volume 1. Mechanical Engineering Journal 4 1&#8211;13
7785
7786
<div id="cite-85"></div>
7787
'''[[#citeF-85|[85]]]''' S.  Amstutz and A. A. Novotny and E. A.  de Souza Neto. (2012) "Topological derivative-based topology optimization of structures subject to Drucker-Prager stress constraints", Volume 233&#8211;236. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering 123&#8211;136
7788
7789
<div id="cite-86"></div>
7790
'''[[#citeF-86|[86]]]''' J.  Rocha de Faria and D. Lesnic. (2015) "Topological Derivative for the Inverse Conductivity Problem: A Bayesian Approach", Volume 63. Journal of Scientific Computing 1 256&#8211;278
7791
7792
<div id="cite-87"></div>
7793
'''[[#citeF-87|[87]]]''' S. M.  Giusti and A. A.  Novotny and E. A.  de Souza Neto and R. A.  Feijóo. (2009) "Sensitivity of the macroscopic elasticity tensor to topological microstructural changes", Volume 57. Journal of the Mechanics and Physics of Solids 3 555&#8211;570
7794
7795
<div id="cite-88"></div>
7796
'''[[#citeF-88|[88]]]''' N.  Van Goethem and A. A.  Novotny. (2010) "Crack Nucleation Sensitivity Analysis", Volume 33. Mathematical Methods in the Applied Sciences 16 197&#8211;1994
7797
7798
<div id="cite-89"></div>
7799
'''[[#citeF-89|[89]]]''' G.  Allaire and F.  de Gournay and F.  Jouve and A. M.  Toader. (2005) "Structural optimization using topological and shape sensitivity via a level set method", Volume 34. Control and Cybernetics 1 59&#8211;80
7800
7801
<div id="cite-90"></div>
7802
'''[[#citeF-90|[90]]]''' G. Cardone and S.A. Nazarov and J. Sokoowski. (2010) "Asymptotic analysis, polarization matrices, and topological derivatives for piezoelectric materials with small voids.", Volume 48. SIAM Journal on Control and Optimization 6 3925&#8211;3961
7803
7804
<div id="cite-91"></div>
7805
'''[[#citeF-91|[91]]]''' J. Sokoowski and A. Zochowski. (2003) "Optimality conditions for simultaneous topology and shape optimization", Volume 42. SIAM Journal on Control and Optimization 4 1198&#8211;1221
7806
7807
<div id="cite-92"></div>
7808
'''[[#citeF-92|[92]]]''' G. Pólya and G. Szegö. (1951) "Izoperimetric inequalities in mathematical physics". Princeton University Press
7809
7810
<div id="cite-93"></div>
7811
'''[[#citeF-93|[93]]]''' H. Ammari and H. Kang. (2007) "Polarization and moment tensors with applications to inverse problems and effective medium theory". Springer-Verlag
7812
7813
<div id="cite-94"></div>
7814
'''[[#citeF-94|[94]]]''' S. M. Giusti and A. A.  Novotny. (2012) "Topological derivative for an anisotropic and heterogeneous heat diffusion problem", Volume 46. Mechanical Research Communication  26&#8211;33
7815
7816
<div id="cite-95"></div>
7817
'''[[#citeF-95|[95]]]''' S. M. Giusti and L. M. A.  Mello and E. C. N. Silva. (2014) "Piezoresistive device optimization using topological derivative concepts", Volume 50. Structural and Multidisciplinary Optimization  453&#8211;464
7818
7819
<div id="cite-96"></div>
7820
'''[[#citeF-96|[96]]]''' S. M.  Giusti and A. A.  Novotny and J.  Sokoowski. (2010) "Topological derivative for steady-state orthotropic heat diffusion problem", Volume 40. Structural and Multidisciplinary Optimization 1 53&#8211;64
7821
7822
<div id="cite-97"></div>
7823
'''[[#citeF-97|[97]]]''' E. Beretta and E. Bonnetier and E. Francini and A. L. Mazzucato. (2012) "Small volume asymptotics for anisotropic elastic inclusions", Volume 6. Inverse Problems and Imaging 1 1&#8211;23
7824
7825
<div id="cite-98"></div>
7826
'''[[#citeF-98|[98]]]''' S. A.  Nazarov and J.  Sokoowski and M.  Specovius-Neugebauer. (2010) "Polarization matrices in anisotropic heterogeneous elasticity", Volume 68. Asymptotic Analysis 4 189&#8211;221
7827
7828
<div id="cite-99"></div>
7829
'''[[#citeF-99|[99]]]''' M. Bonnet and G. Delgado. (2013) "The topological derivative in anisotropic elasticity", Volume 66. The Quarterly Journal of Mechanics and Applied Mathematics 4 557&#8211;586
7830
7831
<div id="cite-100"></div>
7832
'''[[#citeF-100|[100]]]''' V. A.  Kozlov and V. G.  Maz'ya and A. B.  Movchan. (1999) "Asymptotic analysis of fields in multi-structures". Clarendon Press
7833
7834
<div id="cite-101"></div>
7835
'''[[#citeF-101|[101]]]''' S. Amstutz. (2003) "Aspects théoriques et numériques en optimisation de forme topologique". Institut National des Sciences Appliquées
7836
7837
<div id="cite-102"></div>
7838
'''[[#citeF-102|[102]]]''' Delgado, Gabriel. (2014) "Optimization of composite structures: A shape and topology sensitivity analysis". Ecole Polytechnique X
7839
7840
<div id="cite-103"></div>
7841
'''[[#citeF-103|[103]]]''' S. M. Giusti. (2009) "Análise de sensibilidade topológica em modelos constitutivos multi-escala". Laboratório Nacional de Computaco Científica
7842
7843
<div id="cite-104"></div>
7844
'''[[#citeF-104|[104]]]''' Xia, Liang and Breitkopf, Piotr. (2014) "Concurrent topology optimization design of material and structure within FE2 nonlinear multiscale analysis framework", Volume 278. Elsevier B.V. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering 524&#8211;542
7845
7846
<div id="cite-105"></div>
7847
'''[[#citeF-105|[105]]]''' Chinesta, F and Leygue, A and Bordeu, F and Aguado, J V and Cueto, E and Gonzalez, D and Alfaro, I and Ammar, A and Huerta, A. (2013) "PGD-Based Computational Vademecum for Efficient Design, Optimization and Control", Volume 20. Archives of Computational Methods in Engineering 1 31&#8211;59
7848
7849
<div id="cite-106"></div>
7850
'''[[#citeF-106|[106]]]''' G. Allaire. (2002) "Shape optimization by the homogenization method", Volume 146. Springer-Verlag
7851
7852
<div id="cite-107"></div>
7853
'''[[#citeF-107|[107]]]''' Abbott, Ira Herbert and Von Doenhoff, Albert Edward. (1959) "Theory of wing sections, including a summary of airfoil data". Courier Corporation
7854
7855
<div id="cite-108"></div>
7856
'''[[#citeF-108|[108]]]''' Sigmund, Ole. (2000) "A new class of extremal composites", Volume 48. Elsevier. Journal of the Mechanics and Physics of Solids 2 397&#8211;428
7857
7858
<div id="cite-109"></div>
7859
'''[[#citeF-109|[109]]]''' Eshelby, J. D. (1957) "The Determination of the Elastic Field of an Ellipsoidal Inclusion, and Related Problems", Volume 241. Proceedings of the Royal Society A: Mathematical, Physical and Engineering Sciences 1226 376&#8211;396
7860
7861
<div id="cite-110"></div>
7862
'''[[#citeF-110|[110]]]''' Eshelby, J D. (1959) "The Elastic Field Outside an Ellipsoidal Inclusion", Volume 252. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A: Mathematical, Physical and Engineering Sciences 1271 561&#8211;569
7863
7864
<div id="cite-111"></div>
7865
'''[[#citeF-111|[111]]]''' Eshelby, JD and Nabarro, FRN. (1979) "Dislocations in solids". North-Holland Amsterdam
7866
7867
<div id="cite-112"></div>
7868
'''[[#citeF-112|[112]]]''' Nazarov, SA. (2009) "Elasticity polarization tensor, surface enthalpy, and Eshelby theorem", Volume 159. Springer. Journal of Mathematical Sciences 2 133&#8211;167
7869
7870
<div id="cite-113"></div>
7871
'''[[#citeF-113|[113]]]''' Nazarov, Sergei Aleksandrovich. (2009) "The Eshelby theorem and the problem on optimal patch", Volume 21. Russian Academy of Sciences, Branch of Mathematical Sciences. Algebra i analiz 5 155&#8211;195
7872
7873
<div id="cite-114"></div>
7874
'''[[#citeF-114|[114]]]''' Sokolnikoff, Ivan Stephen and Specht, Robert Dickerson and others. (1956) "Mathematical theory of elasticity", Volume 83. McGraw-Hill New York
7875

Return to Ferrer et al 2017a.

Back to Top

Document information

Published on 01/01/2017

Licence: CC BY-NC-SA license

Document Score

0

Views 54
Recommendations 0

Share this document

claim authorship

Are you one of the authors of this document?